LTBRARY

UNIVERSITY OF CALTPORMTA
DAVIS

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2007 with funding from

IVIicrosoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/decapodcrustaceaOOverrrich

TRANSACTIONS OF

THE CONNECTICUT ACADEMY

OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

VOLUME 26] NOVEMBER 1922 Cpages 1-179

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda
Part II3 Macrura

BY

A. E. VERRILL
Professor of Zoology, Emeritus, in Yale University

NEW HAVEN, CONNECTICUT

PUBLISHED BY THE

CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

AND TO BE OBTAINED ALSO FROM THE

YALE UNIVERSITY PRESS

LIBRARY

UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA

DAVIS

THE TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE &. TAYLOR COMPANY, NEW HAVEN, CONN.

DECAPOD CRUSTACEA OF BERMUDA.

Part II — Macrura.
By A. E. Verrill.

The collections of Bermuda Macrura, studied in the preparation
of this article, came chiefly from the sources already acknowledged
in Part i.* Nearly all the species are in the collections of the
Museum of Yale University. Much the larger part were collected
by myself and companions in 1898, 1901, and 19 16. Many were
also previously in the collections made by Mr. G. Browne Goode,
J. M. Jones, Esq., and others. Many of the more obscure species
have been studied, also, by Miss M. J. Rathbun, to whom I am
likewise indebted for several photographs of rare species, contained
in the U. S. National Museum.

No doubt many more species remain to be discovered, especially
of the smaller shrimps. Many of these have very retiring habits,
living in holes and crevices in dead corals, etc., or in the oscular
cavities of large spongy. Others frequent the quiet waters of
lagoons and mangrove swamps, where, owing to their transparency
or protective colors, they are not easily seen. We did not have
opportunities to use fine meshed seines in such places, which would,
no doubt, have given good results. Owing to the absence of fresh-
water streams, the various species of fresh-water shrimps and
prawns, common in the West Indies, are entirely lacking.

Many more additions to the number of species are to be expected
by dredging in deeper water, outside the reefs. Many of the
species of Macrura have interesting and remarkable metamor-
phoses, the free-swimming larvae (see plates III, Ilia, XII,
XVII), being totally unlike the adults. This is particularly the
case with the species of Panulirus (the common Bermuda lobster),
Syllaridcs, Stenopus, etc. The Bermuda species have been very
little studied in this way. With the facilities of the new Biological

* For Part I : see these Transactions, vol. xiii, pp. 299-474.

4 Addison E. V err ill,

Station and public Aquarium, there are excellent opportunities to
carry on such researches.

In the important memoir of Brooks and Herrick, on the meta-
morphoses of the Macrura (Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. v, 1891)
the metamorphoses and structures of a few Bermuda species are
given; viz., Stenopus hispidus; Alpheus heterochcelis ; A. packardi
(erroneously identified as A. minus), and Synalpheus brcvicarpus.
They found remarkable variations in the larval forms, supposed
by them to be of the same specie^ of Alpheus and Synalpheus.
The most notable cases of this kind were due to erroneous identifi-
cations of the species of those difficult genera, as shown by
Coutiere. Many more studies of that kind should be made on the
numerous closely related species of that group.

On account of the existing confusion in the literature, and the
inherent difficulties in determining the numerous species of Alpheus
and Synalpheus, I have treated those genera in greater detail than
most others, describing and figuring, with many structural details,
all the species known to me from Bermuda, as well as some closely
allied species from other American localities, hoping that students
of their embryology will be enabled by this means to correctly name
the species they may investigate hereafter. In other groups gen-
eral figures, at least, are given of nearly all the species, and in most
cases the structures of some of the appendages are also figured.

Hitherto some of these species have not been figured at all ;
others have been figured only in foreign works, many of them
very imperfectly. The photographs and drawings, unless otherwise
indicated, are by A. H. Verrill.

Suborder MACRURA. Crawfishes, Lobsters, Shrimps, and Prazmis.

Key to the Tribes and part of the Families.
A. — Body not compressed. Rostrum depressed, sometimes wanting. First
abdominal segment shorter and narrower than the following. Abdom-
inal appendages (pleopods) not oar-shaped. The articulation between
the carpus and propodus of the chelipeds is at two fixed points.
Branchiae filamentous.

Reptantia = Trichobranchiata = Astacina DeHaan.

B. — Abdomen or pleon large and strong with the segments overlapping.

Carapace large and firm.
D. — None of the legs have chelae, except the Sth pair in the adult

female. No appendages on ist segment of pleon ; outer antennae

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 5 ' 0^^ ^^ri^

destitute of a scale. Uropods and telson thin and flexible distally, not
spinose. Legs with six functional segments. Larva a phyllosoma.

Tribe Scyllaridea or Loricata.

E. — Carapace subcylindrical ; outer antenna: elongated, with a long, tapered,
multi-articulated, and rather rigid spjnose flagellum. Orbits not exca-
vated in the dorsal surface of the carapace.

Family Palinuridce.

EE. — Carapace much depressed or flattened ; orbits excavated in its dorsal
surface; outer antennae short, flat, or squamiform, without a jointed
flagellum ; 5th pair of legs with small chelae in the female.

Family ScyllaridcB.

DD. — First three pairs of legs chelate, the first pair largest. Outer
antennae elongated, usually with a basal scale and a long flexible flagel-
lum. Uropods and telson rather rigid and usually spinose at the ends ;
outer lamella of uropods have a transverse suture. Legs have seven
segments. Branchiae numerous.

Tribe Astacidea.

F. — Last thoracic segment consolidated with the preceding one. First
abdominal segment has a pleopod ; in the male developed as a genital
organ. Spcrmatheca external. Branchiae 19 pairs. Larva a zoea or

Mysis-like (marine).

Family Homaridce.

FF. — Last thoracic segment movable. Spermatheca in the form of an
annulus. Branchiae 17 or 18 pairs. Larva not a zoea; similar to
adult in form (fresh-water forms).

Family Astacidce.

BB. — Abdomen or pleon elongated, weak, with the segments not over-
lapping. Carapace small. Third pair of legs not chelate; ist and 2d
pairs chelate.

Tribe Thallassinidea.

AA. — Body usually more or less compressed. Rostrum usually compressed
or slender; sometimes absent. Abdominal appendages (pleopods)
oar-shaped. Articulation between the carpus and propodus of the
chelipeds at only one fixed point. Branchiae various.

Tribe Natantia (or Caridea, sense extended).

REPTANTIA Boas=TRICHOBRANCHIATA.
SCYLLARIDEA Stebbing = LORICATA Heller (pars).

Body convex, either depressed or subcylindrical, with a strongly
thickened shell. Antennules usually have two flagella. Antennae
may either have or lack a long flagellum ; antennal scale lacking ;
first joint of peduncle united to epistome. Gills trichobranchiate ;

6 Addison E. Verrill,

first four legs have a l)ranchial plume or podobranchia on the
epipodial plate of the first joint, and also have arthrobranchiae ;
last four thoracic segments have pleurobranchise. Thoracic legs
have but six functional joints ; none have chelae except the last
pair of the female. No pleopods on the first abdominal segment
in either sex. Telson and uropods have the distal part thin and
flexible, not spinose.

The larvae are remarkable for their large size and thin, foliate
structure. They are of the form called Phyllosoma. Their entire
body is wide and exceedingly thin and transparent, in life, — hardly
thicker than thin paper with long, slender bifid legs, all colorless
and transparent except the eyes, which are far apart on long stalks.
(See plates 3, 3A.)

They apparently live at the surface a long time in this form and
have several moults, changing gradually to forms more like the
adult. Such larvae were frequently taken by us in the Gulf Stream
and adjacent waters off our coasts, coming no doubt from much
further south.

The most common kinds (plates 3, 3A, figs. i-3a) are supposed
to belong to Pamdirus argns, but none were taken old enough to
prove this. Our figures represent three stages of this species (see
under P. argus). Another quite different species (plate 3A, fig.
4) may belong to Scyllarns or one of the species of Scyllarides,
but its origin is very uncertain. This differs from the others in
having the large thin prethorax or head portion relatively longer,
and instead of being regularly elliptical or slightly oval its borders
are incurved in front of the middle, so that the anterior part is not
half as wide as the widest part ; the eye-stalks are longer, the eyes
rounder. The thorax proper is wider than in the other species and
its posterior incurvature or sinus is much wider and deeper; the
abdomen is bud-like with no segments developed in this stage,
though the legs are all fully developed and bifid, while in the other
species, with the abdomen in a similar state, the fifth pair of legs
can be seen only as minute rudiments (pi. 3, fig. i ; pi. 3A, fig.
2A). In this species (pi. 3A, fig. i) the third maxillipeds (mp'")
are shorter and not bifid as they are in the others. The other
mouth organs (m) are, however, more developed than in the
others, while the antennules and antennae (a', a") are less developed
and much shorter than in the youngest stage of the other species.
The latter will be described under P. argus, below.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 7

Family PALINURID^ Dana. Spiny Lobsters; Sea Crawfishes.
Palinurini Latreille, 1802. Leach, 1814.

Palinuridcc Dana, Crus. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 519, 1852. Gray. Ortmann,
1896. Rathbun, 1901, p. 398, etc.

Body subcylindrical ; thorax not depressed. Eyes not enclosed
in orbits formed within the edge of the carapace. Antennae not
flattened; furnished with a large and long, rather rigid, multi-
articulate and usually spinose flagellum. Fifth leg of female
chelate.

Panulirus White. Spiny Lobsters.
Pamtlirus White, List Crust. British Mus., p. 69, 1847.

Ocular segment is exposed and flexible. No rostrum or
central tooth. Antennules with rather long, slender exposed flagella.
Antennae long, very large and rigid, spinose; a stridulating organ
at their bases. Larva is a Pliyllosoma. (See plate 3, 3A.)

Panulirus argus (Latr.) White. Bermuda Lobster; Sea Crazv-fish.
Palinurus argus Latreille, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, iii, p. 593, 1804.

Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat., xvii, p. 296. Olivier, Encyc. viii, p. 663.

Lamarck, Hist. An. sans. Vert., v, p. 210, 1815. Desmarest, Consid.

gen. sur les Crust., p. 185. H. Milne-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p.

300, (Antilles). Heller, Reise Freg. Novarra., Crust., p. 95, 1865

(Analytical table).
Panulirus argus White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 69, 1847. Smith,

these Trans., ii, p. 39, 1869, (Brazil). Rankin, op. cit., 19OO, p. 536.

Bate, Voyage Chall., vol. xxiv, p., 76, 1888. M. J. Rathbun, Brach.

and Macr. Porto Rico, p. 98, 1901. Verrill, these Trans., xi, p. 705,

fig. 56, and pi. xciv, fig. i, 1902; The Bermuda Is., I, p. 293, fig. 56,

pi. xciv, fig. I, 1902, (habits and history).

Palinurus americanus Stone, in Heilprin, The Bermuda Is., p. 149,
{? non. M. Edw.)

Text figure i, Plate I: Figure i. Plate II: Figures i, 2. Plate III:
Figures i, 2 (supposed larvae). Plate HIA: Figures 2-6 (larvae).
Plate VIII: Figures 2, 2a. Plate IX: Figure i (stridulating
organ). By A. H. V.

The following description is mainly from medium sized males
(No. 4101, 4102, Yale Mus.) preserved in formol and dried.

The carapace, in large specimens, has the areas well defined by
wide grooves ; the cervical groove is conspicuous. The frontal

8 Addison E. Verrill,

horns are large and strong, compressed, acute, curved forward, and
slightly downward at the tips ; usually the tips are also somewhat
convergent.

The spines of the carapace are not very numerous, but the larger
ones are very sharp and are directed strongly forward. The
largest are two behind the bases of the frontal horns, and on each
side, two near the margin, at bases of the antennae. Back of the
large dorsal pair are four, irregular, dorsal rows, with about five
or six in each row, of which the two larger in each row are in
front of the cervical suture. On the sides there are two imperfect
and interrupted rows and some scattered spines, mostly more
strongly appressed and smaller than the dorsal ones. A transverse
row of about twelve low conical spines borders the posterior,
submarginal groove. In some large specimens these become low
denticles. The sides and posterior parts of the carapace are also
covered with small, unequal, conical spinules, which are not
crowded; on the anterior parts, including the gastric, hepatic, and
cardiac areas, they become much fewer and smaller with large,
smooth spaces between them.

The eye-stalks and eyes are large and the eyes are prominent.
The somite that carries the eyes is very distinct. A strong,
rounded rib, arising from the posterior and outer bases of the
rostal horns, curves forward to the inner base of the antennae, and
continues as a border to the antennular somite.

The antennular somite is longer than broad, bordered laterally by
the strong marginal ribs, just referred to. It curves downward
distally, and bears, on its upper surface, four rather small, acute,
conical spines, directed somewhat forward. They are not so large
as the larger dorsal spines. They form a trapezoid figure, the
distance between them longitudinally being considerably greater
than the transverse spaces. The anterior pair are close to the front
edge, and a little divergent; the second pair are a little smaller
and somewhat nearer together. In some specimens, especially the
younger ones, there are two or three smaller spines irregularly
placed between or near the larger ones. In a medium sized speci-
men before me (No. 4102), the distance between the tips of the
anterior spines is lomm; between the posterior ones, 7.5mm;
between the anterior and posterior ones, 12mm.

The distal joint of the antennal peduncle has three large porrect

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 9

spines on the outer margin ; three on the inner margin, one of each
row being at the distal angles ; and three smaller ones on the
upper surface, of which the larger is at the proximal articulation;

Figure 1. Bermuda lobster. {Fanulinis argiis.)
Side view. About % natural size.

there are also four on the vmder side, of which three are at the
distal margin.

The preceding segment has seven large, sharp spines on the
upper side of which four are at or near the distal margin ; the basal
or first movable segment bears one large, suberect, sharp spine,
also the stridulating organ.

JO Addison E. Verrill,

The antennal flagellum is considerably longer than the entire
body. It is covered by whorls of sharp, conical, red or brown
spines, with the tips strongly inclined distally. There are usually
seven spines in each whorl. The flagella of the antennules are
long and slender ; the outer one is shorter and has a tuft of hairs
near the tip. The legs are long and rather slender. Those of the
second pair are much longer than the others ; those of the third
pair are longer than those of the first ; the fifth pair are consider-
ably shorter than the fourth.

All the legs have the dactyli covered, except on the outer edge,
with a dense brush of gold-colored hairs; on the first pair the
hairs cover also the inner surface of the propodus. The inner
surface of all the segments of the outer maxillipeds are densely
clothed with similar hairs.

The abdominal segments are crossed by a deep groove ; the part
back of the groove has an uneven surface, covered with small,
conical, hair-bearing spinules, sunk in small, circular pits ; the
smoother portion has fewer and smaller circumvallate spinules, and
many still smaller punctiform pits, easily visible with a lens. The
lateral lobes are triangular, acute, and have a single, large, basal
tooth on the posterior edge.

The telson and uropods are large and thin, banded with bright
colors and covered distally with finely branching riblets and fine
striae, each of the riblets bearing a row of minute, sharp spinules,
pointing backward, and terminating in fine marginal spinules.
The telson is longer than broad, a little convex on the outer margin,
slightly tapered distally with the curves broadly rounded ; posterior
margin subtruncate and fringed with hairs. The thickened por-
tion is divided by a groove, edged by small spinules, into a basal,
four-lobed part, and a wider middle portion. The latter has a
broadly triangular middle area, which is covered with longitudinal
rows of small, sharp, conical spines ; the outer lateral angles
terminate, on each side, in a sharp spine.

The male organs are large, broadly reniform or auriculate, with
thick, swollen borders, situated on stout projections from the basal
segment of the last pair of legs. Larger individuals often have
the dorsal spines fewer and many of them may be reduced to low,
rounded or blunt tubercles. Smaller and younger specimens are
usually more spinose and the spines are sharper.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. ii

Measurements of Bermuda Specimens. No. 4102 No. 4101

Total length including antennae 840

Length from base of antennules to tip of telson 360 490

Length of carapace, dorsal 116 1 54

Breadtli of carapace 90 125

Length of abdomen 114 195

Length of telson 70 67

Breadth of telson 43 35

Length of rostral horns 48 lost

Length of eyes and stalk 18 21

Diameter of eye 9.5 11

Length of first antennular segment 62 108

Length of second antennular segment 28 38

Length of third antennular segment 26 lost

Length of flagellum, inner branch 190 -\- lost

Length of flagellum, outer branch 125 -f- lost

Length of antennae 495 -f- lost

Length of first antennal segment (total) 58 63

Length of second antennal segment (dorsal) without spines 40 52

Lengtli of third antennal segment (dorsal) without spines. . 43 50

Length of antennal flagellum 370 + lost

Merus of first leg, total 71 118

Carpus of first leg 30 49

Propodus (total) first leg 52 82

Dactylus 31 45

Merus of second leg 96 168

Carpus of second leg 35 63

Propodus of second Jeg yy 142

Length of dactylus of second leg 39 63

Length of merus of third leg 86 123

Length of carpus of third leg 35 46

Length of propodus of third leg 75 98

Length of dactylus of third leg 43 54

The flagclla of the antennae and antennulae of No. 4101 are broken off^.
The plus sign (+) used after some measurements of No. 4102 indicates that
the tips are absent.

It grows to great size. It is said that specimens are taken, even
now, weighing as much as 22 pounds. The largest that we saw
weighed about 18 pounds, but those that are sold in the markets
mostly weigh only two to five pounds, or less. The Bermuda
lobster is usually rather gaily colored, especially when young, but
the colors are quite variable.

Some specimens in life had the carapace mottled with dark
green and gray, becoming lighter laterally. The abdomen was
deep sea-green, with four, large, conspicuous, round spots of

12 Addison E. Verrill,

yellow or yellowish white ; a pair of these spots are on the second
and sixth segments. Usually there are similar, but much smaller,
paired spots on other segments. The surface is also covered with
minute, round yellow specks, about the size of a pin-head.

The telson and uropods are brighter green, with a brownish-
green band in the middle, bordered with a pale-green band, and
then with a blackish or dark purple band, the margin edged with
whitish. All the under parts are white, with pale blue markings.

The swimmerets are grass-green with a central, dark brown,
dark purple, or nearly black streak, which becomes larger pos-
teriorly. The rostral spines are dark brown or blackish, banded
with white. The antennae are bluish-green, variegated with
lavender or pale purple. The flagellum is finely striped with these
colors. The under side is pale blue and white. Legs pale blue
and light yellow, often banded ; lighter beneath. Eye-stalks black-
ish and white ; cornea jet black.

In other specimens the eye-stalk and antennae are striped with
yellow, blue, and purple, and banded at the joints with orange, and
the hairs and spines are apt to be orange. In these, the swim-
merets are orange with a yellow margin and a blackish purple
central streak ; their bases variegated with blue. Large specimens
generally have the carapace mottled with terra-cotta or brown,
yellow, or greenish and white. The round abdominal spots may be
pale yellow or nearly white. There is often a large patch of
yellowish brown on each side of the carapace. The frontal horns
are usually conspicuously banded with dark or blackish brown and
whitish.

Many other variations in color were noticed. In general, the
very large specimens were much duller in color. That may be due,
at least in part, to the length of time following the moulting, for
the colors are brightest just after moulting, which is effected more
quickly than in the case of the American lobster. This is probably
largely due to the absence of large claws, which delay the process
in the latter.

Fishermen told me that when the Bermuda lobster is found in its
hole, if its long antennae or "horns" are seized the creature will
cast them off, and thus it cannot be pulled out by them, but that
they will not cast off the small antennules, so that they can be
pulled out by those organs. I had no opportunity to verify this
statement.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II.

13

The densely haired extremities of the legs give those appendages
a remarkable appearance. The hairs are evidently sensory and
may be of use in collecting small organisms for food. Mr. Louis
Mowbray, who has watched this species in the Aquarium of the
Bermuda Biological Station, informs me that the hairy tips of the
legs are constantly used for cleaning various parts of the body, and
seem also to be of great use in enabling the creature to creep softly

Figure 2. Stridulating organ at the base of the antenna of Palinurus
longimanus from Dominica Island. By A. H. V.

and quietly over the bottom in search of its prey. He states that
he has seen it seize and devour a "hind-fish" six inches long, as
well as other fishes and crabs. It uses its anterior pair of legs in
capturing and holding its prey, although they are not cheliform.

This creature, like all the other species of its genus, and also
the species of Palinurus, has a "stridulating organ" with which it
can make a characteristic sound, either for defence or for a sexual
call. It is situated on the first movable segment of the antennae.

This segment bears, on the concave under surface of its inner
base, a small stridulating organ (see figs. pi. viii, figs. 2, 2a; pi.
ix, fig. i), situated near the margin. It consists of a small, con-
cave, elliptical, hard, calcified area or plate, (st) covered with fine

14 Addison E. Verrill,

transverse riblets, with a longitudinal undulation. Close to this
is a small, smooth, oblong knob, which fits into a groove on the
inner edge of the smooth rib of the fixed basal segment, along
which the stridulating organ slides, when the antenna vibrates, and
this serves to hold the organ in positjon. External to the stridu-
lating plate the basal edge of the segment forms a small, concave,
stiff lobe, with a transverse groove. This slides back and forth
on the upper side of the smooth rib of the basal segment during
stridulation, and like the knob and groove, serves to hold the organ
in place.

This organ was described by Dr. G. Browne Goode (op. cit.,
1878) as follows : "The 'Bermuda lobster' (Panulirus amcricamis
M. Edw.) makes a loud grating noise. Mr. Kent describes the
voice of the allied species (Palinurus quadricornis) as being pro-
duced by the rubbing together of the spinous abdominal segments.
In the species observed by me, the sound was produced by means
of certain modifications of the lower joints of the antennae. There
is, at the base of each antenna, upon the anterior part of the
cephalothorax, a broad elevated ridge, parallel with the axis of
the body, which in an adult of eighteen inches would be about two
inches long. The rounded crests of these ridges are closely
embraced by processes from the sides of the basal antennal seg-
ments. The profile of each ridge describes the segment of a circle,
the center of which is the center of articulation of its accompanying
antenna. When the antennas are moved forward and backward,
their tips waving over the back of the animal, the close contact of
the hard, smooth, chitinous surfaces produces a shrill, harsh stridu-
lation, like the sound of filing a saw.

I never heard the noise when the animals were under water,
though I have seen them waving their antennas. I have no doubt
that they can thus produce vibrations perceptible to their mates at
great distances, especially if their other senses are as acute as that
of smell, which I have tested in a very curious manner. Both
sexes are provided with the vocal organs."

Living specimens of this species were formerly brought from
Bermuda to the New York Aquarium, but they usually lived only
a very short time, owing to the impure harbor water then used.

Their bright colors and interesting habits make them very desir-
able in a public aquarium, but they are very sensitive and need
the purest sea water. More recently several of good size were

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 15

brought from Bermuda by Mr. Louis Mowbray, for the Aquarium,
where they hved for several months, and seemed to be in good
condition. The writer watched the casting of the shell of one of
tiiem in the aquarium. It was eflfected quite rapidly and appar-
ently with much less effort than is the case with the American
lobster, owing to the absence of large claws.

P. argils has a wide range, from the Florida Keys to Central
America and throughout the West Indies to Brazil. It is the
common market species in Bermuda and the West Indies.

Florida Keys and Colon (Yale Mus.) ; Dominica I., 1906
(A. H. Verrill, Yale Mus.). Bahia, Brazil (S. I. Smith).

This crustacean, like the American lobster, is highly prized for
food, and like the latter it has greatly diminished in numbers since
the early settlement of the islands, and very large specimens are
now seldom taken. Most are caught in large baited fish-traps of
peculiar construction*, but many are taken in shallow water by
means of long-handled spears or "grains." These creatures lie in
holes or cavernous places among the submerged ledges and reefs,
or under large rocks, but they often come out of their dens and
go a short distance in search of food, but retreat very quickly
when disturbed. They can be speared by a skillful person when
resting half out of their dens or when straying about.

I was told that fishermen sometimes scare them out of their dens
by dropping in an arm or part of an arm of the Octopus, its
natural enemy. We sometimes found young specimens under
stones at low tides, as well as in cavernous rocks.

The flesh is excellent for food. It is rather sweeter than that
of the American lobster. It is used as food throughout its range.

This species has often been identified as P. americanusf of
H. Milne-Edwards, to which it is certainly very closely related, if
it be distinct.

The latter is said to differ from P. argus in having the four
spines of the antennular segment larger and equally spaced, so as

* For a figure of one of these traps, and also of a large Bermuda lobster,
see Verrill : "The Bermuda Islands," I, p. 293, fig. 56, 1907.

f Palinurtts amcricanus M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust, ii, p. 298, 1837.

Heller, Reise Frig. Nouvarra. p. 95, 1865. (Analyt. table of all species

of the genus).
Panulinis amcriamiis Streets, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 242, 1871.

Bate, op. cit. xxiv, p. 76 (analytical table). ? Kingsley, Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 410, 1879 (no descr.).

i6 Addison E. Verrill,

to form a square, while in P. argus they are small, situated nearer
the median line, and farther apart longitudinally, so that they do
not form a square.

In P. americanus the lateral angular lobes of the abdominal seg-
ments have only a single tooth as in P. argus. The basal segment
of the antennules is very long, reaching to the middle of the last
segment of the peduncle of the antennae.

The color, as described by Edwards, is very similar to that of
P. argus. The abdomen has, like some of the latter, yellow, ocellated
spots, a pair on each segment, and also some bands of yellow. But
it is not stated that there are four larger spots.

None of the numerous Bermuda specimens that I have examined
agree as well with Edwards' descriptions of P. americanus as with
that of P. argus. If the two be distinct, probably the Bermuda
records of P. americanus are erroneous. All of our numerous
Florida specimens are also P. argus.

It is not possible to tell whether the P. americanus of Gibbes and
of Kingsley were the same, for they gave no descriptions.

We found a small, parasitic, stalked barnacle attached to the
mouth parts, near the efferent opening of the gill cavity of one of
the large Bermuda specimens. (See plate XLIII, figs. 5a, 5b.)
It appears to be an undescribed species. Dr. H. A. Pilsbry refers
it to the genus Octolasmis, but it has a more calcified shell than
most of the species of that genus.

Octolasmis argus, sp. nov. The body, in a side view, is long
ovate, acute distally. It is somewhat swollen proximally ; pedicel
is short, strongly wrinkled transversely. The scutum is divided
into two very unequal plates. The proximal one is large, some-
what oblong, about twice as long as broad, obtuse distally, and with
a broad lobe on the carinal edge, defined by two wide shallow
emarginations. The distal plate is much smaller, with two emargi-
nations on the proximal margin separated by a triangular lobe.
Tergum is elongated with its distal end obtuse and corresponding
to the notch in the distal tergal plate. The plates are white and
well calcified and not widely separated.

It is related to O. prototypus Pilsbry found on a spider crab at
Jamaica (Proc. Acad. N. Sci. Philad., 1911, p. 171). The proxi-
mal scutal plate is larger, not triangular, and much longer in pro-
portion to its breadth. The tergal plate is not enlarged distally,
and the distal scutal plate is smaller and, quite different in form.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 17

O. antiguce Stebbing also occurs on the oral appendages of a
species of the family Palinuridcu in the West Indies.

O. forrcsti Stebbing has been found in the gill cavity of a
Palinurid from Florida Keys (perhaps P. argus). It is a smaller
and much less calcified species.

Panulirus guttatus (Latr.) White.
Palinitrus guttatus Latreille, Ann. du Mus., vol. iii, p. 393. Lamarck,
Hist, nat Anim. sans Vert., vol. v, p. 210. H. M. -Edwards, Hist.
Crust., vol. ii, p. 297, pi. xxiii, fig. i. Von Martens. Cuban Crust.,
p. 125 (desc).

Panulirus guttatus Bate, Voy. Challenger, vol. xxiv, pp. 78-79. pi. xa
(van).

Plate IX, Figure 2. Stridulating organ.

Mr. Louis Mowbray informed me, by letter, that he had obtained
this species at Bermuda. Personally, I have seen no Bermuda
specimens of it. It has a very spiny carapace, and two large
conical spines on the antennular segment. Carapace is thickly
covered with conical spines, much more numerous than in A. argus.
The two large "rostral horns" are stouter, but not so long as in
the latter and each has a conical spine behind its base. There is
a strong conical spine on the anterior margin below the orbits.
The large antennae are much more slender than in A. argus; the
proximal part of the flagellum is only about half as thick.

Its back is greenish with very numerous small round yellow
spots ; the propodus of the legs is longitudinally striped with green
and yellow.

Its range extends through the West Indies to St. Paul's Rock.
(Bate, as a variety.) Bate also records it from the Isle of France
and New Holland (van).

The "variety" described and figured by Bate from St. Paul's
Rocks may be a distinct species. It seems to agree very nearly
with P. echinatus Smith, from the Brazilian Coast.

Bate has figured (his PI. yiA, fig. c), a well formed stridulating
organ on the base of the antennal peduncle. (See pi. ix, fig. 2.)

Larv^ of Panulirus; Phyllosomce.

The Phyllosoma-form larva, of which three stages are shown on
Plates 3, 3A, is thought to be the larva of this species, chiefly
because it is the most abundant species of the group and extends

1 8 Addison E. Verrill,

farthest north (to Beaufort, N. C), while this form of larva is
the most common farther north, but there is no direct evidence of
its identity. The earliest stage observed is shown on Plate iiiA.,
figs. I, 2. In this the antennules (a') have only a rudimentary
secondary flagellum and the antennae (a") are short, reaching only
to the end of the second antennular segment.

There is a distinct median ocellus {oc) and the green gland {g)
is very distinct. The third maxillipeds are long and very slender
and the first four legs (pi. Ill) are fully developed and very long
(some are broken off in the figure), but the fifth pair appear only
as minute rudiments (pi. IIIA, fig. 2, pv). The abdomen (pi.
IIIA, fig. 2, ah) is rudimentary, bud-like, without segments or
appendages.

The next stage, shown on pi. Ill, fig. i, is very similar, but has
the antennules and antennae longer and nearly equal in length.
The abdomen (pi. IIIA, fig. 2b) is a little more advanced and
shows faint segmentation, and the uropods (m) appear as rudi-
ments; the telson {t) is distinct, small, and nearly semicircular.

The last stage observed (pi. Ill, fig. 2 ; pi. IIIA, figs. 3, 3a)
has the antennae considerably longer than the antennules ; the fifth
pair of legs {pv) have become longer and 2-jointed; the abdonfen
is much larger, well segmented, and has four pairs of small
pleopods ; the uropods {u) have become much larger, ovate, and
longer than the telson {t) which is now longer than wide, subovate.
obtuse. The larvae were difficult to keep alive in confinement,
with only our conveniences on shipboard.

Family SCYLLARID^ White.

Scyllaridcs White, List Crust. British Mus., 1847. Dana, op. cit., 1852,
etc.

Body wide, depressed more or less ; abdomen most so. Covered
with a thick, hard sculptured or tuberculose shell. Eyes situated
in orbits formed within the margins of the carapace. Antennae
short and broad, with flat, scale-like, stiff segments. Mandibles
have a palpus of one joint. None of the legs are chelate except
the last pair in the female. Larva is a Phyllosoma.

Scyllarides Gill. Sea Crawfishes ; Spanish Lobsters.
Scyllarides Theodore Gill, Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 98, 1898. Rath-
bun, op. cit., 1901, p. 97, etc.

Scyllarus Dana, op. cit., p. 516, 1852 (not of Fabricius, I775)-

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 19

The rostrum is prominent. The third maxilHped has an
exognath ending- in a flagellum. Branchiae are in 21 pairs. The
species are usually of large size and confined to tropical and sub-
tropical seas. The larva is a Phyllosoma, perhaps somewhat like
PI. IIIA, fig. I.

Scyllarides aequinoctialis (Lund), Gill. Sea Cray-fish; Spanish Lobster.

Scyllarus (rquinoctialis Lund, Skrivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet, Copen-
hagen, II, (2) p. 21, 1793.

Scyllarides (rquinoctialis Gill, Science, n. s., vii, p. 99, 1898. M. J.
Rathbun, Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico, p. 97, 1901.

Scyllarus ccquinocticlis Fabr., Supl. Ent. Syst., p. 399, 1798. Bosc,
Crust., ii, p. 19. H. M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 285, pi. xxiv,
fig. 6, 1837. Gibbes, op., cit., p. 193, 1850 (Key West). Smith, Brazil
Crust., these Trans., ii, pp. 18, 39, 1869 (Bahia, full description).
Rankin, Annals N. York Acad. Science, vol. xii, p. 535. (Bermuda.)

Text figure 3. Plate IV.

This large species is generally reddish-brown, dull orange-
brown, or terra-cotta color above, more or less mottled with
orange, and with the frontal tubercles and edges of the carapace
lighter orange-red. First abdominal segment bright orange, often
mottled with purplish, and marked by two large, round spots of
bright reddish-purple, or lake-red, surrounded by orange, and
joined together anteriorly under the edge of the preceding seg-
ment. Succeeding segments dull orange or brick-red, mottled with
darker tints; telson and caudal fins (uropods) brownish-yellow,
spotted beneath with light brown, pale at the tips. Legs orange
with faint purple annulations at the joints and covered with small,
round, dark purplish-blue spots, with larger blotches of the same
on the propodus. Beneath, all parts are much paler than above
and more orange. The larger specimens are duller and darker in
color.

The large male, described below, when recently dried and not
much changed in color, has the dorsal surface, in general, dull
reddish brown and orange-brown, with a large patch of deep red
on the cardiac area ; on the gastric area is an ill defined medial
roundish patch of red, surrounded by six similar but smaller
patches of red, separated by orange-brown. First abdominal seg-
ment orange-yellow and orange-brown, with the pair of large.

20 Addison E. Verrill,

median, dorsal spots dark purplish-brown (lake-red in life) edged
with bright orange-yellow.

About midway between these spots and the lateral margnis, on
each side, there is an ill defined patch of dark brown (red in life).
When the abdomen is straightened these four spots are nearly
concealed by the edge of the carapace. The eye-stalks are con-
spicuously longitudinally striped with orange and dark purple.
The marginal frontal teeth and granules of the carapace and basal
antennal segments are light orange. Distal antennal segments are
narrowly edged with brown. Under parts in general are orange
and orange-yellow ; legs orange and covered with numerous round 1
purple spots, mostly .5 to 1.5 mm. in diameter.

Most of the legs have a broad, transverse patch of dark purplish- ,
brown on the middle of the propodus. Uropods and telson, on the I
under side, are thickly spotted with roundish spots of light reddish-
brown, mostly about i mm. in diameter. In some female speci-
mens there is a large, median, dorsal patch of orange on the first
four abdominal segments.

The following description is from an adult male from Dominica
1. (No. 4097, Yale Univ. Mus., coll., A. H. V.).

The carapace is oblong, distinctly longer than broad (proportions
about 1.2: I ), widest near the middle, convex in both directions;
the borders are only slightly convex; posterior angles thickened,
swollen, and obtusely rounded; cervical suture and notch only
slightly developed; posterior transverse groove narrow, well
marked.

Whole dorsal surface of carapace is coarsely and pretty evenly
granulated; the granules are rounded and flattened, unequal in
size, but not very closely crowded ; the larger ones are often lobed ;
all bear, when fresh, a few very short, stifif hairs and similar hairs
arise sparingly in the interspaces. The edges are thickened,
obtuse, bordered by granules similar to those of the back, becoming
larger in front of the cervical notch, where there are about ten, in
form of small rounded tubercles.

The orbits of the eyes are prominent, above and below, and
crenulated by coarse granules ; notched on front edge. Eye-stalks
short, stout, tapered, conspicuously striped.

The abdominal somites are stout and convex; the third to fifth
are rather prominent or humped in the middle, but not carinated.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II.

21

The telson is wider than long, tapered somewhat, subtruncate ; the
thickened basal portion is five-lobed, closely granulated and hairy.
The thin distal portion is covered with branched riblets, which are
covered with short, stiff setose hairs. The uropods have much
finer riblets.

The second segment of the antennae is coarsely granulated proxi-
mally, broader than long; the outer edge is slightly convex and
forms nearly a right angle with the distal edge, which is nearly
straight; the outer angle is formed by a small obtuse tooth; the

Figure 3. Sea Craw-fish, Scyllarides cBquinoctialis.
Dorsal view, about J4 natural size.

distal median angle is occupied by two larger teeth, and the distal
edge has about eight or nine smaller obtuse teeth or crenulations.
The inner proximal lobe has four unequal obtuse teeth. The distal
segment is broadly and pretty evenly rounded, with the edge
crenulated. The basal segment is thickened and coarsely granu-
lated ; the inner distal angle bears three prominent, divergent,
obtuse teeth enclosing laterally, and nearly meeting in front of,
the rostrum. The rostrum is granulated like the carapace, slightly
bilobed, widest about the middle ; the distal edge is obtuse.

The legs are short and stout, especially the. first pair. The
merus, carpus, and propodus of the third to fifth pairs have a large,
obtuse, granulated carina on the outer surface, bordered posteriorly
by a wide sulcus ; on the first and second pairs the carina is feeble,
except on the merus, where it ends in a prominent tooth. The

2 2 Addison E. Verrill,

legs of the first pair are about twice as thick as the second and
third, their propodus is swollen and long--ovate. not angular below.
The fifth legs carry the male organs near the inner ventral edge
of their basal segment; the organ is nearly circular with a
depressed central area, at the summit of a low, verruciform
elevation.

The basal segments of the legs are strongly sculptured and
verrucose ; the verrucae are obtusely rounded and mostly stand in
single rows on the summit of the ridges. The sternal somites are
much thickened, with deep depressions between them ; each bears
a pair of rather large, obtuse, conical spines partially covered, like
the spaces between them, with low or flattened and relatively incon-
spicuous gqanules.

The epimeral grooves of the abdominal somites are well marked.
The lateral borders of the second somite are but slightly produced
downward, but are large and much thickened on the outer edge and
bear about seven blunt tubercles. The next three have short thick
lobes, crenulated irregularly. The posterior ventral ridges of the
second to fifth somites are sharp and finely serrulate.

Small, slender, thin, biramous pleopods are present on the second
to fifth segments, but are very small on the fourth and fifth. The
under sides of the legs and of the abdominal somites are covered
with small, flattened granules bearing a few very short and small
hairs. ' The under side of the carapace is closely covered with
large, rounded granules, diminishing in size anteriorly. The
under sides of the antennal segments are covered with small pits
or puncta, each bearing one, or very few, very short hairs, too
small and too scattered to obscure the surface, and a few small
granules on the basal parts.

The females, several of which carried large numbers of small
eggs, are smaller, but have essentially the same proportions and
ornamentation. Their colors seem to have been rather lighter,
with more orange above. The legs of the last pair are relatively
somewhat longer, with well-formed chelate tips, in the females.

According to Mr. A. Hyatt Verrill, this species, as observed by
him in Dominica I., is very sluggish and walks very slowly, but it
can use its powerful abdomen vigorously, for propulsion and
defense. It is used there as food by the natives and its flesh is of
excellent flavor though somewhat watery. It resembles that of a
crab more than that of a lobster.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 23

Comparative Measurements of S. (equinoctialis (No. 4097) and
S. braziliensis (No. 4100).

Number 4097 4100

Sex $ $

Total length 292 295

Length to base of rostrum 250 245

Length of carapace 114 90

Length of abdomen to telson 105 100

Length of telson 32 28

Breadth of telson 51 46

Breadth of carapace, in middle 96 84

Breadth of carapace, anteriorly 87 82

Breadth of carapace, between orbits 56 - 56

Breadth of orbits, transversely 8 6.5

Breadth between orbits and carapace border 14 11.5

Breadth of sixth abdominal somite 59 53

Length of sixth abdominal somite (medial) 16 17

Length of antennie (total above) 53 62

Length of second movable segment (total) 31 39

Breadth of second segment 41 45

Length of fourth antennal segment (above) 22 24

Length of fourth segment (total below) 25 30

Breadth of fourth segment 34 37.5

This was first recorded from Bermuda by Hurdis. It was also
collected by Dr. T. H. Bean (t. Rathbun). It is frequently caught
in the lobster traps, in deep water among the outer ree-fs, and is
mostly used at once for lobster bait. It is not commonly sold in
the markets at Bermuda, and is rarely used as food there.

A good series of this species is in the collection from Dominica I.
(A. H. Verrill, 1906, Yale Univ. Mus.). They were taken in fish
traps in 5 to I GO fathoms. Its range is from the Bermudas and
Florida Keys to Brazil. Bermuda (Hurdis ; T. H. Bean ; Rankin) .
Bahia, Brazil (Smith). Found in many of the West Indies, where
it is used as food, more or less, but is much inferior to the spiny
lobsters (Panulirus). Sold in the markets of Porto Rico (Rath-
bun).

This species is closely related to 5". bracilicnsis Rathbun, with
which it is associated at Dominica I., where a few of the latter,
some of which are now in the Yale Museum, were taken, with the
more common species, by A. Hyatt Verrill, in 1905-06. Possibly
both may also occur at Bermuda.

6". brasiliensis can be readily distinguished, when recently pre-
served, by its much brighter red or rosy colors, with the borders

24 Addison E. Verrill,

of the antennal joints, etc., bright purple or magenta color, and
especially by the absence of the united or approximated, large,
round, lake-red or purple-red spots on the dorsal side of the first
abdominal segment. But in ^. brasiliensis this segment has a pair
of equally large and conspicuous spots of brighter red or magenta,
wide apart, or about midway between the center and the margin,
where there are also ill defined dull-reddish or light brown spots
in many specimens of the common species, in addition to the
median pair.

S. hrasiliensis differs, however, in many other respects, especially
in having the whole upper surface more coarsely and roughly
granulous and covered much more closely with longer stiff, erect,
setose hairs, so abundant as to obscure the granules. The under
parts of the carapace, antennal plates, legs, and sternum are more
granulose and more hairy. The legs are more slender and more
sharply carinate on the dorsal surface, and lack the round, purple
spots characteristic of the common species.

The antennae are longer, especially the distal segment, and their
outer edges are more strongly crenulated, but the distal and inner
margins are not so strongly toothed. The second to fourth abdom-
inal segments are subcarinate, but not humped. The lateral lobes
are much more prolonged ventrally, not so thick, and the margins
are more - strongly toothed. The fifth and sixth segments are
longer, but not so wide.

It was first described from a Brazilian specimen by Miss
Rathbun, in 1906.*

Scyllarides americanus, sp. nov. Spanish Lobster.
Scyllarus latus (pars) Von Martens. Cuban, Crust., p. 122, 1872.

Plate V, Figure i. Plate VI, Figure i.

Carapace coarsely granulated, longer than wide, a little wider in
the middle than at the orbital angles ; subtruncate in front ;
external or orbital margins form nearly a right angle terminating
with an obtuse tooth ; cervical notch and groove well marked ;
eight or nine small, nearly equal, obtuse denticles on the margin,
in front of the notch, that of the angle somewhat larger ; margins
behind the notch with numerous small denticles, scarcely larger

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. XIX, p. 113, 1906.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 25

than the granules ; posterior transverse groove deep and con-
spicuous. Orbits not far from lateral margins, the space between
only one-third more than their diameter. Granulation of the
carapace is coarse and somewhat uneven; the granules being
larger over the central and posterior portions than anteriorly.

The granules are elevated, obtuse-conic or hemispherical, not
crowded, many of them with a pit at the summit, each surrounded
by a more or less complete circle or cluster of short stiff hairs.
On the gastric area there is a large, broad-based, prominent median
ridge, divided into a smaller anterior and a larger posterior part,
each portion terminating in an anterior, larger subconical, obtuse
or bilobed tubercle, with other similar but smaller tubercles and
coarse granules around and behind the apex. The larger tubercles
mostly have a crater-like pit in the summit. On the cardiac region
there is also a somewhat prominent but less elevated area, on which
there are tubercles larger than those adjacent; some of these are
in pairs, or they may form a triangular group. A few of these
larger tubercles are also scattered elsewhere on the carapace,
especially on the branchial areas, but do not form clusters there.

The abdomen is strongly sculptured ; the elevated areas are
coarsely granulated and hairy, much like the carapace ; the second
to fourth segments have a median, elevated, obtuse ridge, covered
witii large granules ; the ridge on the fourth is bilobed longitudi-
nally. There is a slight ridge on the fifth, also. The lateral
marginal lobes are large, angular, that of the 2d segment larger
and broader, subacute, about as long as broad, both edges dentate
with many small teeth about equal in size to the adjacent granules.
These processes, farther back, are similarly but more minutely
dentate on the posterior edge, and nearly smooth or minutely
crenulate on the anterior edge.

The telson is broader than long-, not much tapered distally, with
the distal angles broadly rounded and the distal edge subtruncate.
The proximal part is granulated and hairy, like the abdomen, but
distally the surface is covered with numerous somewhat divaricate
and forked ridges and sulci, becoming very fine near the edges and
covered with rows of short hairs. The uropods are very broad,
as long as the telson and sculptured in the same way. Under side
of bases of legs and sternum are very roughly sculptured, with
many angular elevations and deep pits ; one larger acute or pyra-
midal elevation is on the sternum, opposite the base of each leg.

26 Addison E. Verrill,

These parts are irregularly granulous and sparsely covered with
tufts of short hairs, arising from pits. The outer maxillipeds are
large, with the two basal segments very stout, compressed, trique-
tral, hairy and granulated, with the edges denticulated.

The legs are large and unusually long for this genus, projecting
much beyond the edges of the carapace. They are conspicuously
banded with red and yellow. The legs of the first pair are con-
siderably stouter than the others, but not so long as the next two
pairs. They have the propodus considerably swollen and the
dactylus stout. Those of the fifth pair are most slender, especially
the propodus. The merus and carpus of all the legs, except the
carpus of the first pair, have a dorsal carina, finely serrulate, and
ending distally in a sharp tooth; there is also a sharp tooth on
each side of the distal end of the merus. The carina is sharply
raised on the anterior legs, but rather feebly developed on the fifth
pair. The carpus, except of the first pair, has also a carina on
the posterior side, ending in a distal tooth. The propodus has, on
most of the legs, two slight granulated carinse above, one on the
posterior side, and one below. The dactylus is only moderately
curved ; a sulcus on the posterior side. The legs are all covered
with small appressed or flattened granules and small pits, often in
short transverse lines, and with sparse clusters of very short hairs.
On the dactylus, especially of the fifth pair, the tufts of hairs are
much larger.

The distal antennal segment is thin, broader than long ; the
edges broadly and nearly evenly rounded ; the exposed edge
forming a half oval, minutely lobulate and crenulate, and fringed
with short, close hairs.

On the upper side there is a narrow red marginal band which is
nearly smooth but has some small pits and sparse hairs. The rest
of the upper surface is covered with small rough granules and
small pits carrying tufts of short hairs which cover the surface
closely. The under surface of this and the other segments is
smoother, but is also covered with short stiff hairs emerging from
small pits.

The penultimate movable joint,* which is short, only about half
as wide as the distal, is three-lobed beneath, but shows above only

* A suture near the proximal end of the distal segment indicates that
the latter actually consists of two ancylosed segments in this and allied
genera so that the total number of segments, including the fixed basal, is six.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 27

two lobes ; the inner marginal, which is rhombic, with an obtuse
distal tooth and denticulate inner edge ; and the smaller articular
lobe, which ends in a sharp tooth. The second movable segment,
which is distinctly wider than long, is broader than the distal
segment. Its distal lobe is large and terminates in a thick, angular
point, but the adjacent edges form rather more than a right angle.
These edges are dentate, with many small teeth, and with a larger
stout tooth near the inner curve of the inner margin. The inner
lateral lobe is stout, thick, enlarged toward the end, with the
inner edge obtusely and unevenly dentate. The inner edges of
these lobes, on the two antennae, are separated by a space about
equal to the orljit of the eye. The upper surface is hairy like that
of the distal .segment, but it is more coarsely granular, the granules
increasing in size proximally, where they are nearly as large as
those on the basal segment and carapace.

The first movable segment is irregularly 4-lobed above ; the
small outer lateral lobe bears about three denticles ; the median or
distal lobe is swollen and coarsely granular ; the inner lobe is
obliquely oblong, with the inner edge truncate and denticulate;
those of the opposite antennae are separated by a space nearly equal
to the length of the edge.

The prefrontal or rostral lobe is a little broader than long,
widest distally, swollen laterally, with concave sides, and with a
median sulcus, each lobe terminating in a somewhat raised sub-
acute tooth ; upper surface coarsely granulated and hairy. The
front edge of the carapace, between the orbits and beyond them,
is covered with small, irregular, obtuse teeth, mostly of the same
size and shape as the adjacent dorsal granules ; about midway
between the orbits and center there is on each side a cluster of
rather larger ones making a small lobe ; nearer the center there is
a pair of denticles rather larger than the others ; also a large one
on each side close to the orbits. The median or rostral denticle
is scarcely distinguishable by its size, but there is a median row of
slightly larger granules on the carapace back of it.

The orbits are large, with prominent and thick borders. On the
upper side there are two large, angular lobes, subdivided by
granules, especially below, and with a conical lobule back of them ;
the posterior and inferior margins are surrounded by small obtuse
teeth, the anterior notch is wide and deep.

2 8 Addison E. Verrill,

The general color of a dried specimen, above, is dull terra-cotta,
with the larger naked tubercles and marginal denticles orange-red.
The first abdominal segment has a median, large, round, red spot,
bordered laterally with orange-yellow, and a fainter reddish spot,
midway between the middle and the margin. The antennal joints
have a narrow border of bright orange-red ; teeth the same.
Under parts of body and antennae are dull pale yellow.

Telson and uropods are finely mottled or speckled with orange
and yellow. Legs bright red, banded at both ends of each segment
with light yellow, so that there is a wide band of red in the middle
of each segment. Tips of the claws are blackish. Eye stalks are
bright red. They are very thick at base, narrower distally. The
cornea is smaller than the stalk and looks upward.

Measurements of Ber)iiuda Specimens of S. ainericanus

Total length — 350

Length of carapace, without rostral lobe 75 no

Breadth at anterior angles 68 107

Breadth of carapace in middle 7?> no

Breadth between orbits 48 66

Diameter of orbit 6 11

Orbit to outer angle 8 15

Length of rostral lobe 9 ^4

Length of first antennular segment — 7

Length of second antennular segment 8 11

Length of third antennular segment 15 ^^

Length of antennal segments, collectively 38 (>7

Length of second movable antennal segment 22 39

Breadth of second segment 32 49

Length of exposed part of last segment 12 22

Breadth of last segment 30 44

Length of leg of first pair, total — 112

Length of leg of first pair, carpus, below — 20

Length of leg of first pair, propodus, below — 22

Length of leg of first pair, dactylus, below — 28

Height of leg of first pair, propodus — I7

The American form, which hitherto has been identified with
S. latus* of the Mediterranean, appears to me to be a distinct
species, or at least a well-marked subspecies.

*Scyllarides latus (Latreille).

Scyllarus latus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust., vi, 182, 1803 ; Tabl. Encyc.
Meth., xxiv, pi. cccxiii, 1818. Guerin, Icon. Regne. Anim., pi. xvii,

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 29

Miss M. J. Rathbun already noticed some of the differences,
several years ago, when she sent me the following memoranda
concerning a Bermuda specimen (see figure), now in the U. S.
National Museum, collected by Dr. T. H. Bean : —

"This specimen differs from a male S. latus of equal size from
Fayal, Azores, and contained in the National Museum, as follows :
The surface is much more uneven, the tubercles are less crowded
and the hairs less numerous, the width between the orbits is
greater; in the shape of the rostrum, the outer corners do not
project in front of the points at the middle ; the antennulse are
longer, their peduncles exceeding the antennae. The basal seg-
ments of the antennae meet in front of the rostrum in the Fayal
example of S. latus, but are widely separated in the one from
Bermuda. The last three joints of the antennae are longer and
more distinctly dentate. The abdominal protuberances are much
stronger ; the lateral margins of the abdominal segments are indis-
tinctly dentate, even those of the second segment. The feet are
longer and narrower. These characters are sufficient to warrant
the formation of a new species, were it not that specimens from
the coast of Florida show intermediate characters, especially in
regard to the antennae."

The American form has not yet been figured, so far as I know,
and most of the few figures of the European species are inexact.
It has been taken at Bermuda by Dr. T. H. Bean, who probably
obtained it by means of lobster traps, off the outer reefs. The
type specimen described above was from Bermuda and was kept
alive in the New York Aquarium for a short time. The American
species has been recorded from Cuba by Von Martens.

Miss Rathbun has furnished the following additional localities :
Off Pensacola, Florida, in fish stomach, Silas Stearns, coll. (U. S.
Nat. Mus.) ; along the coast between Savannah, Ga., and Cape
Canaveral, Fla., collected by Capt. Silas B. Latham, 1890, and
received through the U, S. Fish Commission (lU. S. Nat. Mus.,
M. J. Rathbun).

fig. I. Savigny, Egypt, Crust., pi. viii, fig. i, Desmarest, op. cit, p.
182. H. M.-Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 284, 1837.

The true S. latus is found in the Mediterranean and adjacent parts of
the Atlantic; at the Azores; Canaries; and St. Helena.

30 Addison E. Verrill,

Scyllarides sculptus, sub. sp. bermudensis, nov. Small Spanish Lobster.

Scyllarus sculptus Latreille, Tabl. Encycl. Meth.,^ xxiv, pi. cccxx, f. 2,
1818. H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 283, 1837. Heilprin,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1888, 321, The Bermuda Is., p. 150.

Plate VII, Figure i.

The carapace is scarcely wider than long, widest at the orbital
angles; posterior margin sinuous with a wide median sinus and
deep transverse groove.

The granulation of the carapace is crowded and pretty uniform.
There is a single, small, conical spine behind each eye and about
on a level with the upper margin of the orbits, but no large, acute
median denticles on the gastric and cardiac areas, described as
present on the true sculptus. The lateral margins have, behind the
cervical suture, about 11 sharp teeth, directed strongly forward,
decreasing in size posteriorly, and six in front of the cervical
notch, of which the two anterior, at the orbital angle, are much
larger than the rest and very sharp.

The second movable segment of the antennae is acute, angular,
convex externally, about as long as broad, with a very large acute
tooth at the end ; back of this tooth, on the outer margin, are six
sharp teeth or spines, inclined strongly forward, and decreasing
backward, the last obscure; on the anterior edge there are four
sharp spines with dark tips. The distal segment is broader than
the second, broadly rounded, with a small emargination in the
outer margin; the anterior and outer edges are divided into
numerous angular teeth and closely fringed with short hairs.

The abdomen is strongly convex and deeply sculptured with
oblique and transverse grooves, and it is coarsely granulated. Eyes
large, rather close to the lateral border; orbits surrounded by
unequal sharp teeth.

The legs are larger and longer than in most allied species ; the
merus joints project considerably beyond the sides of the carapace.

The colors, in life, are clouded with various shades of light
brown, terra-cotta, and dull yellowish, mostly in irregularly placed
patches. This species seems to be rare at Bermuda. It is taken
in lobster pots off the outer reefs. A specimen in the Yale
Museum (No. 814) was in the early Bermuda collections sent by
J. M. Jones, about 1876. It was first recorded from Bermuda
by W. Stone as in Heilprin's collection (as .9. sculptus).

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 31

MeasiirciiicHts of a Bermuda specimen.

No. 814

Total length, from base of antennules —

Length of carapace 45

Breadth of carapace, anteriorly 44

Breadth of carapace, in middle 40

Breadth of carapace, between orbits 30

Diameter of orbits 5

Length of anti-penultimate antennal segment 18

Breadth of anti-penultimate antennal segment 17

Length of distal segment (part exposed) 7

Breadth of distal segment 24

Sex male

I have had an opportunity to study a Hving specimen in the
aquarium at Agars Island, Bermuda. Miss Rathbun states (in a
letter) that there is a Bermuda specimen in the U. S. Nat. Mus.
collected by Dr. T. H. Bean. I am much indebteded to her for the
photograph of Dr. Bean's specimen, which I have reproduced.

Tribe ASTACIDEA Dana (emend.). Lobsters; Craw-fishes.
Astacidea (pars) De Haan, 1850.
Astacidca (pars) Dana, 1852. Heller, 1863.
Homaridca Ortmann, 1891. Rathbun, op, cit., 1901, p. 98.
Nephropsidca Ortmann, Syst. Crust., p. 429, 1896.

Three pairs of legs are chelate ; the first pair largest. Anten-
nules have two long, slender, multiarticulate, not spinose, flagella.
Antennas have a large scale and a very long flexible flagellum.
Telson is large and strong, usually with terminal spines. Uropods
are large ; the outer branch usually has a distal articulation ; margin
rather stiff. Legs have seven functional segments. First segment
of the abdomen (pleon) bears a pair of appendages in both sexes,
with few exceptions. The last thoracic segment is consolidated
with the preceding one. The female commonly has an external
spermatheca.

Family HOMARID.ffi: Huxley, 1883, Lobsters.
AstacidcE (pars) Dana, 1852. Heller, 1863.
Honiaridce Bate, Voy. Chall. vol. xxiv, Macrura, pp. 56, 170, 1888. M. J.

Rathbun, op. cit., 1901, p. 98.
Ncphropsidcp Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 201, 1893. Ortmann, Syst. Decap.

Crust., 1896. Stebbing, Crust. S. Africa, part I, p. 33, 1900.

32 Addison E. V err ill.

The marine genera included in this family differ from the fresh-
water genera of crawfishes (Astacidse) chiefly in the number and
arrangement of the branchial plumes. The latter, however, differ
considerably among themselves in that respect.

Nephopsis Wood Mason, 1873.

Form of body similar to that of Homarus, but more slender.
Chelae of first pair of legs moderately large and equal, or nearly
so, not carinated. Antennae with a long flagellum; no antennal
scale. Eye-stalks and eyes small ; rostrum long, with carinate and
dentate margins. Second and third pairs of legs much more
slender than first, and with small simple chelae. Telson with two
ribs or ridges ending in two terminal spines ; uropods large, ribbed.
Branchiae nineteen on each side, arranged like the posterior nine-
teen pairs of Homarus. No branchiae on the second maxillipeds.
Inhabitants of deep water.

Nephropsis rosea Bate.

Nephropsis rosea Bate, Voy. of the Challenger, Macrura, vol. xxiv, p.
178, fig. 39, pi. xxiii, figs. I, 2, 1 — i; pi. xxiv, fig. i, b — z, 1888. Faxon,
op. cit., p. 157, 1896.

Plate IX, Figures 3, 3A, 4 — 4c.

This is a very slender species. The epimeral processes of the
abdominal segments are very acute-angular ; those of the first two
segments are bidentate, as seen from below. The rostrum is long,
acute, carinate; with raised margins, strongly contracted proxi-
mally; at about the distal third there is a sharp spine on each
margin, at the wide base there is another pair of spines ; a short
distance back of these on the carapace and joined to them by a
slight carina there is a third pair of smaller spines ; anterior margin
of the carapace has a pair of strong antennal spines.

Antennular peduncle is slender with the third article much the
longest; its outer flagellum is thickened distally; inner one is
about the same length, but much more slender. Antennal peduncle
is shorter and stouter. Larger chelipeds elongated ; chela simple,
not much smaller ; palm longer than fingers ; carpus has a terminal
and a subterminal spine; merus has a distal spine on the outer
side.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 33

Tribe THALASSINIDEA.

The species included in this group are adapted for burrowing,
having habits similar to SqiiUla. The body, especially the abdo-
men, is elongated and weak, with the segments not overlapping.
The carapace is short and feebly developed ; rostrum small or
lacking. Third pair of legs not chelate; chelae usually present
on the first pair and often on the second. Antennules and antennae
are elongated, peduncle of antenna is 5-jointed, usually without a
scale. Last segment of thorax is movable.

Family CALLIANASSIDffi Dana, 1852.

Rostrum is very small or lacking; eye-stalks are flattened.
First pair of legs have unequal chelae ; third and fourth pairs are
not chelate. Uropods and telson are large. Gills are filamentous.

Glypturus Stimpson.
Glypturus Stimpson. Proc. Chicago Acad. Science, vol. i, p. 46, 1866.
Annals Lye. Nat. Hist. N. York, vol. x, p. 120, 1871. M. J. Rathbun,
Brach. and Macr. Porto Rico, p. 93, 1901 (descr.).

This genus is closely related to Callianassa. It is most readily
distinguished by the form of the outer maxilliped, which has the
propodus dilated and about as broad as the merus and ischium,
while in the latter it is distinctly narrower than the two preceding
segments.

Glypturus branneri M. J. Rathbun.

Glypturus branneri Rathbun, Branner-Agassiz Exped. to Brazil, Proc.
Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. i. p. 150, pi. viii, figs. 5-8, IQOO (descr.) ;
Brachyura and Macr. of Porto Rico, p. 93, 1901 (descr.).

Plate I, Figure 2. Plate VIII, Figures i-ia — e.

Front with a short, acute, depressed rostrum and with a shorter
inconspicuous, obtuse lobe on each side above the bases of the
antennae, but without spines. Dorsal suture deep. Larger
cheliped is compressed, very smooth above, polished, finely and
inconspicuously denticulated on its lower margin and on the distal
articular edges. The cutting edge of the dactyl has two unequal,
lobe-like teeth. The larger chela has the palm nearly as wide as
long ; the dactyl is smooth and polished, denticulate below ; the

34 Addison E. Verrill,

fingers cross when closed ; the carpus is sometimes twice as wide
as long and nearly as wide as the palm; in other specimens the
length exceeds the breadth. The smaller cheliped usually has the
carpus and merus less than half as wide as in the larger one. Both
fingers have tufts of elongated hairs on the margins, but no spines.
Uropods large, with the outer lamellae coalesced ; outer lobe only
slightly the shorter; inner branch shorter, longer than telson.
Telson short, broader than long, tapered and broadly rounded dis-
tally ; two small proximal pits and a median distal fossa. Color
white.

Length of type from Brazil, 52.2 mm., without antennae ; length
of carapace, 14.9 mm. ; of carpus and propodus together, 15.5 mm.
(M. J. R.)

This species has been taken only once at Bermuda. It burrows
in the mud below low-tide level and may be nocturnal in habits.
Mamanguepe Reef, Brazil, and Porto Rico (M. J. Rathbun.)
Bermuda at St. David's Island (T. H. Bean, Field, N. Hist. Mus.
Exped., 1905).

Suborder NATANTIA Boas. Shrimps and Prawns.
Key to the families of Naiantia hitherto found at Bermuda.

A. — The epimera .of the first abdominal segment are not covered by those
of the second. Third pair of legs chelate ; usually the first and second
pairs also; branchiae not foliaceous.

B. — ^Branchiae filamentous (trichobranchiate), not branched; body not
compressed nor carinate; pleopods not segmented.

Tribe Stenopidea.

BE. — Branchiae branched and plumose.

Tribe Penccidea or Dend^obranchiata.

b. — Three pairs of chelae nearly equal and not very strong, the third pair
of legs longest. Rostrum usually long and dentate; carapace carinated
dorsally; an epipodite on the second maxillipeds.

Family Pencaidcc.

c. — Ocular segment without styliform spines beneath.

Subfamily Penceituv.

cc. — Ocular segment with a pair of styliform spines.

Subfamily Sicyonitue.

bb. — First pair of legs reduced and without chelae. Chelae of second and
third pairs minute, sometimes lacking on second pair. Rostrum
usually small and simple.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 35

d. — Cephalon and pleon not abnormally elongated ; podobranchiae lacking
or present only on second maxillipeds ; arthrobranchiae few., sometimes
present on the second and third maxillipeds and first to third legs ;
branchial filaments are flat. Last two pairs of legs small and feeble,
the fifth sometimes absent.

Family Sergestidce.

dd. — Cephalon and pleon generally much elongated ; branchiae lacking ;
fourth and fifth pairs of legs absent; no exopodites nor epipodites on
the legs.

Family Lcuciferidce.

AA. — The epimera of first abdominal segment are covered by those of
the strongly developed second segment. Third pair of legs not chelate.
Branchiae are phyllobranchiate, composed of thin, flat lamellae and not
branched. Antennules usually have two flagella, the outer one
thickened and distally branched.

Tribe Caridea or Phyllobranchiata.

C. — Second pair of legs long and slender, with the carpus subdivided into
few or many articles or annuli, and with very small chelae. First
pair larger, with stronger chelae and undivided carpus.

Group Polycarpidea.

D. — Eye-stalks very short ; eyes usually nearly or entirely covered by lobes
of the carapace ; rarely exposed. First pair of legs large, with large
unequal chelae, one usually very large, rarely equal. Rostrum usually
small and simple, acute, sometimes obsolete. Carpus of second pair
of legs with five articles. A cardiac pit in carapace.

Family Synalpheidce (formerly Alpheidce).

DD. — Eye-stalks and eyes not covered by the carapace ; carpal segments
various ; no cardiac pit.

E. — First pair of legs chelate, or at least one is chelate.

F. — Eyes very small on long slender stalks. Female has a thelecum ;
uropods are excurved. Legs of second pair have the carpus divided
into three or four articles ; both of first pair chelate ; third maxil-
lipeds slender, last article shorter than preceding one ; rostrum small
and short.

Family Ogyridce.

FF. — Eyes large, on short stalks ; no thelecum ; uropods not excurved ;
carpus of second pair of legs has few or many articles ; third maxil-
liped usually has the last article longer than the preceding.

G. — Rostrum usually of notable size and serrate. First pair of legs with
rather small equal or subequal chelae, larger than those of second pair ;
second pair slender, with few or many carpal articles.

Family Hippolytida.

GG. — Rostrum small. First pair of legs commonly with only one leg
chelate; those of second pair very slender, unequal in length; carpal
articles numerous, more than five. Mandible has no palpus.

Family Processida.

^6 Addison E. Verrill,

EE. — First pair of legs not chelate; second pair more slender, chelate,

with the carpus divided into numerous articles. Rostrum elongated

and usually serrate, sometimes movably articulated with the carapace;

mandibles have a jointed palpus.

Family PandalidcB.

CC. — Second pair of legs usually larger than the first, with the carpus not
subdivided, and the chelae larger than those of the first pair, often much
larger.

H. — Third maxillipeds more or less leg-like, with the articles not greatly
dilated nor operculiform.

I. — Rostrum elongated and usually serrated on one or both edges ; second
pair of legs commonly very much longer and larger than the first;
both pairs chelate ; base of antennules excavated above, and usually
with a scale. Eyes large, usually with a small accessory ocellus.

Mandibles with or without a palpus.

Family PalcEmonidce.

I, I. — Rostrum usually small, not serrate, sometimes lacking, sometimes

(as in Periclimenes) elongated and serrate; first pair of legs usually

equal; one chela sometimes much enlarged; all legs without exopods

or mastigobranchs ; mandibles have no palpus ; third maxillipeds

often with some articles widened, more or less. Many species are

commensals with MoUusca, etc.

Family Pontonidcs.

H, H. — Third maxillipeds with the third article much dilated or operculi-
form, the pair completely covering the oral area. Chelae equal in both
pairs ; second pair larger ; rostrum short serrate above ; mandibles

simple without a palpus or cutting edge.

Family Gnathophyllidce.

Tribe STENOPIDEA Bate, 1888. Oceanic Shrimp.

Stcnopidea Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 211, 1893.

Three anterior pairs of legs are chelate; those of the third pair
are the largest and longest; fourth and fifth pairs have the carpus
subdivided. Branchiae are filamentous. Appendages of the first
segment of the pleon are unbranched and differ little or not at all
in the sexes. Podobranchise are lacking, except on the first pair
of maxillipeds. Mandibles have a three-branched palpus.

Family STENOPID^ Huxley, 1883.
Stenopidce A. M.-Edw. and Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol, xxvii.
The characters of the family are the same as for the tribe above.

Stenopus hispidus (Oliv.) Latr.
Palcemon hispidus Olivier, Encyc. Meth., Insects, vii, p. 666, 181 1, pi. 319,
fig. 2, 1818.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 37

Stenof>us hispidus Latreille, in Desmarest, Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. xxviii, p.
321, 1823. Illust. Ed. Cuvier, Reg. Anim., iv, p. 93. Dana, Crust.
U. S. Expl. Exped,, p. 607; Atlas, pi. 40, fig. 8 (colored). Bate, Voy.
Chall., Zool, xxiv, p. 211, pi. xxx, 1885. Brooks and Herrick, Johns
Hopkins Univ. Circulars, xi, p. 66, 1892 (life history). Herrick, Life
History of Stenopus, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. v, pp. 339-352, pi. v
(colored), plates vi-xiii (structure and metamorphoses, 1892, full
descr.). Rankin, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., xi, p. 240, pi. xxix, fig. i,
1898 (descr.). Borradaile, Stomat. and Macr. brought home by Dr.
Willey from South Seas, Zool. Results, iv, p. 407, 1900.

Plate IX, Figures 5-5B. Plate XI, Figure i. Plate XII, Figures i, 2.

This large and handsome species can be recognized at once by
its bright colors and very long legs and antennae, and the spinules
that thickly cover its body; the bases of the legs and antennae;
and the whole of the large (third) pair of legs. On the anterior
part of carapace the spines point forward ; posteriorly they point
back ; on the large legs the spines are closely arranged in rows and
directed distally; the fixed finger of the chelae is bifid at the tip,
the simple dactylus fitting into the notch. The first two pairs of
legs are slender and have small chelae. The fourth and fifth pairs
are slender and have the carpus and propodus subdivided.

The published figures show considerable differences, however,
between specimens from widely separated localities. Perhaps two
or more species have been confused under this name. The large
chelae, especially, are represented as differing widely in form and
proportions. Professor Herrick (Mem. Nat. Acad., v.) has given
a very full description, with numerous measurements, of the
Bahama specimens (op. cit., pp. 348-352), as well as excellent
ligures, including details of the appendages (pi. xiii, etc. ) . He also
figured various stages of its remarkable larvae. He discussed its
identity with the Pacific Ocean form, but left it undecided, for
want of material, as I must do, for our museum lias no- examples
of the oriental species. The latter has the same form and the
same remarkable coloration.*

It is perhaps the most beautiful of all the shrimps and prawns,
and is also graceful in its motions. According to Prof. Herrick
it is conspicuously marked with red, white, and blue, in life. The

* Borradaile (op. cit., p. 407, 1900) states that three specimens, both
male and female, from New Britain I., agree precisely with the descriptixsn
given by Brooks and Herrick.

38 Addison E. Verrill,

ground-color is nearly white ; the head region and front of cara-
pace, two broad bands on the abdomen, and four wide bands on
the cheliferous legs are bright red ; the bases of the legs are bright
blue. Dana's colored figure shows the red bands, but no blue.
It is usually found swimming, with its appendages widely out-
spread, near the surface, and most often in pairs.

It was first reported from Bermuda by Bate (Voy. Challenger).
His figure was from a Bermuda specimen. Two fine adult speci-
mens studied by me were taken by the Field Natural History
Museum party in 1905. They were found in tide-pools at
Cooper's Island.

It is widely distributed in all tropical seas. Reported from the
Indian Ocean, Australia, Philippines. Fiji Islands, Cuba, Bahamas.
Porto Rico, etc.

One of the singular larval stages is figured on Plate xii ; after
Herrick ; earlier stages are still more peculiar.

Its bright coloration undoubtedly has a protective value when
living among bright red sponges and algae, so frequent on all
tropical reefs.

Tribe PENiEIDEA Dana. Prazuns.
Penceidea Dana, op. cit., 1852.
D cndrobranchiata Bate, op. cit., 1888.

Branchiae are branched, with slender filaments ; usually eight
pairs. Legs of the three anterior pairs are nearly always chelate
and slender; those of the third pair longest and always chelate;
first pair shortest; fourth and fifth pairs of legs are slender and
simple, the last sometimes abortive ; outer maxillipeds are long
and leg-like; second and third maxillipeds have an exopodite.
Sides of the carapace extend farther back than the dorsal margin.
Rostrum is usually long, dentate and carinate ; the carina usually
extends back more or less on the carapace. Fourth, fifth and
sixth abdominal segments are compressed and usually carinate;
sometimes also the second and third. Eyes usually large, on two-
jointed stalks. Mandibles have a two-jointed palpus. Antennae
long, with a broad f oliaceous scale.

Antennules are biflagellate ; basal segment of the stalk is exca-
vated and modified to accommodate the eyes; there is a basal
antennular spine. Sternum usually has complex sexual organs.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 39

That of the female, called the thclycum, serves as a spermatheca.
That of the male, called the petasma, is supposed to aid in the
transfer of the spermatophores. The eggs are not carried attached
to the pleopods, as in most macrura, but are held by the legs in a
cluster under the body.

Family PEN.ffiID.ffi Dana, 1852. Prawns.

Body is usually compressed and curved. The carapace extends
further back on the sides than dorsally ; usually it is carinated
dor sally ; a carina is usually present also on some of the posterior
abdominal segments ; the carina is often dentate. The legs of the
third pair are the longest ; the chelae of first three pairs are small,
all similar in form and size.

Antennje are long, with a large basal scale. Antennules are
biflagellate, with an external basal spine and an inner unjointed
appendage, excavate on the upper side. The eye-stalks are usually
two-jointed. The lateral lobes of the first abdominal segment are
broad and project forward, overlapping the margin of the cara-
pace, while posteriorly they overlap the margin of the second
abdominal segment.

In most of the genera the female has, on the under side of the
sternum, a peculiar sexual organ, called the "thelycum," serving
as a spermatheca. The male usually has, in the same region, an
organ called the petasma.

The gills are dendrobranchiate. consisting of a central stem,
sending oflf on each side a row of branches, which divide and sub-
divide in various ways, according to the genus, thus forming a
dense plume of slender filaments. There are eight or more pairs
of gills.

Analytical Key to Bermuda Genera of Penaidcc.
A —Dorsal carina not crest-like and dentate ; subocular, median, anterior
spines lacking; Pleopods biramous. Sexual orifices coxal in both

^„^„, Subfamily Pettainee

sexes ...••

B —Rostrum with teeth above and below ; exopodites on all the thoracic
legs, except sometimes the last; epipodites on all except the fourth
and 'fifth; pleurobranchi;e at the last pair of legs; endognath of first
maxilla long and segmented Pemeus.

BB.— Rostrum without teeth below ; no epipodite on the outer maxiUipeds ;
endognath of first maxillae shorter, not segmented.

C.-No pleurobranchia at the base of the fifth legs; no epipodites on ^he
fourth and fifth legs.

40 Addison E. Verrill,

D. — Exopodites on all the maxillipeds and legs, except rarely the last.

Penceopsis.

DD. — No exopodites on the legs ParapencEus (restr.), extralimital.

CC. — No pleurobranchiae at the bases of either the fourth or fifth legs.
Epipodites lacking at least on the fourth and fifth legs ; exopodites
present on all the legs ; antennular flagella short Trachypenceus.

AA. — Dorsal carina crested and dentate. Anterior legs without exopodites.
Abdominal segments sculptured and carinated. A pair of slender
median subocular spines. Male orifices subcoxal. Pleopods unira-
mous. Subfamily Sicyonmac; genus Sicyonia.

Penaeus Fabricius (restricted). Large prawns.
PencEus Fabr., Entom. Syst., vol. v, 1798 (pars). Desmarest, Consid.
gen., p. 224, 1825. Milne-Edw., Hist. Crust, vol. ii, p. 411, 1837
(pars). Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 214 (restricted). Bate, Voyage
Challenger, vol. xiv (restricted). Smith, S. I., on some Genera and
Species of Penaeidse, Proc. U. S. National Mus., vol. viii, pp. 170-190,
1885 (restricted). Report on Decapod Crustacea from Albatross
dredgings in 1884, p. [80], 1886. Rathbun, M. J., Crust, of Porto Rico,
p. 100, 1901.

The rostrum is long and serrated on the upper margin, some-
times also on the lower margin. The perepods on legs of the first
three pairs have exopods and small equal chelae; the third pair of
legs are the longest. The outer maxillipeds or third gnathopods
are leg-like, elongated, and have an exopod. Podobranchise are
lacking. Usually 18 pairs of gills. The eye-stalks are two-
jointed or three-jointed. The antennal flagella are not longer
than the carapace. The mandibles have a two-jointed palpus.

Pleopods, except the first pair, have two thin foliate branches ;
those of the first pair, in the male, have a large, membranous
basal appendage known as the "petasma" or curtain; it is rudi-
mentary in the female. The female has a thelycum.

Prof. Sidney I. Smitii, in his important work on the Penceidce
(op. cit, 1886), gave the following additional characters for the
restricted genus Perueus, as limited by him (type P. caramote).
Viz. :—

The antennular flagella are very short. The distal segment of
the mandibular palpus is much larger than the proximal one. It
is very broad and is not prolonged into a narrow tip. The
endognaths of the first maxillae are greatly elongated and seg-
mented. The endopod of the outer maxilliped is slender and com-
posed of four segments, and the exopod is lamellar and

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 41

iinsegmented ; second and third maxillipeds have well developed
epipods and large exopods ; all the perepods have small exopods,
but only the first, second and third are furnished with epipods ;
there is a well developed pleurobranchia on the fourteenth somite.
The number and arrangement of the branchiae and epipods are
the same for the six species named, including the type, with
P. hrazilicnsis, P. setifcrus, etc. Viz, : — Epipods, 6 pairs ; podo-
branchiae, i pair ; arthrobranchiae, 1 1 pairs ; pleurobranchise, 6
pairs. Altogether there are 18 pairs of branchiae.

Penaeus braziliensis (Latr.) Large Prawn. Market Shrimp.

Petueus braziliensis Latreille, Nouv. Diet, d' Hist. Nat. xxv, p. 156, 1817.
H. M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 414, 1877. Stimpson, Notes on
N. A. Crust, iii, p. 132, 1871. Smith, these Trans., ii, p. 27 (Brazil).
Von Martens, Cuban Crust., p. 140, 1872 (descr.). Miers, Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1878, pp. 299-306. Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst, xiv, p. 106
(2), 1883 (distr.). R. Rathbun, Fishes and Fish Industries U. S. Sect, i,
text, p. 822, 1884. Benedict, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, p. 540, 1893
(W. Africa). Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 580, 1900 (Bermuda).
Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. for 1885, p. (80), 1886.

Palcctnon serratus Hurdis, Rough Notes, p. 361, 1897, "The common
prawn."

Penccus brcvirostris Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. for 1878.
p. 98 (10), t. Kingsley, op. cit., 1879, p. 427 (Nicaragua).

Pcnceus braziliensis Edwards and Bouv., op, cit., p. 239, pi. vi, figs. 11-12,

1909.
Peneus brasiliensis Hay and Shore, Bulletin Bureau Fisheries, vol. xxxv,

p. 377, pl. 25, fig. 6, 19 18,

Pl.\te XIII, Figures 1-3. Plate XVI, Figures i, 2, 2a. Plate XVII,
Figure 10. d. e, f. (details after Edwards.)

This species can be easily distinguished by the wide and deep
sulcus that extends along each side of the prominent dorsal carina,
nearly to the posterior border of the carapace, while the posterior
half of the carina also has a dorsal sulcus, or is bicarinate. The
highest part of this carina is above the orbits. The carina and
rostrum have about nine teeth above (8-1 1) ; the rostrum usually
has two or three below, sometimes but one. About three or four
of the upper teeth are on the rostrum and five or six on the cara-
pace, the last one being considerably separated from the next;
toward the anterior end the rostrum is straight and without teeth.

42 Addison E. Verrill,

It is about one-third as long as the carapace. There is also a
well developed antennal groove and spine, and a hepatic spine.
The fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments are sharply cari-
nated with a groove each side of the carina on the sixth. The
telson tapers to a sharp, acuminate point, without lateral spines ;
it has a deep dorsal sulcus.

The color of a young specimen in life was translucent whitish,
with faint irregular brown markings on the abdomen.

Length of body of large females may be i6o to 170 mm. (or
about 7 inches), including the rostrum ; carapace about 60-64 mm ;
rostrum 22-24 ^nn^- Most specimens do not exceed 100-125 mm.
Those occasionally found in our northern waters are generally
small and immature.

This large species is undoubtedly the one recorded as "The
common prawn" of Bermuda, by Hurdis. He mentioned having
specimens 5.3 inches long and that they had six chelate legs,
characters that could apply to this species alone, of those now
known at Bermuda. It was taken later by Mr. G. B. Goode,
C. M. Allen, and by others. More recently it has been taken by
the Yale parties in 1898 and 1901. Young were dredged by me
in Great Sound, in 3 to 5 fathoms, May, 1901. Larger specimens
were taken in a fish-seine, in 1905, at David's Island, by The Field
Museum Expedition.

Peiusus braziliensis: Dental formula of rostrum and measurements in

millimeters.

Teeth above
No.

7570a
7570&
7570c
7S7od
7S7oe
7Sna

Teeth above
and below

Specimens examin
c? Length.

ed

9

Length.

4 S
2

16

(45-75)

20

(40-75)

4 4
2

3

(50-60)

4

(45-67)

4 6

2

2

(50-53)

5

(50-80)

4 7
I

1

(65)

4 5

I

(40)

I

3 5 2 (67-85)

2

75236 J_A I (68)

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 43

Nos. 7570 a to 7570 c. were from Sabanilla, N. G. Nos. 7523
were from Key West. Florida, tabulated by Professor S. I. Smith.

This is one of the common large marine prawns (also called
"shrimp," especially when young), sold extensively in the markets
of the Southern United States, from Louisiana and Texas to
North Carolina. It is widely distributed, from Martha's Vineyard
and Long Island Sound to Rio de Janiero, Brazil, and West Africa
(Miers, Edw., etc.) Hudson River at Sing Sing, New York
(Stimpson); Rio Grande de Sul, Brazil (Ortmann) ; off Cape
Hatteras, 11-14 fathoms (Smith) ; West Africa; Porto Rico, 7-76
fathoms ; Katama Bay, Martha's Vineyard, Sept. 8, 1900 (Rath-
bun) ; Sarasota Bay, W. Florida, and W. coast of Nicaragua
(Yale Mus.), Bahia, Brazil (Smith). Abundant at various places
on the W. coast of Africa (Edw. and Bouvier).

It often occurs in vast schools in the estuaries of our southern
coasts, from North Carolina to Texas. It is sometimes found
many miles up the rivers. I have seen specimens taken in the
western end of Long Island Sound. Whether it ever occurs in
Bermuda waters in numbers sufficient for commercial use I do not
know. It is used as food wherever it occurs in abundance.

It is often associated on our southern coasts with another
similar large species (P. setiferus) of which large quantities are
also collected for food* and both are sold, fresh and canned, under
the name of "shrimp." Young ones are often sold as "prawjis."

Both species, in the cooked condition, may frequently be found
in the markets of New York and other northern cities. Large
quantities are canned and widely distributed.

Penaeopsis Bate.

PetuEopsis (A. M.-Edwards, MSS.), Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 5,

vol. viii, p, 182, 1881 (T3T)e, P. scrratus).
Paraperurus (pars) Smith, op. cit., p. [81], 1886.
Pettceopsis M.-Edw. and Bouvier, op. cit., p. 220, 1909.
Metapemeus Wood-Mason, 1891 (t. Bouvier).
Archipemeopsis Bouvier, 1905 (t. Bouvier).

The rostrum is rather long, without teeth below. The last
thoracic segment lacks pleurobranchiae ; epipodites are lacking on

* See Richard Rathbun, Fish and Fisheries of the United States, vol. v,
PP- 799-807, 1884, for statistics and methods of fishing for them.

44 Addison E. Verrill,

the fourth and fifth pairs of legs. Endognath of first maxilla is
short and not segmented.

Penaeopsis goodei (Smith). Edw. and Bouv.

ParapencEus goodei S. I. Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. viii, p. 177,
1885 ; M. J. Rathbun, Branner-Agassiz Exped. to Brazil, p. 152 (no
descr.).

ParapencEopsis rathbuni and Archipenccopsis vestitus Bouvier, C. R.
Acad. Sci., vol. cxli, pp. 748, 757, 1905 (t. Bouvier).

Metaperucus goodei Alcock, Ann. Mag. N. Hist., ser. 7, vol. xvi, p. 519,

1905.
PencEopsis goodei M.-Edw. and Bouv., op. cit., p. 226, pi. iv, figs. 6-10,

1909.

Plate XV, Figures iA — lAiv. Plate XVI, Figure 3.

The carapace and pleon are densely covered with short plumose
hairs. There is a dorsal gastric spine behind the rostral carina,
which rises abruptly ; the rostrum, which is directed a little
obliquely upward, is shorter than the carapace. It has eight to
ten dorsal teeth, all in front of the posterior margin of the orbit.
There are two small denticles on the posterior margin of the orbit,
and a much larger, angular, acute antennal spine just below it ;
also a small acute spine at the lower margin of the antennal sinus ;
hepatic spine small, acute, appressed.

The legs of the third pair reach as far forward as the tip of
the rostrum, being longer than the second pair by at least the
length of the chelae ; the chela is two-fifths the length of the carpus
and scarcely thicker. Fifth legs are longer than the fourth.

The third to sixth segments of the pleon have a dorsal carina ;
on the fourth and fifth segments the carina is divided by a median
incision at the posterior end into a pair of denticles ; sixth segment
strongly compressed. The telson is regularly tapered to an acute
tip, which has an elongated spine on each side; three pairs of
movable spines, the posterior much the largest, arise in front of
the lateral spines and reach beyond their tips.

The length of the Bermuda type-specimen (female) was 57 mm;
length of carapace and rostrum, 19.4 mm; length of rostrum, 9;
of carapace, 7.5; of third perseopods, 18.2; of antennal scale
lo.o mm.

Bermuda (type, G. Brown Goode coll.) ; Panama (Bradley.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 45

Yale Mus. coll., t. S. I. Smith) ; off U. S. Coast, Albatross sta.
2606, 1885. in 25 fathoms (S. I. Smith) ; Maceio, Brazil (M. J.
Rathbun) ; Florida (Stimpson).

This species resembles Parapen<£us velutinus (Dana, sp.) and
may, perhaps, be the species recorded under the latter name by
Mr. W. Stone (coll. Heilprin).*

It differs from Dana's species (see below and figures) in having
the second and third pairs of legs decidedly unequal, the third
pair being much longer, instead of subequal ; and in having the
fourth pair much shorter than the fifth, instead of subequal ; also
in having the telson armed with longer spiniform lateral processes
and movable spines ; and in some other details.

Prof. Sidney I. Smith (op. cit.) gave a very full description of
this species with detailed measurements of a specimen from
Bermuda (coll. G. B. Goode), which must be considered tlie type
(see our pi. xvi, fig. 3).

M. -Ed wards and Bouvier described later a much smaller and
more slender specimen under the same name, with good figures.
This seems to me to be a distinct variety. (See our pi. xv, figs, i,
A-A iv, I a.) From lat. 24° 43'N., in 37 fathoms, Blake Expedition.
It differs in various details as shown by the figures.

Trachypenaeus Alcock, 1901.
ParapencEUs (pars) Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. viii, p. 171, 1885 ;

Annual Report U. S. Com. of Fish and Fisheries for 1885, p. [80],

1886.
Trachypeneus Alcock, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, vol. xvi, p.

523, 1905.

This genus is separated from Penceus and Parapenaus mainly
by lacking pleurobranchiae on the fourth and fifth pereopods and
by the presence of exopodites on all the legs. The flagella of the
antennae are shorter than in the allied genera.

Trachypenaeus constrictus (Stimp.) Edw. and Bouv.
Penceus constrictus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, 135, 1871.

Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., x, p. 69; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,

1878, p. 330; Am. Naturalist, xxxiii, p. 719, 1899.
Parapen<Fus constrictus Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. viii, p. 174,

1885; Ann. Rept. U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1885, p. [81],

♦That species is not mentioned by Mr. Sharp as now in the collection
of the Philad. Acad. Sci. (See Bibliography bek>w.)

46 Addison E. V err ill,

1886 (descr. and branchial formula). Rathbun, M. J., Brachyura and
Macrura of Porto Rico, p. loi, 1901.

Trachypeneus constrictus Edw. and Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Camp. Zool.,
vol. xxvii, p. 232, pi. vi, figs, i, 2, 1909. Hay and Shore, op. cit., p.
378, pi. 25, fig. 9, 1 9 18.

Plate XIV, Figures 1-4. Plate XV, Figures 2, 2a, 3-5.

The rostrum is straight or only sHghtly bent ; on the upper edge
are seven to nine regularly spaced teeth, the distal ones smaller ;
a single spine is back of the base of rostrum ; carapace not pubes-
cent, except on special areas, the hairs are short and soft ; abdomen
smooth and glossy ; carapace carinated more than half its length ;
abdomen carinate on the fourth to sixth segments ; hepatic and
antennal spines present.

The antennular stalk is longer than the rostrum, about as long
as the scaphocerite, not very stout ; the penultimate article is rather
elongated. The- preceding joint reaches a little beyond the eye.
The eye is large, a little emarginate on the upper side ; stalk is
short and thick.

Telson tapers to the acute tip, v^ith a small, sharp distal spine on
each side; upper side with two obtuse carinae. Length of body
of adult females 60-65 mm, including rostrum. The color of a
small specimen, in life, was translucent bluish white, faintly and
irregularly marked with brown on the abdomen. According to
Hay and Shore it is "translucent white with purplish gray cloud-
ings and blotches ; appendages pinkish."

This was taken at Bermuda by Mr. Goode in 1877, and by the
Yale Expedition in 1901. The latter was young, dredged in Great
Sound, in 3-5 fathoms. Its range extends from ofif Chesapeake
Bay to Porto Rico. Off Chesapeake Bay, 18 fathoms; off Cape
Hatteras, 7 to 27 fathoms; and Fort Macon, N. C. (Smith);
Beaufort, N. C, 4 fathoms, and Charleston Harbor, S. C. (Stimp-
son) ; Pensacola, Fla., and Porto Rico (Rathbun) ; Bahamas
(Rankin). Marcou Pass, Fla. (Kingsley).

Parapenaeus Smith (restr.).
ParapctKEUs Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., for 1884, vol. viii, p. 170,
1885 (type P. longirostris) ; op. cit. for 1885, p. (81), 1886. M.-
Edw. and Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xxvii, p. 228 (restr.),
1909.

Neopenccopsis Bouvier, 1905.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 47

This genus, as restricted, differs from Pen^opsis in the absence
of exopodites on all the pereopods* and in having a lateral line on
the carapace extending from the infra-orbital angle to the posterior
edge of the carapace.

Parapenaeus velutinus (Dana) Smitli. Velvety Oceanic Prawn.
Pcnccus velutinus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., p. 604, 1852; Atlas,
pi. xl, fig. 4, 1855. Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. for i860,
p. 44 [115]. Bate, Voy. Chall., Z06I., xxiv, p. 253, pi. xxxiii, fig. i,
1887. Witmar Stone, in Heilprin, Bermuda Islands (Bermuda).
Rankin, op. cit., p. 544, 1900.
Parapenaus velutinus Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., viii, p. 117, 1885.
Plate XVI, Figure 4.

Body covered with a close velvety pubescence. Rostrum stout,
laterally carinate, acute, slightly curved up at tip, with about seven
or eight teeth above, beginning opposite orbit; none below; one
on the dorsal carina of carapace; lower margin nearly straight,
fringed with hairs. Telson narrow, acute, not sulcate, terminating
in a slender, sharp, median spine ; a small lateral spine and a
smaller intermediate one; denticulate, with three lateral spinules.
and fringed on the margins distally; third to sixth abdominal
segments strongly carinate ; carina on the third is sulcate ; on
sixth it ends "in a small dorsal spine. The dorsal rostral carina,
which is strong anteriorly, scarcely extends beyond the middle of
the carapace.

Eyes large, on short stalks. The antennular peduncle is short.
The antennal scale has a stout spine, of about the same length as,
or slightly longer than, the antennular peduncle ; it has two
small, acute, basal spines.

The first leg is stouter and more hairy than the second and third,
with a larger chela ; it reaches a little beyond the base of the chela
of the second. The second reaches the chela of the third ; fourth
leg reaches the base of the dactyl of the fifth ; fifth leg is equal to
second and reaches the chela of the third. The above description
is of adult males from Zanzibar.

It is widely distributed in the Pacific and Indian Oceans.
Hawaiian Is. (Dana); China and Ousima (Stimpson); Japan;
E. Indies; New Guinea; Australia (Bate) ; West Africa (Miers).

♦ Rudimentary exopodites sometimes occur on some individuals of
P. paradoxus (Edw. and Bouv.) and on the young of other species.

48 Addison E. Verrill,

Bate records this species from eight stations (Voy. Challenger)
ranging from 6, 8, and 26 fathoms to 2675 fathoms. It is alto-
gether probable that it is strictly a surface or shallow water species
which, as often happens, was sometimes picked up by the deep-sea
trawl when the net had nearly reached the surface. The specimen
obtained by Heilprin, at Bermuda, and identified by W. Stone was,
perhaps, Peticeopsis goodei. It has not been recorded from this
region by anyone else.

Subfamily SICYONIN^ Ortm. .
This group includes only the genus Sicyonia.

Sicyonia H. M.-Edw., 1830. Crested Shrimp.

Sicyonia Dana, op. cit, p. 602, 1852. Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 218
(critical remarks). Edw. and Bouvier, op. cit., p. 243, 1909.

The carapace has a rather high, crest-like, and dentate carina.
Rostrum carinate, toothed above, sometimes one tooth below near
tip. Abdomen carinated dorsally and sculptured by furrows.
Thoracic legs have no exopods. Abdominal appendages are not
biramous, except the sixth. No internal antennular scale. Ocular
segment with two submedian spines directed forward. Last two
pairs of feet have flattened dactyls. Telson pointed.

The four recognized Florida and West Indies species of this
genus are pretty closely allied, but dififer in the length of the
rostrum and arrangement of the rostral and carinal teeth.

They may be distinguished as follows :

Key to North Atlantic species of Sicyonia.

I. — Three carinal teeth.

A. — Rostrum long, truncate, with two or three terminal denticles.

B. — Rostrum with two teeth above, and also terminal spinules ; none
below ; abdomen feebly sculptured Icevigata.

BB. — Rostrum truncate with two minute teeth above, one of which is close
to the tip ; one below ; carina with two larger teeth. Abdomen
strongly sculptured carinata. E. Atlantic.

AA. — Rostrum pointed, very short and narrow, with three large teeth
above, none below brevirostris^cristata Saus.

II. — Two carinal teeth ; rostrum not truncate ; abdomen strongly sculp-
tured.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 49

C. — Rostrum exceeding the eyes, with three teeth above and a very small
one below, near the tip ; carina with two teeth, widely separated.

dorsalis.
CC. — Rostrum with the tip simple not exceeding the eyes ; two or three
small teeth above ; none below ; two subequal, evenly spaced carinal
teeth.

edwardsi Miers.

Sicyonia dorsalis Kingsley.

Sicyonia dorsalis Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., xxx, for 1878,
p. 97 (9) ; Bull. Essex Inst, x, p. 69. Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 580,
1900 (Bermuda). M.-Edw. and Bouvier, op. cit., pp. 244, 253, pi. viii,
figs. 4-13, 1909. M. J. Rathbun, Brachyura and Macrura of Porto
Rico, p. 103, 1901.

Sicyonia stimpsoni Bouvier, C. R. Acad. Sci. y. 141, p. 748, 1905.

Sicyonia carinata (?) Rankin {non Olivier, nee Bate), Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci., xii, p. 543. The figure (pi. xvii, fig. 6) which was copied from
Bate, with credit, was edwardsii Miers.

Plate X, Figures I — li; 2, a-c; 3; 4; 5.

The two teeth on the dorsal carina of the carapace are widely
separated, the posterior one being the larger, acute, hooked, and
situated at about the posterior fourth of the carapace; the other
is close to the base of the rostrum, near the first rostral tooth, and
similar to it in size. The rostrum is subacute, small and rather
short; longer than the eyes, often slightly bifid, with three teeth
on the upper edge; it usually has one minute tooth, close to the
tip, on the under side, but this may be lacking. Abdominal seg-
ments are strongly carinate and sculptured.

Length of a large adult female, 90 mm ; carapace with rostrum,
21.5 mm ; rostrum, 5 mm ; abdomen, 6.85 mm. One young speci-
men, taken by us in 1898, was determined by Miss Rathbun. It
agrees well with the description and figures. The specimen
recorded as 6". carinata by Rankin was taken in shallow water in
Harrington Sound, on white sand. His copied figure represents
6*. edwardsii. Otherwise the latter has not been recorded from
Bermuda.

Dr. Rankin stated that in his Bermuda specimen there is one
tooth behind the gastric region; the rostrum has four teeth close
together on the dorsal edge and none below, which is not the case
in S. carinata Bate (=ed'wardsii Miers), as Dr. Rankin observed.
His two specimens had lost their thoracic appendages. According
to his description it differs both from ^. dorsalis and S. edwardsii,

50 Addison E. V err ill,

as well as from the other Atlantic species, but he probably counted
the anterior carinal tooth as a rostral tooth. It agrees more nearly
with dorsalis than with any other. There seems to be no good
reason for referring it to 5*. brevirostris Edw. For parts of the
latter, see our figures (pi. xx, figs. 2-2c; 6-6k).

Off Cape Hatteras, i6 fathoms (Smith) ; Fort Jefferson, Fla.
(type locality). Off Key West, 45 fathoms, station 2318 (Alba-
tross) ; off Havana, 230 fathoms, station 2321 (Albatross)
Sabanilla, U. S. Columbia, (Albatross) ; Bermudas (Verrill)
Porto Rico, Mayaguez Harbor, 12 to 18 fathoms; Pensacola, Fla.
Gulf of Mexico, 30 to 88 fathoms (Rathbun). Many localities
in the West Indies, in 36 to 120 fathoms (Blake Exped.). Other
West Indian species of the genus are likely to occur at the
Bermudas when looked for at suitable depths.

Family SERGESTID.ffi Dana, 1852. Phosphorescent Oceanic Shrimp.

SergestidcB Bate, op. cit, 1888. Stcbbing, Hist. Crust., p. 221. Faxon,
op. cit., p. 208, 1895. Ortmann, Plankton Exped., p. 29, 1893.

This family includes many oceanic species, often noteworthy on
account of their bright colors or their brilliant phosphorescence.
The rostrum is usually very small and simple. The eyes are often
very large and prominent, on long stalks, but they are sometimes
much reduced. The legs are very slender. The chelae are lacking
on the first pair of legs, which are usually short, and sometimes
also on the second pair ; on the third pair they are very minute.
The fifth legs are usually very small and slender, and often, also,
the fourth pair ; one or both may be rudimentary or absent. The
legs bear long plumose hairs. Branchiae are much reduced, some-
times lacking ; never present on all the legs. The species undergo
a complicated metamorphosis and have very singular larval forms
which are often taken in surface nets.

Sergestes PI. M.-Edw., 1830.

Several species of Sergestes have been taken in the North
Atlantic Ocean, some of them in the region of Bermuda. Any of
these are likely to occur near the Bermuda shores. The species
are free-swimming forms, widely distributed, and are often taken
at or near the surface, away from the land. Though often
brought up by the deep-sea dredges and trawls, apparently from

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 51

great depths, they certainly do not always come from the bottom.
Some species have been taken in the Gulf-weed (Sargassiim) in
the North Atlantic.

Bate, in the Voyage of the Challenger, vol. xxiv, pp. 389-418,
described the following species from the central or western parts
of the North Atlantic.

Sergcstcs atlanticus M.-Edw.* Many localities in the North Atlantic;
West Indies to Greenland. S. Africa; Japan; Fiji Is.; S. of
Australia.

S. edwardsii Kroyer, off Cape Verde Is. to Greenland and Pacific Ocean.

5". oculatus Kroyer, Mid-Atlantic to Greenland; North and S. Pacific.

S. ovatoculatus Bate, North Atlantic.

5". parvidcns Bate, Tropical Atlantic; Pacific Ocean; off Australia.

S. longirostris Bate, Mid-Atlantic.

S. longispinus Bate, Mid-Atlantic ; North Atlantic.

S. penerinkii Bate, North Atlantic.

Other North Atlantic species have been recorded by various authors.
Several of these species are liable to occur in Bermuda waters.

Family LEUCIFERID.ffi Dana.
LeuciferincB (subfamily) Bate, op. cit., p. 443, 1888.

Body slender and much elongated. Antennal and ocular seg-
ments (cephalon or "neck") greatly prolonged so that the antennae
and eyes are inserted relatively far forward of the oral appendages
and mouth. Eyes on long stalks. Third maxillipeds leg-like.
The abdominal (pleon) segments are especially much elongated,
forming more than half the body. Thorax short. No exopods
on legs. First two pairs of legs are slender, not chelate; rudi-
mentary chelae on the third pair ; fourth and fifth pairs lacking.
No branchiae on the thoracic segments. Pleopods of second to
fifth pairs have two large ciliated branches ; a small third branch,
also, on second pair of male, and clasping organ on first pair.

The eggs are carried beneath the thorax of the female, without
special organs for attachment. Young hatch in a nauplius form

* This is the Sergcstcs arcticus of Kroyer, 1855. See also S. arcticus
S. I. Smith, Dec. Crust. Albatross Dredgings of 1884, pp. 6, 93, pi. xx,
figs. I, 2, 1886. C. Hatteras, northward, 235 to 2516 fathoms (?). It has,
however, been repeatedly taken at the surface.

52 Addison E. Verrill,

(pi. i8, fig. 6) and undergo extensive metamorphoses, passing
through protozoea and zoea stages. (See Brooks, op. cit., 1882.)

Leucifer H. Milne-Edw.*

Lucifer V. Thompson, Zool. Res., p. 58, pi. vii, fig. 2, 1869 (name pre-
occupied). W. K. Brooks, op. cit, vol. 173, pp. 57-157, structure and
development, 1883. Bate, op. cit., pp. 442-467, pi. 79-85, structure and
development, 1888.

Leucifer H. M.-Edw., Hist. Crust., ii, p. 469, 1837. Dana, op. cit., p.

662.

Text figure 4. Plates XVII and XVIII.

Integument thin, transparent. Cephahc region or neck (cepha-
lon) long, cylindrical ; pleon very long, about two thirds of
body ; its sixth segment much longer than the others, which
are subequal ; pleopods long ; uropods large, branches unequal,
usually much longer than telson. Telson small, narrow, tapered,
with three spines at each angle and, in the male a ventral lobe;
four spinules above.

Figure 4. Leucifer. sp. ?; a, antennule; b. antenna; o, eye; ot, ootocyst;
s, antennal scale. Enlarged.

Eye-stalks long ; eyes large ; ootocysts well developed. Anten-
nules with a slender three-jointed peduncle and a single slender
flagellum. Antennae have a long flagellum and a narrow subacute
scale; basicerite small, bicuspid. A clasping organ (petasma) on
anterior side of first pleopods of male and the second pleopod has

* The name of this genus was first written Lucifer. It was changed to
Leucifer by M. -Edwards, but he gave no reason for the change. It has
been said that it was because the former was preoccupied, but as he quotes
Thompson as spelling it Leucifer, he probably intended it as a more correct
form. However, as Lucifer was really preoccupied, the change should be
adopted.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 53

a third small sexual branch. Mandibles lack a palpus. Rostrum
small, or sometimes lacking.

Sexes differ decidedly. The male has a conspicuous petasma
on the first pleopods and a special organ on the second ; two con-
spicuous ventral spines on the sixth abdominal segment; and a
prominent tubercle on the under side of the telson, all of which
are lacking in the female. In the latter, at least in some species,
the third maxillipeds are shorter than the first legs, and there are
apparently differences in the second maxillipeds and other organs.
The lateral abdominal processes are more acute in some species.

In our species the male, at least, appears to have a pair of phos-
phorescent organs in the first five abdominal segments, and perhaps
the tubercle on the under side of the telson is also a phosphorescent
organ.

Leucifer faxoni Borr.

Lucifer typus (?) Faxon, Chesapeake Zool. Labr. Studies, Johns
Hopkins Univ. Biol. Labr., (iii), p. 113, pi. 7, figs. 1-3, 1879 {non
Thompson). (?) Bate, Voy. Challenger, Zool. Crustacea, vol. xxiv,
p. 464, pi. 71-83, 1888 (descrip. and metamorphoses) :=L. affinis Bor-
rodaile.

Lucifer, sp., W. K. Brooks, op. cit., vol. 173, pp. 57-137, pi. i-ix, 1883
(anat. and metamorphoses).

Lucifer faxoni Borrodaile, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, Ser. 8, vol. xvi,
pp. 228, 230, 1915.

(f) L. affinis Borrodaile, op. cit., pp. 228, 230, 1915 (based on Bate's
species).

Leucifer faxoni Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 381, text-figure 4, pi. xxvi,
fig. 10, 1918.

Plate XVH, Figures 1-7. Plate XVHI, Figures 1-13.

The specimens of Leucifer taken by my party at the surface at
Bermuda have been lost. The following description is based on
a large lot (several hundred) taken at one time in the Gulf Stream
at the Albatross station. No. 271 1, and unusually well preserved.

Owing to the extreme delicacy and tenuity of the species of this
genus various organs are liable to be lost or damaged ; others are
often contracted or distorted by preservatives. Therefore it is
advantageous to have large numbers for any careful study of their
structure. The sexes differ much in several respects and are
readily distinguishable, as stated in the generic description.

54 Addison E. Verrill,

Probably more than one species of Leucifer will be found in
Bermuda waters, but the following species is likely to be the most
frequent, for it was taken at many places in the Gulf Stream region
by the U. S. Fish Comm. steamers, Fish-hawk and Albatross.

The neck is rather slender, about twice as long as the thorax
and about equal in length to the uropods and to the sixth segment
of the abdomen. The thorax has a small spine on each side of
its front edge. The first five abdominal segments contain a rela-
tively large, apparently phosphorescent organ, similar to those in
Thysanopoda, etc.

The rostrum is small, acute-triangular, acuminate with a small
acute terminal cusp, often broken off. The eye is moderately
large, round ; its stalk is elongated, nearly half as long as the neck,
obconic, tapering to a small base. The antennular peduncle is
slender and long; its first article much the longest, as long as,
or longer than eye-stalk and eye; flagellum is long and slender.
The antennal peduncle is about half as long ; it reaches about to
end of eye-stalk, minus eye, and is not as long as first article of
antennule. Its scale is very long and in most cases not very
narrow, though often appearing so, owing to its position in
mounted specimens. It is often wider than the antennal peduncle,
or twice as wide as the antennule ; it reaches about to the end of the
second article of the antennular flagellum ; its edges are nearly
parallel for the proximal half ; inner edge distally curves gently
to the obtuse end, which carries a small spine on the outer angle.
It is about twice as long as the antennal peduncle. The basocerite
is small, with two acute, spinif orm cusps, the lower one the longer ;
it is placed behind and below the bases of the eye-stalks. The
antennal flagellum is very long and slender, about as long as the
body when entire (usually broken) ; its articles are elongated.

The second maxillipeds are elongated, strongly incurved,
covered on the inner side with long slender hairs ; none of the
articles are notably thickened in the female ; in the male the
penultimate article is somewhat enlarged in the middle. The third
maxillipeds are similar to the first pair of legs in size and form,
and in the male of about the same length ; in the female they only
reach the penultimate article of the first leg, which is much shorter
than the others, which are very long ; the propodus and dactyl are
fringed on the inner edge with long hairs.

The third leg is blunt and tipped with a small claw or hook and

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 55

numerous incurved hairs ; the claw is wide at hase and acuminate,
with a sharp incurved tip ; opposed to it there are two small
spinules. The pleopods are elongated ; in the male those of the
first pair hear a petasma, which is prominent, convex, somewhat
cap-shaped, inner end with an overhanging top; outer end with a
prominent tubular lobe, often nearly touching a small tubercle
standing in front of it. It has internal muscles and is capable of
considerable changes in form. The distal tubular part can be
protruded or withdrawn more or less. (See pi. 18, figs. 6-9.)

The second pleopod of the male has a third branch, or male
organ (pi. 18, figs. 5, 5a), which is about as thick as the other
branches, and about half as long; its outline is slightly sigmoid,
with a basal enlargement, distal to which there is a group of about
three short curved setae on the outer side, otherwise it is not hairy ;
other branches are very hairy. The sixth abdominal segment is
al)out as long as the sum of two preceding ; distally it is rapidly
narrowed ; in the male the lateral ventral side bears two con-
spicuous spines, the second about twice as long as the first, both
somewhat directed backward ; second not acute at tip ; distance
between the spines about equal to distance of the second to end of
segment ; dorsal median distal edge bears a small acute spinule ;
distal ventral edge in some, at least, bears a pair of small spinules,
often blunt.

In the female the sixth segment has a constriction or slight
transverse groove, in the middle, as if composed of two articles ;
its ventral side, further back, bears a pair of very small acute
spinules, close together.

The uropods of both sexes are relatively large and long; they
have two acute basal spines ; the outer lamella is about one-third
longer and twice wider than the inner, long-elliptical, with the end
obtusely rounded or slightly emarginated near the base of the
small acute spinule on the outer distal edge, which is equal to or
a little longer than the tip of the lamella, sometimes projecting its
entire length ; the inner edges of both lamellae have a fringe of
long slender hairs ; inner one is about half as wide and two-thirds
as long as outer, and more acute. The telson is narrow ; in the
male about half as long as the inner uropods, one-third the outer
branch ; seen in profile it is thickened proximally, and has the
proximal half of the edge turned up. In the male it bears at about
the distal fourth, on the under side, a rounded tubercle (perhaps a

56 Addison E. Verrill,

phosphorescent organ) in front of which there is a small round
internal organ (ganglion?) ; on the upper side are two pairs of
minute appressed spines (pi. 18, figs. 3, 4a), a pair before and one
behind the ventral tubercle. The tip is narrow and bears three
pairs of spines ; the outer one more than twice as long as the next
inner; third minute. (See pi. 18, figs. 11, 12.)

The female has no tubercle on the under side of the telson, and
the telson is relatively a little longer in proportion to the uropods
(fig. 13). The terminal and dorsal spines of the telson are very
liable to be broken off in preserved specimens, as well as various
frontal organs, such as the antennal scales, etc.

Length of the larger males, 12 to 13 mm, including rostrum and
uropods; length of neck, 2mm; of thorax, about 1.4mm; of
uropods, 2 mm. Females are usually somewhat larger than the
males.

Some of our specimens give the following ratios of the length
of the neck to that of the rest of the thorax: — No. i 2 ; ratios
1 .4 : I ; No. 2 $ , ratios i .36 : i ; No. 4 $ , ratios 1.2:1; No. 25,
ratios 1.04: i. The ratios of the neck to the total length was in
No. I, 1 : 6.4; No. 2, 1 : 6.94; No. 25, i : 6.8.

Measurements of No. i were as follows : length of neck, 1.2 mm ;
of thorax, 0.88; of abdomen, 4.5 to base of telson; sixth segment,
1.25; outer uropods, 1.3; telson, 0.60; eye and stalk, 0.36;
longest legs, 1.65; third maxilliped, 0.46.

I have referred this species to L. faxoni, although it differs
somewhat from the figures of Faxon, and the later description by
Hay and Shore, as shown below. It agrees almost as nearly in
most respects with Bate's figures, renamed L. affinis by Borradaile,
the slight dififerences being due, perhaps, to the modes of prepara-
tion and to errors in the drawings. (See pi. XVIII, figs. S-8d.)

According to Borradaile L. faxoni has the following diagnostic
characters : — Neck-like portion longer than the rest of the cephalo-
thorax. Eye and stalk rather more than a third and not more
than half the length of the neck, the stalk rather stout. The last
(third) leg reaches to the end of neck or beyond it. Sixth
abdominal segment not much, if at all, longer than the uropods ;
exopods of uropods rounded at the end, less than five times longer
than wide ; its spine projects beyond the end. Ventral lateral
spine of 6th abdominal segment of the male sharp, not followed
by a pair of spinules.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 57

Hay and Shore give a fuller description* of the species, as found
at Beaufort, N. C, which does not agree in all respects with that
of Borradaile, which was probably based on the figures of the West
Atlantic specimens.

The more specific characters given by them are as follows : The
neck-like portion is 1.5, the length of the rest of the cephalothorax ;
rostrum small ; a spine on each side behind the eye-stalk, and a
knob-like suborbital lobe.

Posterior part of cephalothorax with a small spine on each side
in front. Eye-stalks conical, about one-third as long as the neck.
Antennular peduncle long and slender. Antennal peduncle about
half as long as the first antennular segment ; its flagellum longer
than that of antennules ; its scale almost linear.

Last two pairs of legs nearly equal in length, and reaching
forward almost to end of neck. Abdomen much compressed;
segments deepest at insertions of pleopods and there ending in a
spiniform angle. Sixth segment as long as two preceding com-
bined, its postero-lateral angles spiniform ; posterior dorsal margin
with a small median spine. In the male two strong ventral spines,
the posterior one about twice as long as the other and recurved.
Telson slender, about half as long as the uropods, with a stout
spine on each side and a prominent projection on the ventral side
near the middle. Uropods about as long as the sixth segment.
Color when alive almost perfectly transparent. Length 10 to
12 mm.

According to Prof. Brooks it lays its eggs at night and they
are very small and entirely transparent.

Off Chesapeake Bay (Faxon) ; Beaufort, N. C, m the harbor
and mofe abundant outside, at the surface (Hay and Shore).
Carried eggs June 30th. Prof. Brooks took it in large numbers
at Beaufort, N. C, near an inlet, during ebb tide in the evening.
The females carried eggs there. It is probably to be found at or
near the surface, chiefly at night. Though often brought up,
apparently from great depths, in dredging, species of this genus
may enter the dredge only near the surface, like many other oceanic
species.

♦Hay and Shore describe their species as having four pairs of legs.
This was probably an accidental error due to counting the third maxil-
lipeds as legs, for they state that the two anterior pairs are equal.

58 Addison E. Verrill,

Part of the work on this genus by Prof. Brooks was done on
Beaufort material, but most of his embryological work was done
on Bahama specimens. He does not give the special locality of
specimens figured. He gives, of the adults, only a few figures of
parts, such as the sixth segment, uropods, telson, and reproductive
organs ; also a third maxilliped and mandibles. From these
figures and no description of the adult it is not possible to identify
his species with certainty.

The petasma as figured by him is unlike that of my specimens
and unlike the figures of Bate and Faxon. If correctly drawn,
it would indicate a distinct species. It is smaller, simpler, and
farther back from the opposed tubercle than in any of the others
figured. The telson is represented as smaller and its armature
somewhat unlike that of my specimens, but he may not have taken
much pains in drawing such details.

Species of Leucifer are widely distributed in the warmer parts
of all the oceans. One species was recorded from Georges Bank,
off Massachusetts, by Prof. S. I. Smith, but was not identified.
It may have been L. faxoni.

Three stages of the larvae, of a species from G. O. Sars' work,
are reproduced on pi. i8, figs. 6-8. These may belong to
"L. typus" of Europe. Similar larvae were taken by us at
Bermuda in 1898.

Borradaile records several other species from the Atlantic.
Among them are L. acicularis Dana (Brazil) ; L. affinis Bor.=
L. typus Bate (all tropical seas) ; L. batei Bor. (Atlantic and
Pacific).

According to Borradaile, in the true L. typus the eye and stalk
are much longer than the rest of the cephalothorax. The exopods
of the uropods are tapered distally. Rostrum is lacking. Ventral
spine of sixth abdominal segment is pointed. It inhabits the
tropical Atlantic.

The differences between L. faxoni and L. affinis, as diagnosed
by Borradaile, are slight and are mostly minor variations in pro-
portions of parts. As his L. affinis seems to be based on the
figures given by Bate, such differences may be due partly to
imperfections in the drawings, or to variations due to age, sex,
mode of preservation, etc. It seems to me probable that they
represent only one species.

The only differences that seem to be of much importance, aside

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 59

from the longer neck of affinis, are in the form of the petasma and
the male organ of the second pleopods. If correctly drawn in
Bate's figure (his pi. 80, our pi. 18, fig. 8&), the petasma is larger
and more complicated than in our specimens (pi. 18, figs. 6-9) or
in Faxon's figures (pi. 18, fig. 7). The same organ, as figured by
Brooks, is quite unlike either of the other figures. It seems some-
what variable in form in the large number of specimens examined.

The male appendage of the second pleopods in Bate's figure
(pi. 18, fig. 8rf) has a wide, oblique, terminal part, while it is
narrow and subacute in our species (pi. 18, figs. 5, 5a). The
female in our species does not have such sharp spiniform termi-
nations to the angular lobes of the abdominal segments, at the
bases of the pleopods, as shown in Bate's figure (his pi. 83). In
our species they are angular, as in the male, but not dentiform nor
spiniform, but Bate's figure may be erroneous in this respect.

The "neck" is relatively longer in Bate's figures (see pi. 18.
fig. 8) than in Faxon's and in my specimens (pi. 18, fig. i), while
the uropods and telson are shorter. In Bate's figure, the propor-
tion of uropods to neck is about 1:1.6; in Faxon's they are
practically equal. In Bate's figure the neck is nearly equal to
the combined length of the thorax and first two abdominal somites ;
in our specimens it is less than the thorax and first abdominal
somite.

Borradaile refers to the figures given by Bate on his pi. 83 (our
pi. 18, figs. 8, M) as illustrating his L. affinis. These figures differ
from the later description by Hay and Shore as follows : —

Proportion of eye and stalk to neck is i : 3.5, not i : 3. Antennal
peduncle to first article of antennular peduncle is i : 1.25, not i : 2.
Second and third legs reach to about the distal third of the neck
of the female, or distal fourth of the male, not almost to the end.
Sixth abdominal segment is rather longer than the sum of the
two preceding. The telson of the female is less than one-half
the length of the uropods. The various spines, spinules, and
forms of the appendages agree closely.

It seems to me that the above variations in the figures are too
small and uncertain for the positive diflferentiation of species. In
one lot, before me, containing several hundreds of specimens,
greater variations in some of the proportions occur. These were
from the region of the Gulf Stream, Albatross Station 271 1, No.
12015. Both forms are likely to occur at the Bermudas.

6o Addison E. Verrill,

CARIDEA (Dana) or PHYLLOBRANCHIATA.

Caridea Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., 1852.

Eucyphidca Ortmann, Syst. der Decapoden-Krebse, Zool. Jahrb., 1896.
Normalia Bate, Macrura, Voy. Challenger, vol. xxiv, p. 480, 1888.
Caridea M. J. Rathbun, Brach. and Macrura of Porto Rico, p. 104, 1901.
Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 224, 1893,

This extensive group, which includes about fifteen famiHes,
corresponds precisely with the division named Caridea by Dana in
1852. Therefore there seems to be no good reason for adopting
either of the later names. Six of the families are found in
Bermuda.

The most important character, probably, is the nature of the
gills. The branchial plumes are lamellate, composed of thin,
foliaceous laminae, attached to a central stem. The legs of the
third pair are never chelate ; those of the first and second pairs are
usually chelate, though chelae are lacking on the first pair in the
Pandalidce. The ova are carried attached to the hairs of the
pleopods. The branchiae are well developed on most, or on all the
legs.

Family SYNALPHLEID/E V., new name. Snapping Shrimps.

Alpheidea DeHaan, 1850.

Alpheine Dana, op. cit, p. 534, 1852. Kingsley, List Caridea, p. 57, 1878.

Alpheida Randall, op. cit., vol. 8, p. 141, 1839. White, Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, XV, p. 118, 1847. Bate, Voy. Chall., xxiv, p. 528, 1888. Steb-
bing, Hist., p. 230. Ortmann, Syst. Decap., op. cit., p. 423, 1896.
M. J. Rathbun, op. cit, p. 104, 1901. Coutiere, Annal. des Sci. Nat.,
Ser. 8, Zoology, vol. ix, pp. 1-559, pl- I-V, 1899 (classification, morphol-
ogy, anatomy, etc.).

CrangonidcE M. J. Rathbun. Shore and Hay, 1918. Name preoccupied.
{noti Dana, nee Bate.)

The eye-stalks and eyes are usually entirely or partly covered
by thin lobes of the front edge of the carapace. Eyes are exposed
in Automate. Rostrum small, acute, often triangular, not serrate,
sometimes abortive. First pair of thoracic legs (chelipeds) much
larger than the second, strongly chelate, the chelae usually very
unequal in both sexes, sometimes subequal ; the carpus is usually
short, often cup-shaped or hemispherical.

Second pair are slender with small, more simple chelae ; the
carpus is elongated and divided into several segments (usually

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 6i

five, never more). The telson is strong and has four small dorsal
spines usually, nearly in a quadrangle, and two at each distal angle ;
the apex is occupied by a median and several pairs of long plumose
hairs or set?e, often numerous. The uropods are usually broad,
rounded distally, the edge bordered with long pinnate hairs with
some longer setiform hairs intermingled ; usually there is also a
submarginal row of small acute setae or spinules. The outer
lamella of the uropods generally bears a distal movable spine at
the sutural notch (rarely two) and usually the angle is also spini-
form. In our figures of these parts the abundant plumose hairs
are usually partly or entirely omitted, or only indicated. (See pi.
27, fig. iS.)

Mandibles are deeply forked, of various forms ; always having
a two-jointed palpus; inner antennas (antennules) are unequally
biflagellate ; the outer flagellum is usually bifurcate. Scale of
outer antennas is usually well developed, but not very large, some-
times abortive ; it is supported by a strong, external, marginal
spine, and bordered on the inner edge with long pinnate hairs ;
a smaller basal spine (basicerite) is usually present on the outer
angle of the second article of the peduncle ; it is sometimes bilobed ;
sometimes nearly or quite abortive.

The two principal genera, Alpheus (of authors) and Synalpheus,
are able to make a sharp snapping sound by suddenly closing the
dactyl of the large chela. Most other genera lack this power.
A dorsal cardiac notch or pit is always present near the posterior
edge of the carapace, and it is eminently characteristic of the
family.

The epipods of the first and second maxillipeds are undivided,
without pleurobranchise. Third maxilliped always has an exopod ;
the median article of its endopod is always the shortest; third to
fifth legs are short, compressed, fifth smallest ; propodite spinulose ;
the dactyl is generally either simple or biunguiculate, rarely tri-
unguiculate; the fifth pair have an oblique brush of hairs and
spines on the propodus. Two retinules are present on the second
pleopod of the male, except in Synalpheus and Automate.

Third abdominal segment is short, not abruptly bent down.
The telson often has a pair of anal tubercles beneath, and corre-
sponding cups which serve as a pair of adhesive suckers, to hold
the telson and uropods bent in position. Five pleurobranchiae are
always present; other branchiae various.

62 Addison E. Verrill,

Development is various ; most species have small eggs and a
zoea stage at first ; others hatch in the niysis stage ; some have
few large eggs and hatch in a very advanced condition. Most of
the species, if not all, retain the larval median ocellus through life.

The species are numerous in all tropical and semitropical seas.
Most of them live in holes in rocks, dead corals, sponges, etc. or
under stones ; some make burrows for themselves in mud or sand ;
few live more or less free and exposed. Nearly all live in shallow
water. Many have protective colors. All are predacious and
usually pugnacious, often killing one another, in aquaria, by means
of the large chela.

In moulting the large chela, carpus, and some of the other
articles split in moulting to facilitate the operation.

Alpheus Fabr. or Crangon Weber. Snapping Shrimps.

Alpheus Fabricius, Supl. Ent. Syst., p. 38, 1798. H. M.-Edw., op. cit,
1837. Dana, op. cit., 1852. Coutiere, op. cit, p. 336, 1899.

Dienesia Woodward, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist., 1835, p. 552.

Crangon Weber, p. 94, 1795 (pirated name). M. J. Rathbun, op. cit.,
1904 p. 170.

This is a very extensive genus very diversified in structure and
forms. The eyes are usually completely covered by a thin lobe of the
carapace, separated from the rostrum by a sinus or groove. Ros-
trum plain, small, usually acute, spiniform or triquetral, and
longer than the ocular lobes ; sometimes nearly or quite abortive.

Chelae of the first pair of legs are very unequal; one is very
large in both sexes, usually notched, often deeply grooved, some-
times plain. It has the dactyl short, variously arched, stout, and
often blunt, furnished on the inner surface, near the base, with a
prominent lobe or plunger that fits into a pit or socket of the
thumb when closed. This is used in producing a sharp click or
explosive sound when disturbed. (See pi. 22, figs. 3, 6a; pi. 24,
figs. 3-6; pi. 21, fig. 3.) It is present also in Synalpheus and
Amphihetceus.

On the posterior end of the dactyl, above the hinge, there is in
most, if not all the species of this genus, a small, firm, more or
less circular ring, enclosing a flexible disk. This perfectly matches
a similar organ on the anterior articular surface of the palm.
They seem to serve as suckers to receive and hold back the dactyl
at the opening of the claw when the plunger is suddenly withdrawn

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 63

from its socket. These organs are particularly large and well
developed in A. candci and A. packardii, both of which make a
loud noise. (See figures of the chelae, pi. 19, figs. 3a, ^h' , pi. 24,
fig. 2.)

This structure is lacking in Synalpheus, but present in AmpJii-
bctcnis. Carpus of large chela is short, hemispherical, not cup-
shaped ; merus is short, triquetral.

Second pair of legs slender; carpus with five unequal articles,
the first rarely longest. Other legs stouter, usually compressed,
generally with a simple dactyl; sometimes biunguiculate ; some-
times without a hook; propodus strongly spinose; fifth pair
smallest, with a brush of hairs and spines on the propodus.

Second pleopod of the male has two retinules on the inner edge
of the inner lamella ; the lower one has the distal part covered
with minute curved hooks, dilated at the tips (cincinules) . These
also occur on the single retinules of the succeeding pleopods of
both sexes and serve to hold together the pleopods of the right
and left sides.

Uropods large. Telson stout ; the end is wide, usually obtusely
rounded, without prominent angles, and bordered by numerous
long plumose hairs with spinules at the bases* (see pi. 27, fig. is) ;
dorsal surface has four spines. Anal tubercles well developed.
Five pleurobranchiae ; one arthrobranchia ; eight epipods ; some-
times an additional arthrobranchia. The larvae usually hatch in
the mysis-stage. Some of the species become 75 to 80 mm long.
Colors are often conspicuous ; they may be in stripes, bands, ocelli,
etc.

All the species of this genus and Synalpheus are notable for the
loud snapping noise that they make.f

This is a very remarkable habit, doubtless developed for defen-
sive purposes. When collecting these crustaceans by turning over
stones or breaking up dead corals one often hears an almost con-
tinuous fusillade, even when but few individuals are visible. Some
species make a much louder noise than others, independently of
their size. We find much difference in the relative size and form

* These hairs and the similar ones of the uropods and antenna! scales
are usually omitted in the figures.

t A similar sound is made by the species of Gonodactyliis, of the family
SquilUdce, often living in the same places, though the claw is entirely
different in structure.

64

Addison E. Verrill,

of the plunger and socket, which seem to be special organs used
in making the sound. The sound has been erroneously said to be
made by the sudden withdrawal of the plunger, like drawing a cork
from a bottle.

This was the view held by Saville Kent and by Wood Mason.
Mr. Louis Mowbray, who had charge of the Bermuda Aquarium,
wrote to me that this is also in accordance with his observations.
But Professor Brooks (Mem. Nat. Acad. Science, v, p. 329)
stated that the noise is made by suddenly shutting the claws
together, and says that he has repeatedly seen them make it in this
way. Mr. G. Brown Goode, in his earlier account, implies the
same method. My own attention was not particularly directed to
this subject, when in Bermuda, though I often saw many species
alive, both in aquaria and in the sea, but it appeared to me that
the sound was made by closing the claw very suddenly, as if by a
spring, something like the snapping of a gun lock.

Figure 5. a, Alphcus annillatus Edw.=.-^. lancirostris Rankin; b, A.
candei Guerin; c, SytMlpheus goodei Cout. ; d, A. formosus Gibbes.
All from Bermuda. Enlarged. By A. H. V.

M. Coutiere (1899) who had unusual opportunities to study
numerous Red Sea Alpheidce, demonstrated that the sound is pro-
duced by suddenly closing the claw. He has also shown that the
adductor muscles of the dactyl are very strong and so arranged
as to produce the effect, while the opposing muscles are slender.
He believes that the sucker-like structures on the posterior end
of the dactyl and opposite part of the palm, as described above,
are for the purpose of holding back the dactyl until the muscles
have brought some strain to bear, so that when released the dactyl

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 65

will close more violently. In fact the effect is something like the
snapping of the hammer of a gun lock.

The sucker-like structures, like the large size of the plunger, are
characteristic of the species that make the loudest sounds. The
sucker-like organs are not found in Symlplieus, though the plunger
and socket are present. Most other genera of the family lack
these organs and make no such sounds.

All the seven Bermuda species can be distinguished by the form
and sculpture of the large chela. Other useful characters are found
ni the form and size of the rostrum ; the presence or absence of ocu-
lar spines ; the size and form of the antennal spines ; the proportions
of the carpal joints of the second pair of legs ; the form of the
telson, etc. All the species have a fringe of long plumose hairs,
and some slender plain ones, on the telson and uropods, usually
with small spinules at their bases. See pi. 27, fig. is. Some have
conspicuous and characteristic colors in life.

This genus is very abundant in all tropical and subtropical seas,
especially on coral reefs. About 100 species are known. Some of
them are widely distributed, apparently occurring both in the
Atlantic and Pacific Oceans in some instances.

They especially abound in the cavities in coral reefs and in holes
in dead corals. Others are found under stones, or sometimes
burrowing holes in mud or sand. Several species inhabit the
exhalent orifices and internal cavities of living sponges ; a few
inhabit the gill cavities of mollusks. They are usually remarkably
pugnacious. When confined together they often destroy each
other by a single stroke of the big claw.

The species seem to vary greatly in respect to the complexity of
their development and the condition in which the young hatch from
the eggs. Most have small eggs and complete metamorphoses,
hatching as zoeas, or in the mysis-stage; others come from the
large eggs in nearly the adult form.

According to Brooks and Herrick, who have made detailed
studies of several species, the same species (e.g. A. hetcrochcElis)
may vary in this way in different localities,* but some of the forms

* Memoirs U. S. Nat. Acad. Sci,, vol. v, pp. 361-463, 1892. Other species
studied by them were "A. ininus''=A. packardii: Synalpheus saulcyi var.
brevicarpus: and S. longicarpus. Their identifications of some of the
species were very unreliable.

66 Addison E. Verrill,

referred to that species by them are now known to be distinct
species. Other species were also confused by them.

Analytical Table- of Bermuda species of Alpheus.

A. — Large chela twisted or else notched on both upper and under margins.

B. — Dactyl of large chela moving very obliquely; palm twisted, deeply
grooved ; with a distal lateral spine. Antennal scale longer than
peduncle of antennule ; basal antennular spine extends to second
segment. Orbital lobes with a small spine ; rostrum small ; dactyls
of third to fifth feet biunguiculate candci. Subgenus Dienesia.

BB. — Chela notched above and below, not twisted. Dactyl moving verti-
cally or nearly so. Orbital lobe rounded or obtuse with no spine.
Basal antennal spine minute or lacking.

C. — Legs of third and fourth pairs are unusually stout and wide, with a
distal spine on the merus and carpal joints and a sharp spine on the
ischium ; tip of dactyl of large chela purple or blue baliamensis.

CC. — Legs of third and fourth pairs not unusually stout ; tip of dactyl of
large chela white or pale yellow.

d. — Rostrum narrow lanceolate, thin and concave above, in the middle,
bordered by deep abrupt sulci. Large chela rough haired and without
an inner, supermarginal, longitudinal sulcus ; smaller chela of male
plain, very hairy; dactyl not crested laterally, annillatus^^lancirostris.

dd. — Rostrum small, regularly tapered, spiniform, not concave above.
Large chela with an inner supermarginal sulcus ; smaller chela of the
male swollen and wider distally, and with curved, lateral, longitudinal,
hairy crest and groove on each side oi dactyl heterochcelis.

AA. — Larger chela without a notch or with one only on the upper margin.

C. — Chela with a narrow notch and tooth on the upper distal margin, with
a groove running back from the notch on each side. Rostrum small.

e. — Orbital lobe with a small obtuse tooth in front ; rostrum slender,
carinate; basal antennal spine strong. Dactyl of large chela strong,
more than one fourth the length of palm packardii.

ee. — Orbital lobe evenly convex with no tooth; rostrum small, triquetral;
basal antennal spine small and slender. Dactyl of large chela small,
feeble, about one fourth the length of palm, which is elongated and
much tapered, about three times as long as high. Legs of second
pair very long and slender. Antennae much longer than body; third
maxilliped with third article foliate on one side beanii, n. sp.

CC. — Larger chela without a notch on either margin.

D. — Palm of larger chela without a longitudinal groove on either side

distally.
f. — Rostrum spiniform, well developed ; orbital spine small or absent ;

basal antennal spine small or lacking; supero-lateral area of larger

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 67

chela defined proximally by an impressed oblique line; a small black
spine on the distal angle of the penultimate joint of the uropods.

formosus.

ff. — Rostrum and orbital spines more or less nearly equal; eyes concealed;
basal spines of the antennae and antennules usually well developed, often
elongated. Palm of the larger chela swollen, nearly smooth. Legs
without epipods; third to fifth legs biunguiculate. Genus Synalpheus.

D, D. — Chela with a longitudinal groove on one or both sides.

g. — Chela with a longitudinal groove on both sides; orbital lobe rounded,
with no marginal tooth ; a short basal antennal spine.

A. floridanus Kingsley.*

Miss M. J. Rathbun (op. cit., 1904, p. 170) has called attention
to the fact that Weber, in 1795, in an obscure tract, used the name
Crangon for this genus. She proposed to adopt it in that sense,
using Crago Fabr., 1798, for the genus usually called Crangon.
The name Alpheus, when first used by Weber, included the crabs
now called Cancer (sens, restr.). A few writers have followed
her determinations using Crangon for the present genus Alpheus
but these changes do not appear to me either necessary or wise.
Weber's genera were not characterized, and the names were given
as examples of genera that were about to he published by Fabricius,
and the species cited could hardly be called types. He did not claim
them as his own, nor did Fabricius in his later work recognize all
of them, nor refer to Weber's paper. The use of Crangonida
as the name of the family is not advisable, for it is preoccupied
and has long been in general use for a different family. There--
fore I propose to substitute Synalpheidae for the family name,
owing to the diversity of usage as to Alpheus. If Weber's names
are to be considered valid, Alpheus was preoccupied by him, and
becomes a synonym of Cancer.

Coutiere (1899) divided this genus into five large groups (op.
cit, pp. 351, 352), viz. : I, Megacheles group; 2, Macrochirus ; 3,
Crinitus; 4, Brevirostris ; 5, Edivardsii group. These names
were taken from that of a typical species of each group, but were
not intended as of generic nor of subgeneric value.

Most of these groups have already had old generic names given
to one or more of the species. Such generic names could become
valid if the genus should be subdivided into several genera, as may
be done hereafter.

* Not recorded from Bermuda.

68 Addison E. Vcrrill,

Craungon Bosc, an x, was used for a species like A. avarus
(Hist. Crust, ii, p. 96, pi. XIII, fig. 2).

Cryptophtalmus Rafinesque, 1814, type, C. ruber (Precis, dec.
Somiol.), C. ruber belongs to the hrevirostris group.

Dienesia Woodward. (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1835, p.
552.) Type, D. megacheles (=rubra W. not of Olivi). This
belongs to the first group of Coutiere, which also includes
A. candei; A. dentipes; A. clamator. Racilius Bate is equivalent.

Alpheus Fabr,, 1798, had for its type, A. malabaricus. This
species belongs to Coutiere's fifth group, which also includes
A. armillatus; A. heterochcelis ; A. bahamensis; A. packardii.

AlpJieoides Paulson, 1875 (Res. Crust. Mer Rouge, pp. loi-
105), was proposed for species like A. Icevis; A. insignis.
A. l^vis may be taken as the type. It belongs to the macrocheirus
group.

The first group, named Dienesia by Woodward in 1835, might
well be kept as a generic, or at least subgeneric group, dn account
of its twisted large cheliped and biunguiculate ambulatory legs,
with some other less obvious characters.

Alpheus {Dienesia) candei (Guerin) or Crangon candei. . Twisted-clazv
Snapping Shrimp.

Alpheus candei Guerin, in La Sagra's Hist. Cuba, part 2, vii, Crust...
p. xix, pi. ii, fig. 9, 9a, 1857. Kingsley, Carcinol. Notes, V. Bull.
Essex Inst., xiv, p. 124 (20), 1883; Amer. Nat, p. 717, fig. 36, 1899.
Rankin, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., xii, p. 541, 1900. Coutiere, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii, p. 486, fig. i, 1910.

Alpheus transverso-dactylus (pars) Kingsley, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey,
iv, 196, 1878.

Alpheus dentipes Rathbun, M. J., Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico,
p. 105, 1901.

Text figure sfc. Plate XIX, Figures 3a — d (chelae). Plate XX, Figure
I (photo). Plate XXI, Figures 6, 6a (chelae). Plate XXIV,
Figures 2, 3, 4 (chelae). Plate XXV, Figures 7, 8, after Guerin.
Plate XXIX, Figures la— t (details).

Color of body, in life, is pale green with indefinite whitish
patches, and finely speckled with orange-red. On the gastric
region of the carapace there is a dark green patch. Telson and
uropods more or less orange. Large chela whitish at base, fol-
lowed by a band of orange-brown on inner surface, followed by

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 69

a broad band of whitish, which is covered with small dark green
spots. On the outer side the color is often pale or nearly white ;
the dorsal edge and the spines at base of dactyl orange ; thumb
dark green or brown ; dactyl orange-brown, with a white tip.
Smaller chela similar in color, but the middle orange band is wider
and the white bands narrower and often more or less interrupted ;
sometimes lacking.

Legs pale, translucent, specked with orange ; the fourth pair
more orange. Antennae pale yellowish green. Eyes brown.
Sometimes the chelae are greenish with orange spots ; sometimes
they are reddish brown, with dark red specks and a narrow white
middle band. The edges of the carapace are sometimes orange.

Specimens preserved for a short time in formol are rather bright
orange ; large chela is crossed, on the outer side, by three trans-
verse patches of whitish and is specked and spotted with white.

Found by us not uncommon at Bermuda (1898, 1901 ) in cavities
of dead corals and reef rocks, etc. Cuba (Guerin) ; Key West
(Kingsley). Porto Rico (Rathbun). Tortugas (Coutiere).

This species is very closely allied to A. clamator Lock.=:
A. transverso-dactylus (Kings.) of California,* with which indeed
Prof. Kingsley and others have considered it identical. In the
Yale Museum are two lots of specimens from California, which
are the types or cotypes of Kingsley (see our pi. 24, figs. 4, 5, 6
and pi. 29, figs. 2a, 2b, /"). Specimens from Bermuda, labelled
as the same, by him are also before me.

A careful comparison of these and numerous other specimens,
received later, shows some differences that seem to be constant
and indicate that the two forms are distinguishable.

The larger chela of the California species is longer and relatively
thicker distally; the notches and grooves of the palm are deeper
and more complicated, though mostly of the same pattern, but it
has a deep longitudinal subdorsal groove running back from the
distal transverse furrow to about the middle of the palm. This is
entirely lacking in all the numerous Bermuda specimens examined
or else only faintly indicated by a slight wave-like depression.
The dactyl of the California form is more obliquely articulated and

* According to S. J. Holmes (op. cit., p. 182) this species, described by
Lockington, in 1877, as A. datnalor, is identical with A. transverso-dactylus
Kingsley, 1878. Schmitt, op. cit, 1921, p. 74. fig- 50. does not separate it
from A. dentipes.

70 Addison E. Verrill,

moves more transversely ; it is also thicker, especially at the end,
and its lateral surface is more curved or twisted (pi. 24, figs. 5, 6),
corresponding to somewhat different forms of the lobes on the
fixed finger.

The smaller chela is also stouter and more complex than in the
Bermuda species, for it has more of the notches and grooves seen
in the larger chela, only they are less developed ; even the charac-
teristic subdorsal groove of the palm is present, in a reduced form ;
its dactyl is slightly oblique ; the inner surface is hairy, the outer
nearly smooth. Both species have a long, acute basicerite. The
frontal spines and antennal scales and spines show no very tangible
differences. The telson and uropods are nearly the same in the
two forms. In both species the propodus of the ambulatory legs
has six pairs of spines on the under side ; the dactyls are biun-
guiculate in both.

Alpheus bahamensis (Rankin). Purple-clawed Snapping Shrimp.

Alpheus hippothoe var. bahamensis Rankin, Annals N. York Acad.
Sciences, vol. xi, p. 247, pi. xxx, fig. 5, 1898; op. cit., vol. xii, p. 539,
1900 (Bermuda).

Plate XX, Figures 6, 6a, (photos, cotype.) Plate XXVIII, Figures i, a-1,
2, 3-3I (details). By A. H. V.

The following description and the figures are made chiefly from
a cotype of this species sent to me by Dr. Rankin. It was taken
at St. David's Island in 1897. Our other Bermuda specimens
agree perfectly with it.

Rostrum small, not concave above, sloping anteriorly, laterally
compressed, very thin, the front part triangular in a side view,
projecting but little beyond the orbital lobes ; between rostrum and
eyes is a shallow fossa, about two-thirds as wide as the eyes, and
terminating in a regularly incurved shallow emargination of the
front edge, between rostrum and orbital lobes and fading out grad-
ually posteriorly. Eyes swollen, the orbital lobe is prominent and
faintly bilobed in front, without a denticle ; edge strongly emargi-
nate below the eyes.

Antennular scale small and narrow, its spine scarcely reaching
the second segment ; second segment hairy, about twice as long as
third segment. Basal segment of antennae not distinctly denticu-
lated on its outer margin ; its spine minute or rudimentary.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 71

Antennal scale and its spine about equal in length; the lamellar
portion is relatively narrow, regularly tapered and acute.

Spine of antennal scale reaches the end of the antennal peduncle
and considerably exceeds the peduncle of the antennules; its outer
margin is strongly incurved; its tip is straight and acute. The
large chela resembles that of .^. hetcrocluclis in general form and
sculpture, but there are constant differences in details.

The dactyl is quite different, being much more obtuse, thicker,
less hooked below and more evenly arched dorsally, besides being
purple instead of white; it is also less hairy and smoother; the
plunger of the inner surface is thicker and differently shaped.
(See figs.) The tip of the immovable finger is also smaller and
more acute, curved up at tip.

The palm is notched similarly, above and below, but the dorsal
notch is more abrupt and narrower in this species, while the ventral
one is less so ; the subdorsal groove of the outer surface, running
back from the notch, is somewhat hour-glass shaped, but does not
send a branch obliquely backward and downward as in hctero-
chcrlis. The latter also has a strong supermarginal sulcus on the
inner surface, parallel with the lower margin and running back to
the proximal articulation. It is lacking in this species. Breadth
of the palm is about half the total length, without the dactyl.

The smaller chela is slender, rather small and nearly simple,
without a notch on either margin; the dactyl is slender, slightly
curved, and flattened above, tinged with purple at the tip.

The legs of the second pair are slender and long; the carpus
has the first and second segments about equal, the second rather
longer ; third and fourth short and about equal, the two together
about equal to the first ; fifth about one- fourth longer than the
fourth, but rather shorter than the chela.

The third and fourth pairs of legs are usually large, stout, and
compressed, especially the fourth pair, which are more than twice
as thick as the second or the fifth pair ; carpus, merus and ischium
have a distal spine, longest on the carpus : propodus hairy and
strongly spinose beneath, about six spines in the row ; dactyl long,
slender, curved, white, acute.

The telson is somewhat tapered with the sides nearly straight ;
posterior end subtruncate, with two minute spinules at each angle ;
a distinct sulcus runs along the median line ; the four small dorsal
spinules are rather larger than usual in the genus.

72

Addison E. Verrill.

Our Bermuda specimens, preserved in formol, after two months,
had the body, on the back and sides, and the inner surface of the
large chela grayish green, thickly covered with roundish spots of
yellowish white, placed so close together as to produce an areolated
or reticulated appearance, becoming less evident on the lower parts
of the sides. Outer surface of larger chela spotted in the same
way, 1)ut the ground-color is light reddish orange, becoming redder
distally; dactyl bluish or amethyst purple.

This rather rare and conspicuous species was first recorded from
Bermuda by Dr. Rankin. Our specimens were taken on a serpu-
line atoll near Hungry Bay, March, 1901, by A. H. Verrill. In the
Yale Museum there are specimens from the Bahamas and Florida
which agree in every respect with those from Bermuda. Bahamas
(Rankin, type locality).

The larger chela is very much like that of annillatus in form
and sculpture, but the dactyl articulates more obliquely and is
much less compressed and not so broad in a side view ; the
tip, as seen from above, being thick, blunt, and scarcely narrowed ;
in a profile view the dactyl is quite difi^erent from that of the
latter, for the tip is bluntly rounded and the dorsal edge back of
it is not straight, but slightly convex ; the plunger is also very
difiFerent, being about as broad, but not nearly so prominent, and
its distal edge rises at nearly a right angle to the cutting surface,
while in armillatus it slopes back at a very obtuse angle. The
notch back of it is narrow, with nearly parallel sides, while in
armillatus it is wider, deeper, and more V-shaped, but with the
outer side concave, owing to the backward curvature of the
plunger. In the present species the plunger is nearly as large as
the curved part of the dactyl in front of it; in armillatus it is only
about half as large, owing to the much greater depth of the curved
tip of the latter.

The hand is less swollen and rather more oblong, the under
margin being straighter proximally and not gradually sloping ; the
tip of the claw is much smaller, narrower, more acute, and strongly
incurved on the inside ; the notch on the lower margin of the palm
is not so large nor so deep, and the margin beyond it is not so
convex ; the notch in the upper margin is very similar in the two
species, but the grooves running from the two notches on the inner
surface of the hand are different, though similar in arrangement;
on the outer side of the palm the groove that runs back from the

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 73

dorsal notch is deeper and much more definite in this species,
owing partly to the greater elevation of the ridge below it.

The shape of the outer occludent margin is also different, for
in this species the large angular lobe is much nearer the tip and
its distal edge slopes much more, so as to make a decided angle
with the small tip; the tubercle at the articulation of the dactyl
is also more prominent, with a deeper notch each side of it. In
both species the hand is hairy, especially the distal part of the hand.
but the hairs are more abundant in this species. As preserved,
the present species has a conspicuous violet or amethyst-colored
tip to the dactyl, the color occupying the part beyond the plunger
and continuing back on the dorsal margin to the articulation, the
rest of the dactyl being white ; but in armillatiis the tip is ivory-
white, while both sides are orange-red, spotted with yellowish-
white.

Alpheus armillatus Edw., or Crangon armillatus. Banded Snapping
Shrimp.

Alpheus armillatus H. Milne-Edwards, op, cit., vol. ii, p. 354, 1837.
Coutiere, op. cit., 1899, p. 129, fig. 117; op. cit., 1910, p. 485.

Alpheus lancirostris Rankin, Crust. Bermuda, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci.,
xii, p. 541, pi. xvii, fig. s, 1900.

Crangon annillatus Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 386, pi. xxvii, fig. i, text-
cut 9, 1918.

Text figures 5a, 6b. Plate XX, Figure 4b (photo). Pl.\te XXI,
Figures 4, 4a (photo). Plate XXVI, Figures i— id (details), 2
var. (?). Plate XXIII, Figure 4 (photo). Plate XXVII, Figures
i—is (details). By A. H. V.

This species can be most readily distinguished from the others
that are closely allied by the form of the rostrum and front, and
when recently caught, by the transverse bands of white with which
its body is conspicuously" marked.

The rostrum, viewed from above, is narrow lanceolate in form,
with an acute tip, projecting beyond the ocular lobes ; back of the
tip it expands slightly, and then becomes very narrow; but its
posterior dorsal portion becomes triangular and wide. In a profile
view the middle narrow portion is concave above, and the tip is
usually slightly bent downward. On each side there is a deep
and wide sulcus, ending rather abruptly posteriorly, while it pro-
duces a distinct emargination of the front margin. The eyes are
convex and the orbital lobe is prominent in front, with a slight

74

Addison E. Verrill,

obtuse lobe, but with no spine nor denticle. Thus the front edge
is sinuous. There is also a strong emargination of the edge below
the eyes.

The large Colon specimen photographed (pi. 27^, fig. 4) was
35 mm long ; length of chela, 20 ; its breadth, 9 ; length of palm,
12.5; of dactyl, 7.5 (No. 484). Another was 38mm long; cara-
pace 13; chela 20; its breadth. 9; thickness, 5; length of dactyl,
8 mm.

Figure 6. a, Synalphens goodei; b, Alpheus annillatus. Enlarged about
i^, from alcoholic specimens.

Coutiere (op. cit., 1910, p. 485) states that his identification of
this species is based on the types of H. M. -Ed wards still preserved
in the Paris Museum. The original description was too brief and
imperfect for the identification of the species. The name alludes
to the rings of color on the legs and antennse.

Both of the larger chelae are notably hairy. The hairs arise
from pits. The largest chela is more elongated than in the pre-
ceding species ; the length of the palm being about twice its
breadth ; total length without the dactyl is about two and a half

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 75

times the breadth ; ventral notch is abrupt and large ; dactyl is
strongly curved, evenly convex and hairy dorsally. (See pi. 20,
fig. 4b.)

The second legs are long ; they reach beyond the rostrum by
the parts beyond the middle of the merus. Legs of the third and
fourth pairs are not large and compressed and have about seven
pairs of spines on the under side of the propodus, larger and
fewer than those of hcterocli(clis; legs of fifth pair have a large
brush of fine hairs; the dactyl is slender, incurved, and excavate
on the inside. The spine on the ischium of the third and fourth
legs is lacking or minute.

The telson is more narrowed distally than in A. heterocha;lis ,
and the apical spines are longer, especially the outer ones, which
are about half as long as the inner. The uropods have two spini-
form denticles and a sharp articulated spine on the outer angle
of the second segment. The dorsal margin, especially of the
inner lamella, has a submarginal series of minute, acute spinules,
and a dense marginal row of long plumose hairs intermingled with
long slender setiform hairs. See pi. 2^, fig. i.y.

Body with a dark gray, or brown ground-color, darker on the
abdomen, crossed by about nine conspicuous, more or less lunate
or elliptical spots or semibands of translucent white, about equal
in width to the intervening dark bands. Three white bands are
on the carapace, the third at its posterior margin; six are on the
abdomen, the first blending with the last of those on the carapace ;
those on the abdomen are usually whiter and more clearly defined
than the others. The one on the gastric area of the carapace is
usually bilobed ; the one on the middle is often W-shaped ; the third,
narrow elliptical. On the abdomen the ground-color is often dark
green or almost blackish green, and the light spots may be bordered
by a line of orange. A broad band usually crosses the uropods
and telson, which are, in some individuals, edged with an orange
line. Chelae with a pale ground-color, thickly specked with dark
gray; two or three whitish bands cross the upper surface; the
tips are pale salmon or whitish. Antennal peduncle grayish ;
fiagella and ambulatory legs orange-yellow, annulated with white.

At Bermuda this is a common species, especially on the reefs,
where it lives in holes in dead corals and limestone rocks. It was
the largest species found by us. Some of our museum specimens
were labelled as heterochcclis by Professor Kingsley.

76 Addison E. Verrill,

Florida (Coutiere) ; Beaufort, N. C. (Hay and Shore) ; Porto
Rico (Rathbun) ; Brazil (Coutiere) ; Colon (Yale Mus., No. 484).

A peculiar specimen, perhaps a .variety or a distinct species,
comes from Colon. (No. 735-b.) See plate 48, figs. 2-2n. In
this the rostrum is preceded by a low, wide, flat tooth, obtuse at
the tip. It makes a distinct notch in front of it, at the base of
the rostrum. In a profile view its upper margin overhangs so that
there is a cavity all around it. The rostrum is slightly lanceolate
and has a deep fossa on each side, much as in armiUatiis. The eye
lobes are prominent with a slight elevation in front. Edge of
front, between the eyes, is nearly straight, without the emargina-
tions seen in typical armillatus.

The basicerite is a minute acute spine; scaphocerite is large,
its spine strong, a little longer than the carpocerite and equal to
or exceeding the antennular stalk. Stylocerite is small, not very
acute, and does not reach the end of the first segment. It is
shorter than the rostrum.

The third maxilliped (pi. 48, figs. 2, 2") is covered with unusu-
ally long hairs distally ; the exopod appeared to be divided distally
into two slender annulated flagella. Legs of the second pair are
long, slender ; first and second articles of the carpus are long.
Propodus of third legs have numerous spines beneath (fig. 2b) ;
its dactyl is elongated and little curved ; legs of fifth pair (fig. 2c)
are more slender, brush of hairs on the propodus is not very long ;
dactyl is long and slender. Large cheliped is lacking.

Alpheus heterochaelis Say, or Crangon heterochaelis. Big-clawed Snap-
ping Shrimp.

Alpheus heterochcelis Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., vol. i, p. 243,
1818. M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii, p. 356, 1837. Gibbes, loc.
cit, p. 196. Kingsley (pars), Synopsis N. Amer. sp. Alpheus, Bull,
U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey, iv, p. 194, 1878 (description) ; List
Caridea, Bull. Essex Inst, x, p. 58, 1878; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
for 1880, p. 417 (pars) ; Carcinological Notes, No. v. Bull. Essex Inst.,
xiv, p. 120 (16), 1883. Brooks and Herrick (pars), Johns Hopkins
Univ. Circ, vol. xi, pp. 69, 70, 1892 (life history) ; Mem. Nat. Acad.
Sci., V, pp. 361-463; pi. ii (colored), pis. xvi-xx, 1892. (Embryology
and life history.) Rathbun, M. J., Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., ii, p. 152,
1900; Brachy. and Macr. of Porto Rico, p. 107, 1901 (pars). Coutiere,
op. cit., 1910, p. 485.

Crangon heterochcelis Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 386, pi. 26, fig. 6, 1918.
Alpheus lutarius Saussure, op. cit, p. 45, pi. iii, figs. 24-242, 1858.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 77

Alpheus edwardsii (pars) Rankin,* Crustacea Bermuda Is., Ann. N. Y.
Acad. Sci., xii, p. 539 (not pi. xvii, fig. 3, copied from De Mann).

Plate XXII, Figures i, 2, 4, a-c (photos). Plate XXX, Figures i-ia,
2a-2e; it. No. 1760 (details, No. 1725). Plate XXIV, Figures 7, 7a
(cheLne) Plate XXXIII, Figures i, 2, (large chela.) By A. H. V.

The following description is based on specimens from Fort
Macon, N. C, and Florida, not far from Say's original locality.
They agree so well with the original description that there can be
little or no doubt of their identity. Most writers have confounded
two or more species, especially this and annillatus, under this name,
and the descriptions are rarely exact enough to determine which
species they had in view. Few good figures are extant.

It is one of the larger and more robust species. The large
chela is remarkably large and thick, with strong marginal notches
and lateral grooves, much as in the preceding species, but is wider
distally and differs in the positions of the grooves and in the form
of the dactyl and fixed finger (see pi. XXII). Its form is nearer
that of A. hahamensis, but the fingers of the latter are different
(pi. XX, 6a).

Although Say's description is not very precise, it is sufficient
to distinguish his species from the two preceding and all our other
species. He states that the chela ("hand") is tipped with white,
which would exclude A. bahametisis, nor does he mention the
enlargement of the third and fourth pairs of legs, conspicuous in
the latter, though he described their spinules. His statement that
the rostrum is simple, spiniform, and acute, and that the ocular
lobe is "rounded at tip," excludes arniillattis, as do the plain colors.

Say's specimens were from South Carolina and one from Amelia
I., Florida. The latter was found under a mass of ascidians and
was observed while living.

The smaller chela of the male has a characteristic form and
structure. It is broad, elongated. The palm is about equal to
the arched dactyl. The proximal dorsal area of the palm is
bounded by an impressed line; the upper margin is notched dis-
tally, and from the notch a groove runs back on each side, that

* Specimens referred to edwardsii by Dr. Rankin, and which were sent
to us by him, included the young of two species, one of which was
A. candei, the other may be heterochcelis.

78 Addison E. Verrill,

on the inner side is deeper and joins the posterior impressed line;
the distal articular margin is tridentate ; the upper median tooth
is small, obtuse, the lateral ones are more acute ; these teeth and
the tips of the fingers are often brownish black ; dactyl is broad,
somewhat flattened from above, arched, with an upper area
bounded laterally by a thin ridge above a deep groove, on each
side, which meet in an obtuse point at about the distal third, where
the tip begins to bend down in a regular curve; the edge of the
groove bears a dense fringe of hairs on each side. It has been
described as "boat-bill shaped." The edge of the fixed finger is
also fringed with similar hairs ; this finger is bent upward a little
near its tip ; both tips are acute ; on the inside, the fixed finger is
excavated, while the dactyl has a median carina.

The rostrum is spiniform, small, thin, nearly straight on the
dorsal edge, with no concavity, and usually slopes to the acute tip.
which projects but little beyond the orbital edge. Each side of
the rostrum there is a narrow and shallow sulcus, ending gradually
posteriorly, not abruptly, as in armiUatiis. The ocular lobe is
prominent, obtusely rounded in front, with no tooth or denticle,
and there is only a faint emargination of the frontal margin each
side of it.

The second segment of the antennules is about twice as long as
the third ; the basal scale is short and rather wide, with a minute
spine that does not reach the end of the first segment. Description
above is of No. 1830, from Fort Macon, N. C.

This species can easily be distinguished from A. onnillatiis by
the rostrum and front, when the chelae are lacking. In this the
rostrum is smaller and simply spiniform, having no lanciform
expansion distally, nor is it so broad and triangular at its base ;
its upper edge is not concave in a side view, as it is in annillatus,
but is nearly straight, sloping distally. The fossae, between the
rostrum and the eyes, are narrower, and do not end abruptly, as
in annillatus, and are therefore much less conspicuous.

The orbital lobe or hood is rounded anteriorly without the slight
lobe seen in the latter. The front edge of the carapace is therefore
less sinuous or indented and lacks the rather deep emargination
each side of the carina.

The antennular scale or stylocerite is short, rather broad and
acuminate in both, but most so in heterochccUs; the acute terminal
spine of the latter reaches the base of the second segment or beyond

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 79

it; in armillaius it usually barely reaches it. The second anten-
nular segment is about equal to the third in both species, but is
stouter and more hairy in armillatus. Seen from a nearly front
view, the front edge of the carapace of the latter is 5-lobed or
sinuous, due to emarginations above and below the ocular lobes
and on either side of the rostrum. In hctcrochcelis this edge is
nearly evenly curved.

In armillatus the second joint of the antennae has three small
distinct denticles on the outer edge, the lowest bearing a minute
spine ; in hctcrochcclis the denticles are scarcely distinct, except
the lower, which usually is a very minute spine, scarcely worthy of
the name, not visible from above.

The large chela of armillatus differs in its longer form and
hairyness, and the grooves and furrows of the dactyl and form of
the plunger; there is no supermarginal groove on the inner side
of the palm, while in hetcrocJuelis it is conspicuous. The carina
and lateral grooves of the dactyl of the smaller chela of the male
are also characteristic of the latter. No. 1829 I. River.

Legs of third pair are little compressed, and have about eight or
nine pairs of small spines beneath, besides the distal ones, all
accompanied by many short hairs and a few long ones, especially
distally; ischial spine inconspicuous or lacking. Fifth legs are
smaller, nearly terate, and have a brush of many rows of short
hairs ending about the middle ; dactyl flatish, curved, acute.

This species is not common at Bermuda. At least, ver>' few
specimens referable to it are in the collections that I have studied
from there. In the Yale Museum there are specimens from Fort
Macon, N. C. (No. 1830) ; Beaufort, N. C. ; Indian River, Fla.
(No. 1760, figured) ; Key West; Sarasota Bay, West Fla. (No.
1725 figured) ; Colon; etc.

It has been recorded from North Carolina to Rio Janiero
(Kingsley) ; Bermudas (G. Brown Goode, coll.) ; Mamanguape
to Maceio, Brazil; Porto Rico, oflf Vieques Island, 16 fathoms
(Rathbun). The specimens from Panama, in the Yale Museum,
referred to this species by Kingsley, prove to be a di.stinct species.
(See our plate xxxiii, figures i, 2.)

The specimens from Beaufort, N. C, as figured by Brooks and
Herrick, seem to be unquestionably of this species. Their beauti-
ful colored figure (pi. II) is an excellent illustration of the male
of this species when fully developed and highly pigmented.

8o Addison E. Vcrrill,

The development of this Beaufort species is very fully described
and illustrated (pp. 365, pi. 19, 20, etc.) by them.

Its large chela is marked with brown, green, and blue ; tip of
dactyl is yellow; uropods green, tipped with red and blue; body
green with whitish longitudinal marks on the sides and behind the
eyes ; smaller legs banded with red.

The form from the Bahamas, pp. 377, 378, that they referred to
the same species, though it has large eggs which hatch advanced
larvae and has also very diflferent colors, is probably a distinct
species, possibly armillatiis or bahamensis. Probably the Key
West species, of which Prof. Packard observed the larvse, was
also a distinct species.

Alpheus packardii (Kingsley) or Crangon packardii. Green Snapping
Shri:np.

Alpheus packardii Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., xxxi, p. 417,
for 1879, 1880 (Key West) ; Bull. Essex Inst. Salem, xiv, p. 118 (14)
pi. ii, fig. 2, 1883.

Alpheus bermudensis Bate, Voyage Challenger, Rept. Zool., xxiv, p. 547,
pi. xcviii, fig. 3, 1888.

Alpheus minus and minor Brooks and Herrick (pars), Mem. Nat. Acad.

Sci., V, 372, pi. I (colored), pi. xvi, xvii (larvae), 1891 (not of Say).
Alpheus packardii Rathbun, M. J., Brachyura and Macrura of Porto

Rico, p. 107, 1901 (descr.).
Crangon packardii Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 385, pi. 26, fig. 4. 1918.

Plate XX, Figures 2, 5 (photos). Pl.\te XXI, Figure s (chela). Plate
XXII, Figure 7 (chela). Plate XXIII, Figures 6c-d (photo of
chelae). Plate XXV, Figures 4, a, b (general). Plate XXXI,
Figures i, b-1, 2, b-u (details) ; 3, u, t. By A. H. V.

This is a rather large, stout species, easily recognized by its larger
chela, which is elongated, with a very distinct oblique dorsal notch
near the distal end of the palm and none on the under side, which
is, however, somewhat constricted near the distal end ; a groove
runs back from the notch on each side. The dactyl is long and
broad, bluntly rounded at the tip; the fixed claw is broad with a
large hairy lobe on the inner edge. The smaller chela is nearly
plain and very hairy. The rostrum is small, short, spiniform;
ocular lobes without spines. The telson is rather long and narrow,
little tapered, rounded at the tip.

In life this species is usually dull green, often clouded or mottled

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 8i

with dark green or brown ; a paler spot behind each eye ; large
chela dark green, usually banded with yellowish brown or yellow
on the inner surface ; smaller chela and other legs paler, often
banded with dull gray or reddish. After two months in formol,
the body is pale flesh-color, with a transverse orange line in front
of each dorsal abdominal articulation; a patch of orange-red
behind the eyes. Large chela whitish, the inner surface crossed
by four obliquely transverse bands of orange red.

A specimen taken Dec. 19, 191 5, in Hamilton Harbor, in 4
fathoms, among sponges, etc., had the body banded with red and
pale yellowish ; large chela had two pale bands, pollex blackish,
finger red.

This well marked species is not uncommon at Bermuda. It
lives in holes in rotten limestone and dead corals. Specimens
taken at Hungry Bay, March, 1901, by A. H. Verrill, carried
numerous small eggs — about 0.5 mm. in diameter.

Key West (Kingsley) ; Fort Macon, N. C. (Yale Mus.) ; Beau-
fort, N. C. (Herrick) ; St. Thomas and Bermudas (Bate) ; Porto
Rico, 6 to 16 fathoms (Rathbun).

Brooks and Herrick, in their extensive work on the transforma-
tions of Macrura, have given an excellent colored figure, from
life, of this species (pi. i) but they unfortunately identified it as
6'. minus.

In their figure the body is mostly grayish green, with a median
and lateral stripe of whitish ; the large chela is irregularly banded
with green and dull yellow, tip of dactyl reddish ; small chela
pinkish ; other legs faintly banded with pale red.

Their specimen was from Beaufort, N. C. Apparently the
larvae figured on their plates xvi and xvii are of this species. The
eggs were described by them as small and the larvae hatched in a
zoea-like form.

Alpheus beanii V. or Crangon beanii, new sp. Bean's Snapping Shrimp.
Text figure 7. Plate XXII, Figure i. Plate XXXII, Figures i, a-u.

A small species allied to A. packardii. Carapace smooth and
polished. Rostrum short, small, narrow spiniform, tapering
regularly from the base to the tip, projecting beyond the eyes, and
reaching about to end of the first antennular segment, rather
triquetral distally; the upper edge is slightly concave and sloped
distally.

82 Addison E. Verrill,

Sulcus each side of the rostrum is rather narrow and deep
anteriorly, making an emargination of the edge. Eyes large and
very convex, rather close to the rostrum. Orbital lobes over the
eyes rounded in front.

Antennules (pi. 2>^, fig. ic) with the basal segment short, stout;
second segment not twice as long as third ; basal spine short and
broad, bilobed, with a minute spine below ; upper one does not
reach beyond the end of first segment ; inner flagellum thick for
twelve or more basal joints ; distal lash slender, with about eight
segments.

Basal segments of antennae short, with a small, short, very
slender spine on the second. Antennal scale (pi. 32, fig. i, s) is
about as long as the peduncle, lanceolate, its spine longer than the
scale, very acute, its plumose hairs long and abundant ; flagellum
very long and slender, exceeding the entire body.

Large chela hairy, elongated, not much compressed, tapering
distally, with a narrow notch and sharp tooth on the upper margin
distally, from which a submarginal groover runs back on each
side, that on the outer side larger and longer, reaching the proximal
fourth ; dorso-proximal area bounded by an impressed line ;
dactyl compressed, evenly arched, relatively short, articulated
somewhat obliquely, pale orange ; carpus subhemispherical, as long
as broad, with two slight distal teeth at the angles (text-cut 7) ;
merus with small triangular articular teeth. Smaller chela (pi. 32,
fig. I, /') is long, slender, very simple, with nearly straight margins
without notches or spines except a small dorsal tooth at the articu-

FiGURE 7. AIplicus (or Crangon) bcanii, sp. nov. Larger chela enlarged.

By A. H. Verrill.

lation with the dactyl ; very hairy both on the palm and fingers ;
the hairs form a row of tufts above and below, and a larger tuft
at the tip of the fixed finger directed forward, and also a row in a
groove close to the cutting edge, in small tufts. The dactyl is long,
slender, evenly rounded, nearly straight to the distal third where

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 83

it arches regularly to the slender tip. The carpus is obconic,
longer than broad, with distal tufts of long hairs. The merus is
about as long as the chela, and distally is nearly as thick ; it has
tufts of hairs along each side and a larger tuft at the distal end.

Legs of the second pair (pi. 32, fig. i, 1") are unusually long
and slender. The chela is a little thicker than the carpus, its
palm is a little swollen and subovate, slightly constricted below the
articulation of the dactyl; both fingers taper regularly and are
about equally arched, and equal in length to the rest of the palm ;
each finger has a tuft of hairs at the tip and a smaller tuft a
little farther back. The carpus is very long ; the third and fourth
articles are the shortest and about equal in length; the second is
the longest and about equal to the sum of the fourth and fifth.
The fifth is a little longer than the fourth and about as long as
the chela ; the merus is also very long and slender, about equal to
the sum of the first and second carpal articles.

The third and fourth legs are stouter (fig. i, 1'") ; the dactyl is
elongated, a little curved, acute, covered with short recurved hook-
like hairs. The propodus is very spinose and hairy; it has a
row of about five or six larger acute serrulate spines on the inner
margin, and a row of nine or ten smaller ones on the side; the
distal spine of each row is longer than the rest and stands at the
base of the dactyl. The outer margin has a row of about six
tufts of hairs on each side, and a distal porrect cluster of four or
five larger hairs. The carpus and merus also have clusters of
hairs along their margins ; the carpus is about as long as the sum
of the propodus and dactyl. Legs of the fifth pair are more
slender.

The third maxilliped (fig. i, n'") is robust and very hairy;
transverse rows of hairs on the distal article are very numerous
and the hairs very long, with spinules between them, tip bears a
group of smooth slender hairs, some very long; the exognath has
a distal and lateral group of long slender plumose hairs. Third
article wide, with the outer side flattened, ending distally in a
flat lobe ; flat part distally is as wide as the thick part.

The uropods (fig. i, u) are wide and well rounded distally;
the outer lamina is longer and has a slender acute movable spine
at its outer angle, which is also spiniform ; its outer and distal
margins are fringed with long hairs alternating on the distal edge
with small regular spinules. The inner lamella is fringed in the

84 Addison E. Verrill,

same way, on the inner and distal margins with long hairs, but
the spinules between are larger at the outer part of the edge and
decrease to near the middle of the inner edge where they disappear.
The basal spines are short. Some hairs on the surface of the
inner lamella.

The telson (fig. i, t) is rather long, width to length about i : 4,
widest near the base, tapering evenly to the end, with slightly
convex margins; distal margin, between the lateral spines, evenly
rounded, and bearing about 16 long plumose hairs or setae, with
the same number of small acute spinules and a number of long
smooth hairs. Postero-lateral spines unequal, slender, acute, the
inner one about twice as long as the outer one. Anal tubercles
conspicuous. The three specimens obtained were all females
carrying eggs nearly ready to hatch.

This species is so nearly allied to A. packardii that it might at
first be thought a dwarf deep-water form of that species. It can-
not be the young, as the specimens taken all have large clusters of
eggs. But there are some very characteristic differences, besides
the color.

The antennae are much longer, exceeding the body. The eyes
are much larger and more prominent; the ocular hood has no
frontal obtuse lobe, like that of packardii, but is evenly rounded;
the large chela is more tapered, the marginal notch is narrower;
the groove on the outer surface runs farther back and there is no
distal constriction of the lower margin ; the dactyl is relatively
smaller and shorter and articulates more obliquely. The smaller
chela also differs in form and armature of hairs. The second
legs are longer. The dactyls of third legs are different, etc. The
rostrum and antennal scales are similar in the two species. Taken
on the Challenger Bank, in 24 fathoms, on a nullipore bottom, by
the Field Natural History Museum party, in Oct., 1905 (No.
901).

It is named in honor of the director of the party, the late Dr.
Tarlton H. Bean, the eminent ichthyologist.

Alpheus formosus Gibbes or Crangon formosus. Striped Snapping
Shrimp.

Alpheus formosus Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Asso. Adv. Sci., iii, p. 196 (32),

1851.
Alpheus poeyi Guerin, in La Sagra's Hist. Cuba, second part, Zoo!., vol.

vii, Crust.,p. xix, vol. viii, pi. ii, fig. 10, 10a, 1857.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 85

Alpheus formosus Rathbun, M. J., Proc. Wash. Acad. Science, vol. ii,
p. 152, 1900; Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico, p. 106, 1901.

Alpheus wehsteri Kingsley, op. cit., 1879, p. 416; Carcin. Notes, No. v,
op. cit., p. Ill (7), pi, it, fig. 5, 1883. Rankin, op. cit., vol. xi, p. 249,
vol. xii, p. 543, 1900 (Bermuda).

Crangon formosus Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 384, pi. 26, fig. 5, 1918.

Text figures sd, 6a. Plate XIX, Figures i, 2. Plate XX, Figure 3.
Plate XXIII, Figures s, a, b. Plate XXIX, Figures 4, a-u. Plate
XXV, Figures 6-6a (type of A. poeyi).

In life the color is conspicuous and characteristic. The body
is yellowish or greenish brown, with a conspicuous dorsal stripe
of pale yellowish or white, extending to the telson, and a more or
less interrupted stripe of the same color on each side ; margins of
abdomen bright blue. The ground-color, between the stripes, is
finely speckled with orange. Uropods white at base, tipped with
orange or yellow. Large chela, on the inner side, yellowish brown,
or nearly like the carapace ; tip and dactyl bright orange, with a
whitish spot at the base of the thumb. Ambulatory legs and
flagella of the antennules and antennae, bright blue.

The large chela (pi. 19, fig. 2; pi. 23, fig. 5a) is notable for the
absence of notches and longitudinal grooves, present in all other
Bermuda species of true Alpheus (or Crangon), being in this
respect like the chela in Synalpheus. It is long-ovate, swollen
proximally, fixed finger is short, acute, incurved at the tip, shorter
than the dactylus, which is stout, arched gradually, blunt at end.
The smaller chela (pi. 23, fig. 5b) is long and slender, smooth,
simple. The merus is triquetral, with an acute tooth on the distal
superior and outer angles ; carpus short, convex above, with a
distal tooth; palm of chela about equal in length to the dactyl;
its distal articular margin has a spiniform tooth at each angle,
the outer one longer and sharper ; the superior proximal area is
bounded by an impressed faint line, extending back on the dorsal
and inner surfaces, and enclosing an ovate area. Fixed finger
nearly straight, slender, a little turned up close to the tip ; dactyl
nearly straight to about the middle, then gently arched to the tip.

Fingers are nearly equal in size; shutting closely, compressed
laterally, both hooked at the acute tips, which overlap when closed ;
both sides slightly hairy; the hairs of the dactyl arise from a
nearly straight groove below a sharp ridge on both sides. The

86 Addison E. Vcrrill,

inner surfaces of the fingers have a slender groove and carina.
The median carina of the fixed finger becomes more prominent,
with a raised sharp edge, on the distal third.

The rostrum is a stout, tapering, flattened, triquetral spine.
The ocular lobe has a small slender spine. The basal antennal
spine is rudimentary or small.

On the outer distal margin of the outer branch of the uropods
there is a small black spine, which usually retains its color a long
time in preserved specimens. It is less conspicuous than the
similar spine of A. nigrospinatus Ran., of the Bahamas. Several
other species have the same spine black or dark.

We found this large species common at Bermuda, especially in
holes and crevices in rotten limestone and dead corals on the reefs.
It was also contained in the early collections of J. M. Jones and
Dr. G. Brown Goode. Key West (Gibbes) ; Cuba (Guerin) ;
Natal to Maceio and Pernambuco, Brazil ; and Porto Rico, 4 to 6
fathoms (Rathbun).

Gibbes (op. cit.) gave only a brief description of this species,
but as he mentioned particularly the strong rostrum, stout at base,
the orbital spine, and the simple large chela without grooves or
notches, there can be no doubt about the identification of his
species.

The Alpheiis wehsteri Kingsley was described in nearly the
same terms, but Prof. Kingsley mentioned, in addition, the oblique
impressed line that bounds the supero-proximal area of the large
chela and the black uropodal spine. The oblique impressed line,
which is present in all other species, is not always distinct in
alcoholic specimens, unless allowed to partially dry, and the black
spine often fades out in alcohol. It is smaller and much less con-
spicuous than in A. nigrospinatus Rankin, of the West Indies.
Prof. Kingsley had erroneously placed A. formosus as a synonym
of A. minus, and was, therefore, naturally led to describe the real
formosus as a new species. They are perfectly identical.

Alpheus poeyi Guerin seems to be allied to or identical with this.
Some of his figures are reproduced on our plate XXV, figs. 6-6a.
The chela, as figured, is longer and differently shaped.

Synalpheus Bate. Smaller Snapping Shrimps.

Synalpheus Bate, Voyage of Challenger, Rep. Zool, vol. xxiv, p. 572,
1888.* Coutiere, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser, 8, Zool., vol. ix, pp. 154, 334,

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 87

1899; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvi, pp. 1-93, 1909. M. J.
Rathbun, Macrura Porto Rico, p. 109, 1901. Stebbing, South African
Crustacea, part viii, Annals S. African Mus., vol. 15, p. 85, 1915.
DeMan, Siboga Exped., vol. 390, p. 185, 1911.

This genus was separated from Alphcus on account of important
structural differences. The most important character is the
absence of epipodites on the thoracic legs, which are present in
Alphcus. The large chela is always simple, without notches or
grooves, and is usually more swollen or more nearly ellipsoidal
than in the latter, and the dactyl is usually more simple and
relatively smaller ; it has the plunger-like lobe within, but lacks
the disk at the articulation.

The front is usually tridentate ; the three teeth may be subequal
or unequal; the rostrum is usually small and simple, triangular,
but often styliform ; sometimes almost or quite lacking. The eyes
are covered by a lobe or hood, usually bearing a triangular or
pointed tooth, rarely rounded. The basal segment of the anten-
nules is the longest ; the basal spine is usually elongated ; the
external flagellum usually has a short secondary branch. Basi-
cerite is spiniform, acute; often with a smaller spine at its base.

The legs of the second pair have the carpus 5-jointed (rarely
4-jointed in young) ; the second, third, and fourth segments are
short and often about equal, sometimes moniliform. The dactyls
of the ambulatory legs are usually biunguiculate, sometimes tri-
unguiculate. The males lack the two extra retinules on the second
pleopods. present in Alpheiis.

The species have habits more or less similar to those of Alphcus.
Many are found in holes in rotten limestone and dead corals, others
under stones, oysters, etc., but many species are only found living
as commensals in the oscular cavities of various large sponges,
where they are often gregarious, forming large colonies.

Specimens of 5*. harfordi (Kingsley), now in the Yale Museum,
were labelled as taken by Mr. Harford from under the mantle of
the abalone shell (Haliotis rufescens) at Catalina Island,
California.

Some species live clinging in the interstices of branched corals.
Several oriental species cling to crinoids (comatulids) in deep
water, and have their claws so modified as to adapt them to this

♦ The holotype of this genus was S. falcatus=S. comatularum Haswell,
according to Coutiere. See below.

88 Addison E. Verrill,

habit. The structure and form of the dactyl hooks are important
because directly related to their habits.

Their colors are various according to their habits. The sexes
are often very different in color, but both may be variable. Some,
if not all, are able to change their colors by means of the chromato-
phores.

All are capable of making an explosive sound with the large
chela, like the species of Alphcus, when disturbed, but they lack
the sucker-like disks on the dactyl and anterior end of the palm.

Some of the species are remarkable for the large size of their
eggs, which are sometimes considerably over i mm. in diameter
and much fewer than in ordinary species of Alphcus. The young
of such species, accordingly, are hatched in an advanced stage of
development (my sis-stage). Others have numerous small eggs
and hatch in a zoea-stage.

Brooks and Herrick (op. cit., 1892) claimed that the same
species inhabiting different localities may produce larvae differing
very widely in form and structure, as well as widely different
sizes of eggs. But the form studied by them, that produced small
eggs from which hatched zoea-like larvae, proved to be a true
Alpheus {A. packardii). See above unHer A. packardii.

Yet they demonstrated that closely allied species of this group
have larvae that differ widely in the state of development when
hatched, as well as eggs differing greatly in relative sizes.

According to Coutiere (op. cit., pp. 2, 3, 1909) the Alpheus
saidcyi var. brevicarpus of Brooks and Herrick is a distinct
species, while under A. saulcyi var. longicarpus at least two other
species, viz. : 6^. longicarpus and S. pcctiniger C. were included,
as determined by the types. The last two and the former belong
to different sections of the genus.

Typical 5". longicarpus has small eggs and zoea-like larvae, while
S. pcctiniger and 5^. brevicarpus have very large eggs and mysis-
like larvae.

The species to which Coutiere restricts the name, S. minus, has
small eggs, their diameter being less than i mm., which give rise
to zoea-like larvae, as do many other species. It is very unlike the
A. minus of Brooks and Herrick.

M. Coutiere, op. cit., 1909, described twenty-five American
species of this genus, besides about twenty-one named varieties
and subspecies, and more recently he has added another species.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 89

He divided the genus into six groups of species. Of these two,
viz., the Comatiilariim-group and the Bmngiiiculatus-gvoup have
not been found at the Bermudas, nor in the West Indies ; accord-
ing to him they are entirely oriental.

De Man, op. cit., 191 1, recognized 62 species of the genus and
15 named varieties from the Indo^ Pacific seas. At least seven
si^ecies occur at the Bermudas.

In many cases the described diflferences are slight and may be
due partly to individual or local variations, or to hybridism. The
Rev. Thomas R, R. Stebbing, in a somewhat jocular way, says
that "in the discrimination of these species minute measurement
plays an almost alarming part, because, as the eyes are completely
covered by the carapace, the vision of these creatures must be
dim, and without compasses the members of different species will
never know one another apart. Perhaps, indeed, the numerous
varieties may be the result of inconsiderate intermarriages."

It is at any rate a group in which variations and perhaps
"mutations" are abundant and in which natural selection has served
to adapt the various species to varied and often unusual conditions
of existence. Most of them seem to be admirably protected by
their habits, colors, etc., so that they are often very numerous in
individuals, as well as in species and varieties.

Analytical Table of the Bermuda species and of some additional related
North American and West Indian species of Synalpheus.

A. — Rostrum slender, spiniform, with no vertical prolongation. Ocular
spines longer than wide. Hooks of dactyl of third to fifth feet dis-
similar, unequal in width and form, lower one the wider and stronger,
strongly divergent at a wide angle to axis of dactyl ; .usually a small
spur or prominence proximal to lower hook. Merus often spinose.

Neomeris-group.

b. — Ventral spur of dactyl of third to fifth feet prominent, spur-like; inner
hook abruptly divergent, bicurved S. hemphilli.

c. — Antennal spine equal to carpocerite var. hemphilli.

cc. — Antennal spine longer than carpocerite var. longicornis.

bb. — Ventral spur of dactyls low, obtuse or obscure; legs slender; merus
of third pair of legs four times as long as wide ; antennal scale or
scaphocerite equal to or exceeding the stalk 5". fritsmulleri.

AA. — Hooks of dactyls of third to fifth feet nearly or quite equal in
width at base ; merus generally without spines.

B. — Dactyls long and slender; the hooks directed in same line with the
dactyl, little curved, the upper one the longer. Scale of scaphocerite

go Addison E. Verrill,

always present. Lower lateral spine of basicerite (basal antennal
spine) slender. Stylocerite, or antennular spine, longer than first
segment of antennular stalk. Telson not abruptly narrowed distally;
outer Lobe of uropods not serrate on margin distally. Smaller chela
of first pair of legs without a dense dorsal brush of porrect hairs ; its
carpus short.
C. — Frontal spines more or less spiniform, usually longer than wide;
rostrum more slender than orbital spines and usually distinctly longer,
furnished with a descending vertical process that embraces the ocellary
beak Paulsoni-group.

d. — Carpocerite long, at least about 35^ times as long as wide and exceeding
the spine of the scaphocerite ; first segment of the carpus of the
second pair of legs longer than the remaining four combined.

e. — Basicerite without an upper lateral spine ; telson with" acute posterior
angles, its inner terminal spines about three times longer than the
.outer ones. Rostrum is rather longer than orbital spines, slender,
acute, styliform, and equals first antennular segment. . . S. townscndi.

ee. — Basicerite with an upper lateral spine. Orbital spines and rostrum
not long; rostrum not longer than orbital spines, acuminate at tip.
Inner spine of distal telson angles not more than twice as long as
the outer one S. bradlcyi*

dd. — Carpocerite shorter, about one-third as wide as long ; basicerite
with an upper secondary spine. Spine of scaphocerite equal to the
carpocerite. Large chela stout, with a sharp distal dorsal spine
directed somewhat downward S. apiocerox*

CC. — Front with three subequal triangular or subacute denticles ; the
rostrum similar in size and form to the ocular processes, but it may
be a little narrower, or slightly longer or shorter, not styliform. It
lacks the inferior vertical prolongation. Telson not rapidly tapered ;
distal end broad, convex, with numerous plumose hairs.

Brevicar pus-group.

f. — Rostrum triangular, similar in form and size to the ocular teeth.
Carpocerite cylindrical, slender, at least 4 times as long as wide;
antennal scale 5.5 to 6.4 times as long as wide ; basicerite nearly
unarmed above ; carpus of legs of second pair 10 to 15 times longer
than wide.

g. — Spine of scaphocerite scarcely exceeding the length of the scale. The
three frontal processes are short, scarcely spiniform, about as long as
width of base, about equilateral, often triangular. Eggs are large and
produce Mysis-like larvae S. brevicarpus.

gg. — Lateral spine of scaphocerite is long and slender ; frontal teeth as
long as wide ; rostrum has concave margins. Eggs are small ; larvse
hatch as Zo'ca-like forms 5". guerini*

ff. — Carpocerite is shorter and swollen, 3.5 to 2>-7 times longer than wide;
antennal scale longer, from 7 to 8.5 times longer than wide; carpus

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 91

of legs of second pair less than 10 times longer than wide. The eggs
are small and hatch Zo'ca-like larvae.

h. — Rostrum equals or slightly exceeds the ocular teeth in length. 5". minus.

hh. — Rostrum is somewhat shorter and narrower than the ocular teeth.

S. digucti*

BB. — Dactyls of the third to fifth pairs of legs small and short; their
hooks very small, subequal in length, strongly curved in line with
the margins of dactyl, not divergent. Scale of the scaphocerite usually
much reduced, often rudimentary pr lacking in one or both sexes ;
lateral spine of basicerite longer than the first antennular segment;
stylocerite short, not exceeding basal antennular segment. Smaller
chela has fingers toothed at apex and a dense brush of long porrect
hairs on the dorsal side of the dactyl ; its carpus is longer than wide.
Telson usually rapidly narrowed to a narrow tip ; terminal plumose
hairs few, about 4 to 6. Outer lobe of uropods is often serrate
distally. Several species have large eggs and Mysis-like larvae. The
species are numerous in the West Indies Icevimanus-grou'^.

i. — Carpus of smaller cheliped is more than one-half the length of the
chela in the adult (usually 0.54 to 0.8). Lateral spine of basicerite is
smaller than that of the scaphocerite.

;'. — Movable finger (dactyl) and pollex of smaller chela each with three
strong flat teeth crossed in a vertical plane ; no antennal scale ; spine
of the scaphocerite shorter than the antennular stalk. Dactyl of the
large chela placed obliquely. Eggs are large S. pectiniger.*

ij. — Fingers of the smaller chela each provided with only two teeth. Spine
of the scaphocerite equal in length to the antennular stalk. Scale of
scaphocerite small, present at least in the male S. longicarptis.

a. — Carpus of smaller cheliped is less than half as long as the chela (about
0.43 to 0.40). Alerus of third pair of legs is not excavate; its carpus
is shorter than the propodus. The brush of hairs on the dactyl of
the smaller chela is large, containing 15 to 20 rows. Carpocerite is
5.2 to 6 times longer than wide. Antennal scale is present in both
sexes S. goodei

Those species marked with an asterisk (*) are extralimital, from the
West Indies or Panama.

Special characters to aid in the identification of the known Bermuda species

of Synalpheus.

1. — Rostrum notably longer than the ocular spines and spiniform or
narrow in a dorsal view.
.S". townscndii; hemphilli; fritsmulleri elongatus.

2. — Rostrum notably narrower than ocular spines in a dorsal view, but
not much, longer.
5". fritsmulleri; goodei; longicarpus.

92 Addison E. Vcrrill,

3. — Rostrum and ocular spines triangular or dentiform and equal or sub-
equal in size.
S. minus; brevicarpus.

4. — Telson much narrowed distally; the end very narrow, carrying only
four to six plumose hairs between the lateral spines.
S. goodei; longicarpus.

5. — Uropods with the outer lamella serrated along the distal outer margin.
S. goodei; longicarpus.

6. — Smaller chela with a large tuft or crest of porrect hairs on the outer
surface of the dactyl.
S. goodei; longicarpus; pectiniger.*

7. — Smaller chela with the tips of one or both fingers bidentate or tri-
dentate.
S. longicarpus ; goodei; pectiniger*

8. — Ambulatory legs with stout tapered dactyls, ending in two unequal,
divergent hooks, the inner one more incurved, and with a blunt spur
or obtuse elevation proximal to inner hook.
S. hemphilli; fritzmullcri.

9. — Ambulatory legs have rather long gently curved dactyls and two
nearly parallel unequal hooks curved with the outline of the dactyl;
not divergent; no spur.
S. minus; brevicarpus ; townsendi.

ID. — Ambulatory legs with the dactyl short, incurved, and the two hooks
not very unequal, small, incurved.
S. goodei; longicarpus.

II. — Antennal scale notably wide; usually wider than spine.
t?. townsendi; minus; brevicarpus.

12. — Antennal scale narrow.

6". fritzmullcri ; hemphilli; goodei; longicarpus.

13. — Antennal scale rudimentary or lacking.
S. longicarpus.

14. — Basicerite spine unusually short, but with an acute, secondary spine
above its base.

S. hemphilli; fritsmulleri carolinensis.

15. — Basicerite spine without a secondary spine, or with only a short
or rudimentary one.
S. brevicarpus; longicarpus; townscndii.

16 — Basicerite spine elongated, with a small acute secondary spine.
S. minus; goodei; fritzmullcri.

The above table is intended to be of use especially with specimens
that have lost their large chelae and more or less of the other
appendages ; additional species will doubtless be found at the

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 93

Bermudas, and if so they can easily be interpolated here. Com-
parative measurements have here been intentionally omitted for
greater simplicity.

The ap'pendages illustrated on the accompanying plates have
been drawn with a camera-lucida ; in such drawings there is pretty
sure to be some distortion in the case of elongated objects, such as
the legs, though corrected as well as possible. Moreover, the more
convex parts are necessarily mounted under some pressure, so that
hollow organs are flattened and may appear somewhat wider than
they should. Thus minute measurements of the drawings will not
always be found to agree with those made from fresh, unmounted
objects. This applies to similar illustrations of other writers as
well as to these. Thus minute measurements of proportions are
often not easy to apply, nor to verify ; especially such as breadth
to length of the articles of legs, antennae, etc. Ratios of length to
length are more likely to be unaltered by pressure, but the hollow
appendages often shrink in length in the process of mounting,
especially the chitinous exterior, so that the muscles, etc. within
become folded or distorted.

This genus, founded by Bate (op. cit., 1888, p. 574, pi. 103), had
as its type and only species, v9. falcatus Bate, which Coutiere
identified with 5". comatiilariim of Haswell. It belongs to a special
division of the genus, as now understood, viz. the Comatulanan
group of Coutiere, of which no species are known in American
waters. Some of the species live as commensals or parasites on
crinoids.

Bate's type was a stout female with a long acute rostrum, twice
as long as the sharp and elongated ocular spines. The rostrum
reaches more than to the end of the second antennular article.
The antennular stalk is shorter than the antennal stalk, which is
elongated ; its scale is well developed ; basicerite has two subequal
acute spines ; stylocerite elongated. Mandibles have the cutting
lobe reduced to a curved spine; second article of the palpus
enlarged, ovate. Third maxilliped slender, the tip with few spines.
Large chela with a strongly arched acute dactyl; smaller chela
long with an incurved or crooked simple dactyl. Legs of second
pair are described and figured as 7-jointed ; articles 3-7 subequal ;
first elongated. Legs 3 — 5 slender, terete; secondary hook of
dactyl obsolete ; telson ovate, wide at tip, with an obtuse median
lobe.

94 Addison E. Verrill,

Synalpheus hemphilli Coutiere. Small Snapping Shrimp.

Synalpliciis heniphilli and var. longicornis Coutiere, op. cit., p. 38, figs.

b, 20, 21, 1909.
f Synalpheus neptunns M. J. Rathbun, Brach. and Macr. Brazil, p. no,

1901 (not Dana's sp.).

Plate XXXIII; Figures 3, 3a, large chela (slide ddd). Plate XXXIX,
Figures 20, 2b. Plate XL, Figures i-it% details. All var. longicornis.
By A. H. V.

The rostrum is very slender, styliform, and about twice as long
as the orbital spines, which are triangular, with wide bases (pi. 39,
fig. 2; pi. 40, fig. i). The ambulatory legs are quasi-triunguicu-
late, with the lower terminal claw stouter and much more bent
than the upper one, diverging at nearly a right angle, its inner edge
a sigmoid curve ; proximal to the latter there is a small acute spur,
so that the claws seem to be somewhat triunguiculate.

In the Bermuda variety (longicornis Coutiere) (pi. 39, figs. 2a,
2b, after Coutiere; pi. 40, figs, i-ic) the antennal scale is longer,
narrow, and reaches to the end of the antennular peduncle or
exceeds it. The lateral basal spine is equal in length to the anten-
nular spine and reaches the proximal third of the second joint.
The superior basal spine is smaller, but acute. The meropodite of
the third pair of legs bears a slender distal movable spine on under
side, and a spiniform angle above.

Coutiere records this species from West Florida, 21-28 fathoms,
and as var. longicornis, from Bermuda (coll. Goode). It was also
taken by my party in 190 1. I have specimens from Fort Macon,
N. C.

It is apparently the species recorded from Bermuda, by Miss
Rathbun, under the name of 5*. neptunns (Dana). The latter is
evidently distinct.* Miss Rathbun gives but few descriptive
details, but she mentions the triunguiculate claw, which is not a
character of any other Bermuda species known to me.

The following description is from a Bermuda specimen of the
variety longicornis: The body is about 22mm long; thorax,
9 mm ; breadth, 5 mm. The eyes are separated by a space equal

* See the new description by M. Coutiere, op. cit, p. 88, 1909, of
S. neptunns from the Indo-Pacific. See also our plate XXV, figures 2a-e,
copied from Dana. It belongs to the Biunguiculatus-group, which is not
found in American waters.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 95

to the diameter of the eye. Rostrum is acute, decidedly longer
(nearly twice) and more slender than the orbital spines, about
reaching the middle of the first antennular segment; ocular spines
with very acute acuminate tips, their bases enlarged, conical. The
antennular spine is stout and reaches to the proximal third of the
second segment. The lateral basal antennal spine or basicerite is
nearly equal to the antennular spine; the upper smaller one is
small, acute, about even with the rostrum ; the spine of the antennal
scale reaches about to, or a little beyond, the antennal peduncle,
which is a little longer than the antennular peduncle ; the scale is
rather wide and somewhat shorter than the acute spine.

Large chela (pi. 33, figs. 6, 6a) is elongated, not much swollen,
broadest near the middle of the palm, slightly oblique, with dis-
tinct dorsal and lateral distal articular denticles. The dorsal one
is most distinct; two shorter and blunter ones are on the inner
edge; two and a larger lobe are on the outer edge. Palm with
some slight, oblique rugae on the side proximally. Dactyl com-
pressed, the tip strongly curved and acute, amber-color. Middle
of cutting edge a little convex; plunger cylindric, strongly bent
backward ; fixed finger a little shorter, a little divergent, incurved
at the acute tip ; socket for plunger with raised margins.

The legs of the second pair (figs, ic, ic') are very slender;
merus is 5 times longer than wide, longer than first four articles
of the carpus; first carpal article is equal to sum of third, fourth
and fifth ; chela is equal to the fourth and fifth combined ; fingers
are longer than the palm, which is about twice as long as wide, with
the borders only slightly convex; fingers are slender, acute, the
fixed one slightly denticulated near tip ; it bears five or six sepa-
rate tufts of long hairs; one long tuft is near the middle of the
cutting edge. The dactyl bears four or five similar tufts of shorter
hairs, the largest tuft close to the tip.

The third and fourth legs (pi. 40, figs, id, id') have the merus
enlarged in the middle; length 3.5 times the width; dactyl
biunguiculate, with a distinct spur higher up; propodus with 8
spines, including the distal one.

The third maxilliped (figs. la, ib) has a stout third article and
a smaller, tapered, distal one, about as long; the latter has five
slender spines at the tip and about 12 transverse rows of hairs.
Telson oblong, slightly convex in the middle of the margins, some-
what tapered distally, obtuse, not evidently bicarinate ; four dorsal

96 Addison E. Verrill,

and four terminal spines slender. External branch of uropods
with two minute spines at the distal notch, and a movable one
between them.

Some of the larger specimens taken in Castle Harbor, in dead
corals, April 15th, 1901, carried clusters of olive-green or brown
eggs. After two months preservation in formol and alcohol the
color of the specimens described above was nearly uniform bright
light red, but with darker red specks, larger on the chelae.

Another Bermuda specimen (No. 3108) has, on the propodus
of the third pair of legs, a row of ten sharp spines, each accom-
panied by a longer hair, in addition to the two distal spines; a
similar spine is on the distal end of the carpus, while the outer
angle of the carpus is prominent dentiform. The dactyl spur is
prominent and conical. The outer sides of the propodus and
carpus also have unequal smooth hairs.

The following description is from the Bermuda specimens of
1901 (aa), which seem to be nearer the typical form. The body
of the female, carrying eggs, is rather stout, about 22 mm long.
Front sharply trispinose; rostrum longer than the ocular spines,
thin, compressed, very acute ; the tip reaches about to the distal
third of the basal antennular segment ; seen in profile it is wider
at the base beneath. Ocular spines nearly as long as the rostrum,
acuminate, very sharp at the tip, swollen over the eyes and conical
at the base. Basal spine of the antennule is slender, acute; it
reaches about to the middle of the second segment ; the basicerite
has two acute, unequal, lateral spines ; the lower and longer is
about equal to the antennular spine ; the antennal scale is long,
rather narrow ; its spine is a little longer than the scale, very acute
at the tip, which reaches to or a little beyond the end of the
antennal peduncle, and slightly beyond the antennular peduncle.
Large chela smooth, entire, with no prominent spinule at the dorsal
distal articulation ; palm somewhat oblique ; inner lateral articular
margin of the fixed finger very oblique with two denticles and a
large obtuse lobe on the inner side, and a small dorsal tubercle.
Dactyl more than half the length of the palm, evenly curved, acute
at the tip ; inner edge plain, with no denticles ; plunger of moder-
ate size, directed strongly backward, slightly bilobed on one side.

Legs of the third pair have strong tapered dactyls, with the
hooks divergent, lower one wider, shorter, and strongly incurved ;
the spur proximal to it is prominent and acute. Telson is

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 97

elongated, rather narrow, about twice as long as wide, tip obtuse,
not very wide. Bermuda, 1901 (notes aa).

Synalpheus fritzmulleri Coutiere.

Synallyhcus fritzmulleri Coutiere, op. cit.. 1909, p. 35, fig. 18, and sub-
species elongatus, p. 27, fig. 19.

Pl.\te XXII, Figure 6. Plate XXXIX, Figures i-id (var. carolincnsis)
(No. 1831). Figures 3a — 3c, var. cnribcca, from Dominica Island.
Text cut No. 8, var. caribaa.

The rostrum is slender, compressed, acute, as seen from above,
a little longer than the orbital spines, which are wide at base,
acuminated and acute at tip, their margins being incurved.

The antennular peduncle is rather slender ; proportions of the
segments are about 1.5:1.1:1; its basal spine reaches about to
the middle of the second segment.

The carpocerite is about three times as long as wide, and is
longer than the antennular peduncle by about the length of the
last segment of the latter. Its spine is nearly equally long, and
the scale is a little shorter and narrow. The basicerite has a short,
sharp lateral spine nearly as long as that of the antennules ; above
it a smaller secondary acute spine.

The large chela is oblong-ellipsoidal, only a little swollen in the
middle, and has a very small obtuse tubercle on its distal dorsal
margin. The width to the length of the palm is about as i : 1.90;
to the total length as i : 3.3. The carpus is very short and wide,
prolonged downward and inward. The merus is stout, width to
length as i : 2.3 ; its inferior distal margin ends in a sharp angular
point.

The smaller chela is similar in form; breadth to length about
as I : 3.2 ; its fingers are pointed. The carpus is short cup-shaped ;
the merus. like that of the large chela, ends in a sharp distal point.
The legs of the second pair are slender ; first joint of the carpus
is equal to the remaining four ; chela is elongated, hardly thicker
than fifth joint of the carpus.

The dactyl of the third pair of legs is elongated, tapered, and
a little curved on the outer side, less so on the inner side ; width
to length from 1:3.14 to 1:3.55. The hooks are unequal, the
outer one being thinner and a little longer, regularly curved, sharp ;
the inner is wider, strongly divergent and curved inward ; a short

98

Addison E. Verrill,

distance from its base there is a light obtuse protuberance, or
rudimentary spur.

The telson is wide and tapers but Httle; distal width to lengtii
as 1 : 2 ; proximal width to length as i : i.io; distal end is obtusely
rounded, its angles are obtuse and bear two minute unequal spines.

Figure 8. Synalphcus fritctmiUcri, var. caribcca, new variety
Dominica Island. Frontal parts much enlarged.

from

In the subspecies elongatus the carpocerite is more slender and
its spine considerably exceeds it in length. The rostrum and
orbital spines are longer and more acute, while the rostrum is
decidedly longer than the orbital spines, nearly equalling the first
antennular segment.

Coutiere records this species from many places, ranging from
both coasts of Florida to Porto Rico and St. Thomas, from low
tide to 28 fathoms ; and as subspecies elongatus from South Caro-
lina, Florida, Venezuela, Jamaica, to Bahia and Desterro, Brazil.
The Yale Museum has specimens from Fort Macon, N. C, speci-
men figured (No. 1831,* coll. Dr. Yarrow). Coutiere mentions
a single male from Lower California not distinguishable from
Florida specimens. I have from Dominica Island a specimen
differing somewhat from the type (var. carihcEa, new, pi. 39, figs.
3a— 3c).

* A closely related form, considered a new variety, which occurs oflf
Fort Macon, N. C. (var. carolincnsis Ver.)

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 99

The specimen from Fort Macon differs somewhat from the
type-form though nearer that than to var. elongatus in most
respects.

Synalpheus fritzmuUeri var. carolinensis Ver. new.

Plate XXII, Figure 6. Plate XXXIX, Figures i-id.

The following description is from a North Carolina specimen.
The frontal spines are very acute. The rostrum is a little longer
than the ocular spines ; seen from above it is compressed, narrow,
spiniform, very acute, but seen in profile it is proximally broadened
into a small vertical plate ; its point reaches about to the middle of
the first antennular article. Ocular spines are conical and swollen
at base, with acuminate and sharp tips. The antennules are rather
slender. The basal spine is slender, acute, and reaches to or
beyond the middle of the second article.

The carpocerite is slender, cylindric, and exceeds the antennular
peduncle by more than the length of the last article. Its scapho-
cerite is narrow, its spine is rather slender, not as long as the
carpocerite, about equal to antennular peduncle ; the scale is
shorter and very narrow.

The basicerite is short, two-spinfed ; the lower spine is about as
large as the rostrum, and extends not quite so far as the stylocerite,
or about to end of first article ; the upper spine is about one-third
as long and about the same shape; the interval between them is
U-shaped. The third maxilliped is long, rather slender; the tip
has about nine slender unequal spines ; exopod has a large brush
of plumose hairs.

The large chela is long-ellipsoidal or slightly ovate, only a little
swollen proximally and not projecting back of articulation, which
is nearly central ; slightly compressed in a dorsal view ; distal
dorsal margin has no prominent denticle, at most only a minute
obscure tubercle ; inner articular margin has two small tubercles ;
fixed finger short, subacute, apex channelled, shorter than dactyl ;
dactyl is strongly compressed in a dorsal view; strongly arched
distally, tip acute ; inner edges plane ; plunger elongated.

Carpus is short, small, cup-shaped; merus rather short, tri-
quetral, with the two distal angles dentiform. Smaller chela is
much smaller, similar in form, relatively longer (pi. 39, fig. i);
width to length about i : 1.65 ; dactyl is about as long as width of

loo Addison E. J'crrill,

palm; length to that of palm about i : 1.7; fixed finger has two
minute unequal teeth at the tip, and about five small clusters of
hairs oti the outer margin and on each side near the tip ; fixed
finger has four or five similar clusters on the lower edge, with two
or three on each side ; carpus and merus also have small groups of
hairs; carpus is wider than long, about i : 1.3, nearly as wide as
palm ; merus about same thickness, largest in middle ; length to
tliat of carpus as 2.5 to i ; distal end has a spiniform tooth at
outer angle and a prominent angle at inner one.

Legs of second pair are slender ; chela small, with nearly
parallel sides ; palm about equal to dactyl, which is slender with
a bidentate tip ; it has a small tuft of divergent hairs at about the
proximal third, and another at the tip ; other finger is stouter with
two tufts of hairs below and one near tip ; first article of carpus
is about equal to sum of 3, 4, 5, and about equal to chela ; merus
is about equal to sum of first four carpal articles.

Leg of third pair has on the propodus about six spines, liesides
two distal ones ; dactyl is strong, tapered, inner hook shorter and
stouter, divergent ; proximal to it there is a slight obtuse elevation
or hump. The carpus has a small distal movable spine on its
inner angle and a prominent outer angle ; merus is much stouter,
width to length about i 13, widest in middle, length about equal
to propodus. Legs of fifth pair are much smaller and more
slender.

Telson is somewhat elongated, tapered, distal end al)out one-
third as wide as widest part; tip obtusely rounded, with about 14
plumose hairs, of which the outer lateral ones on each side are
much smaller and shorter than others ; between the plumose hairs
are about as many very much more slender smooth hairs ; the four
dorsal spines are slender and acute; the two at the angles are
very slender ; inner one is about three times as long as the outer
one.

Fort Macon (Dr. H. C. Yarrow coll.) No. 1831.

Synalpheus townsendi Coutiere. Small Snapping Shrimp.

Synalphcus townsendi Coutiere, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvi, p. 32,
figs. 14-17, 1909. Hay and Shore, op. cit., 1918, p. 384, pi. 26, fig. i ;
text-cut 7.

Alpheus minus? Say, op. cit, p, 245, 1818. S. I. Smith, Ann. Rep. U. S.
Comm. Fish and Fisheries, for 1885 (p. 54), 1886 {non Coutiere sp.).

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. loi

Plate XLVII, Figures 3 — 3d. (After Coutiere.)

Ill this species the superior lateral basal spine of the antennse
is not developed. The rostrum is relatively long and slender,
decidedly longer and narrower than the orbital spines, which are
also elongated and acute, but with broad bases and incurved inner
edges. The rostrum extends to or beyond the end of the first
antennular segment.

The telson tapers regularly ; its apex is convex, not very narrow
and has a small denticle at each angle. The small chela lacks large
dorsal tufts of hairs on the dactylus. The large chela has a small
very acute dorsal spine at the distal margin ; carpus very short.
The two dactyl claws of the ambulatory legs are very unequal in
length, not divergent, slightly curved, the outer one much the
longer; the proportions about 3:1; the carpal joint has a distal
spine above and below ; the propodus is long and has about eight
small spines below. The antennal scale is narrow, shorter than
the carpocerite, while its spine is longer than the latter. Basal
spine of antennules reaches to the proximal third of the second
segment. Carpus of the second pair of legs has the first segment
long, equal to the other four combined.

M. Coutiere records this from Bermuda (col. G. Brown Goode).
It was also taken there by our parties, several times, in 1898 and
1 901.

It ranges from off Beaufort, North Carolina, in 13 to 16
fathoms, through the West Indies to Yucatan, and to Bahia,
Brazil, and from low tide to 56 fathoms (Coutiere). It is a very
common species in dredgings. Also known from Hawaiian Is.
and Lower California (var. brevispinis) ; and Gulf of California,
var. mexicanus (t. Coutier6).

It is quite probable that this species was Say's original Alpheus
minus, for it agrees best with his description. Say stated that in
his species the rostral spine was longer and more acute than the
orbital spines, which were conical at base. This is the case in the
present species, which is also a common species on our southern
coasts (Cape Hatteras to Florida), where Say obtained his speci-
mens. Doubtless Say subsequently referred all the related species
of Synalphcus that he obtained to S. minus, as Kingsley and others
have done, much more riecently. Hence the two specimens men-
tioned by Coutiere, now in the British Museum, and sent by Say,

I02 Addison E. Verrill,

are not necessarily even cotypes. They may have been collected
long after the species was described, and then incorrectly labelled,
as often happens in similar cases. However, as this matter must
remain uncertain, it seems best to adopt the decision of Coutiere.

Synalpheus minus (Say) Coutiere. Small Snapping Shrimp.

Alpheus minus Say (?), Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., i, p. 245. 1818.
H. M-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 356, 1837, (not of Brooks and
Herrick, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. v, not plate I), 1892. Kingsley*
{pars) Synopsis Alpheus, p. 190, 1878; List of Caridea, p. 57, 1878
(pars) ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., for 1879, p. 416; Carcinological
Notes, No. V, p. 114, 1883 (pars), (non Bate, Voy. Challenger, xiv,
p. 558, pi. C, fig. 2).

Alpheus minor (substitute for minus) Rankin, Ann. Lye. N. Hist. N. Y.,
vol. xi, p. 250 (pars), Bahamas; op. cit., vol. xi, p. 540 (pars),
Bermuda (non A. minor of earlier authors, nee Brooks and Herrick,
op. cit., 1892).

Synalpheus minor Coutiere, Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 8, vol. ix, 1899, text-
figures 32, 98, 115, 165, 167, 181, 191, 200, 239, 247, 248, 249, 250, 326,
348, pi. V, fig. 4 (larvae).

Synalpheus minus Coutiere, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 36, p. 43, figs. 25,
26, 1909. Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 382, pi. 26, fig. 2, and text-cut 5
(after Coutiere).

Alpheus saulcyi Guerin, in La Sagra's Hist. Cuba, second part, Zool.,
vol. vii, Crust., p. xviii, pi. ii, fig. 8, 1857.

Plate XXI, Figure i (No. 1827). Plate XXHI, Figure 3 (No. 1827).
Plate XXXHI, Figures 4, 4a, 9 ; 5, Sa, S (No. 1827). Plate
XXXIV, Figures 2— 2n (No. 1827). Plate XXXVI, Figures i— id.
2 (variety). Plate XXXI, Figure 4 and Plate XXV, Figure 3 (after
Guerin as A. saulcyi). Plate XLVII, Figures i — ic, typical after
Coutiere ; Figure 2, frontal parts of a Bermuda specimen, after
Coutiere, not typical. Plate XLVIII, Figures 3 — 3c, after Coutiere.

As restricted by Coutieref (1909), this species has the following
characters ; — It belongs to the "Brevicarpus group."

Say described his species as having the rostrum "spiniform" and

* Kingsley, in his synonomy, erroneously included A. fonnosus Gibbes,
with this species, as well as several distinct species of Synalpheus. See
under A. formosus.

t Coutiere found two dry specimens, sent by Say to the British Museum,
and still preserved there (op. cit., 1909, p. 2), and on them based his
restriction, though they may not have been cotypes. They do not agree
very well with Say's description. He probably confused several species of
this genus after publishing his description.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 103

more acute than the ocular spines, which were "conic-acute" ;
larger chela inflated, "oblong-oval, not compressed" ; carpus "very
small." He described the color of the larger chela as "white, tip
red, banded near the base of the fingers with white in the female
and white tipped with green in the male."

The front of the carapace (see pi. 47, figs. 1,2) in the restricted
species has three teeth in the form of an equilateral triangle, the
rostrum being usually a little wider at the base, compressed, and
sometimes slightly longer than the orbital teeth ; in side-views
higher at base.

The antennular peduncle is 4.8 to 5 times longer than its width ;
its articles are as 2: 1.5: i ; its basal spine or stylocerite reaches
to the distal third of the second article ; its external flagellum
branches at the tenth annulus.

The carpocerite (fig. ib) is a little flattened; its length to its
width is about as 3.7 : i ; it extends beyond the antennular peduncle
by the length of the last article of the latter ; the scale, or scapho-
cerite, is narrow, width to length about as 1:7, up to i : 8.5 ; its
inner edge makes a very obtuse angle, not a regular curve; its
lateral spine is a little longer than the antennular peduncle, and
shorter than the carpocerite. The basal spine or basicerite reaches
to the distal end of the first antennular article (or sometimes
farther, as figured) ; above its base is a small secondary spine,
rather longer than the width of its own base.

The large chela (fig. la) is regularly ovoid, proportions of
fingers to total length is as i : 3.5 ; to height as i : 1.35 ; fingers to
palm as i : 2.5. The anterior dorsal margin, or inner side, has a
strong tooth, sharp at tip, often like a rather slender spinule. The
dactyl, as figured, is broad, larger than the fixed finger, its cutting
edge a little sinuous, dorsal edge curved distally, tip obtuse ; fixed
finger nearly straight, with inner edge a little sinuous.

The smaller chela (fig. ic) in length is to the larger one about
as I : 2.7 ; fingers to total length, i : 2.25 ; to height, i : 0.8 ; to
length of palm, i : 1.25. It is therefore rather elongated, with
long fingers, which are slender, acute at tips, and a little curved
downward; the palm is narrow elliptical, about evenly curved
above and below ; its surface is plain ; the dactyl does not bear a
large tuft of hairs, but both fingers have several small tufts.

Legs of second pair are slender; width of the carpus to its
length is about as i : 9.5 ; length of carpus to merus, i : 0.75.

I04 Addison E. Verrill,

Legs of third pair are stouter ; carpus to merus, i : 2.2 ; to propo-
dus, I : 1.6 or 1.7; width of merus to its length about i : 4, often
less. The dactyl is elongated, a little curved ; its hooks are almost
parallel; the dorsal one is nearly twice as long as the other (figs.
id, le).

The telson (fig. if) is stout, with a wide, convex distal margin;
its length is 1.06 times its width at base and i 184 times that of
its distal margin ; its lateral margins are a little sinuous ; the
postero-lateral angles have two pairs of small spinules ; the pos-
terior edge is fringed with about 20 plumose hairs (22 in my
examples). Length of largest examples not over 25 mm. Eggs
are small, about 0.6 mm, becoming i mm, and give rise to zoeas.

Coutiere recognized two named varieties or "forms," viz.
bahiensis (his fig. 26), from Brazil, and antillensis (fig. 27), from
the West Indies. He also recorded a variety without name (our
pi. 47, fig. 2), from the Bermudas, in which the basicerite has
unusually strong spines. It has also a stouter small chela. Some
of our Bermuda specimens agree well with the latter ; others agree
better with the variety antillensis.

The latter has the frontal teeth longer and narrower, especially
the rostrum, which is only about half as wide as the orbital teeth,
and a little longer ; the latter are more acute than in the typical
form. In these respects it agrees better with Say's original descrip-
tion than does the typical form of Coutiere. This form also has
a stouter antennular stalk which is only 4.2 to 4.3 longer than wide ;
the carpocerite is also longer, exceeding the antennular peduncle
by the length of its third article, and its form is more ovoid, its
width to its length being about as i : 3.2 or i : 3.15 ; the antennal
scale is also a little wider and the smaller chela is more swollen.
The large chela, basicerite spines, dactyls of third legs, joints of
second legs, agree with those of the typical form described above.

The following large figured male and female specimens (No.
1827, plates 21, fig. i: 23, 3; 33, fi^s. 4— 5«; pl- 34, 2-2n), I.
have selected as typical specimens of the species as limited by
Coutiere.

The three frontal spines are somewhat elongated, acuminate, and
triangular, tips very acute and carrying one or two small setae
(pl. 23, fig, 3; pl. 33, fig. 5). The rostrum is slightly longer than
the ocular spines, with the under side compressed, as seen in pro-
file, and a little deeper than the ocular spines, which are more

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 105

styliform distally and translucent at the tip. A slight dorsal carina
extends back from rostrum. The rostrum connects below with
ocular projections by a simple, thin, slightly incurved margin.
There is a strong bulge over the eyes.

The basal antennular spine is ratiier long, slender, acute, reach-
ing the middle of the second article, but not to middle of scapho-
cerite spine ; it has a small acute secondary spine at its base. The
articles of the antennules are stout and somewhat expanded at
their distal ends ; outer flagellum branches at tenth annulus.
Carpocerite is somewhat fusiform, with the middle a little swollen,
length 4.5 times the width (pi. 34, 2b) ; its spine is equally long,
strong, acute; it reaches end of antennular peduncle; its scale is
narrow, shorter than the spine.

Third maxilliped (fig. 2n"') is long and not very stout ; its third
article is enlarged distally, 4.5 longer than wide, and about as long
as the carpocerite ; the penultimate article is longer than wide, one
fourth the preceding ; last article slender, tapered, six times longer
than wide ; tips oblique, with about six acute spines and a tuft
of long plain hairs ; about seven transverse rows of hairs partly
feathered on one side ; exopod as long as the adjacent article, with
a terminal tuft of numerous long hairs.

Larger chela is smooth, oblong-elliptical, a little swollen proxi-
mally ; thumb rather large, pointed, shorter than dactyl, deeply
cut away on the inner side, where there is a deep canaliculate notch,
above which the margin is very oblique, with three raised tubercles,
the lower one largest; dorsal articular margin with three small
denticles, the inner dorsal with an acute tip, the others obtuse;
outer articular margin nearly transverse, with two rounded denti-
cular tubercles, above a narrow notch at the angle; the cutting
margin, beyond the notch, has a large, prominent rounded lobe. .
Dactyl is large, compressed, strongly arched externally; inner
edge is not much incurved, but has two small lobes on the outer
edge, and a distinct inner tooth distally (pi. 23, fig. 3). The form
of this chela differs in the sexes ; those of the male (pi. 33, figs. 5,
5a ) are more swollen and the dactyl is longer than half the palm.
Those of the female (figs. 4, 4a) are narrower, more oblong, and
the dactyl is equal to or less than half the length of the palm.

The smaller chela (fig. 2/') is narrow elliptical, with both
margins of the palm slightly convex, fingers are acute, or minutely
two-toothed ; dactyl is evenly arched and bears two or three tufts

io6 Addison E. Verrill,

of hairs near the tip and a row along the cutting edge ; fixed
finger has corresponding tufts and also one on each side about the
middle. Carpus is as broad as long, expanded distally, with a
prominent angle above, length about half the palm of chela ; little
more than a third of merus. Alerus is rather stout, breadth to
length about 1:1.4; outer distal angle acute. Chela of second
pair of legs (fig. 2I") elongated; fingers acute, a little longer than
the palm; dactyl with a small tuft of hairs on middle of outer
margin, and two apical ; pollex has three longer tufts and a small
apical one. Carpus and merus slender ; merus is as long as first
four carpal articles.

Legs of third pair are not very stout ; merus is long ; width to
length as 1:5; carpus about half as long ; it has a prominent
dentiform angle above, and a slender movable spine below ;
propodus is slender, width to length, 1:7; it has seven slender
spines besides the two distal ones. Dactyl (fig. 21'") is slender,
sides nearly parallel, slightly curved, width to length about 1:4;
hooks slender, nearly parallel, not divergent, outer one longer.
Legs of fifth pair (fig. 2 l') are smaller and more slender with the
carpus relatively longer, dactyl similar but more curved and the
hooks longer ; propodus as long as merus ; merus half as long as
three terminal articles combined; propodus has a long series of
brush-hairs.

The telson is broad, tapering but little ; distal end is wide, a
little convexly rounded, and bears numerous plumose hairs, and
two small spines at each angle; dorsal surface has a wide sulcus
and four small appressed spines, wide apart. This species is one
of the largest of the genus. The specimens above described are
the largest that I have seen.

It is rather common at the Bermudas, in holes in dead corals,
etc., and among sponges. Its range, as recorded, is from Cape
Hatteras to Baliia, Brazil, and probably farther south. Beaufort,
N. C. (Kingsley, Hay and Shore). Off St. Thomas, 20 to 30
fathoms (Rathbun) ; Fort Macon and Beaufort, N. C. ; West
Florida, Dominica I. etc. (Yale Mus.) Florida, Antilles and Bahia,
etc. (Coutiere).

In life, specimens taken April i8th, in Castle Harbor, in dead
corals, had the body translucent yellowish white with a green
anterior patch (due probably to green ova showing through).
Large chela translucent gray, with the fingers orange; a white

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 107

patch on the inner side of the palm. Some of this lot, April i8th,
carried externally a cluster of bright green eggs, 14 to 15 in a
cluster. They were identified as this species at the time, after a
superficial examination, and are not now accessible for re-exami-
nation. They may have belonged to ^. hrevicarpus, judging from
the small number of the eggs.

The synonymy and distribution of this species has been in much
confusion. Several allied species were evidently confounded
formerly by Kingsley and most others. Specimens now before me
from Bermuda, Fort Macon, N. C, and from Florida, are evi-
dently the vS*. minus as restricted by Coutiere. Most of the speci-
mens of Alpfwus and Synalpheus, then in the Yale Museum, were
loaned to Prof. Kingsley, before he published his articles, and
still bear his labels. Otherwise it would not be possible, as in the
cases of several forms of Synalpheus referred by him to A. minus,
to determine what species and varieties he really studied, for his
description is too general. The same specimens were also loaned
to Brooks and Her rick, when they were preparing their work of
1892. They returned them without changing Prof. Kingsley's
labels.

Among the specimens labelled by him as "A. minus," I find
S. minus; S. fritsmullcri; S. hemphilli; S. goodei; S. brooksii;
S. digueti; S. bradleyi, new sp. ; S. hrevicarpus. He also referred
A. formosus Gibbes to the same species.

Unfortunately Brooks and Herrick, in their valuable work
(Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. v, pp. i — 2)7^> 1892), erroneously
gave the name minus (and minor)* to a totally different species,
belonging to the genus Alphcus, viz., A. packardii. They gave a
good colored figure of the latter, made from life (pi. I), under
the name of minus, {minus on the plate, minor in the text).

They described remarkable variations in the eggs and newly-
hatched young of their A. minor {minus) from different localities,
but owing to the wrong identifications of the species, it is probable
that they confused two or more species under that name. The
larvae figured as of S. minus may belong to A. packardii. Coutiere
has examined some of the types of Brooks and Herrick. (See
above under the genus and 5". hrevicarpus, S. pectiniger, S. longi-
carpus. )

* This name was proposed as a corrected form of minus. It had already
been used for a different species of Alpheus.

io8 Addison E. Verrill,

The specimens formerly labelled by Prof. Kingsley as A. minus,
from the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama (No. 742a, 742^, Yale
Museum), are now before me. These specimens resemble
vS". minus in size and form. They belong to two species, both
different from any of the Atlantic species.

The larger species (742a), which I have named 6^. hradlcyi, has
a rostrum longer and stouter than in S. minus, its tip reaching the
end of the first antennular segment. The orbital spines are
decidedly shorter and smaller, narrow and acute at tip, but with
wide bases. It has a small superior spine on the basicerite. as
in minus. The antennular spine reaches nearly or quite to the
distal end of the second antennular article. (See plate xxxiii, figs.
1,2.)

The smaller species (742^) has a very small and slender rostral
spine, shorter than the orbital spines, which are also small, but
acute-triangular. The larger chela is shorter and more swollen
than in the last. This appears to be identical with S. digiieti Cout.,
from the Gulf of California. Both these species will be more
fully described elsewhere, with other extralimital species.

Synalpheus minus, var. somersi Ver. new var.

Plate XXXIII, Figures 4, 4a, chela of female; 5, 5a, of male, No. 62.
Plate XXXIV, Figures i-im, $, No. 62. Plate XXXVI, Figures
i-\e,2, No. 62. All by A. H. V.

This form differs from the typical one especially in the much
stouter carpocerite and the longer and wider antennal scale and
spine. The antennular peduncle is also stout ; breadth to length,
1 :4.6; the articles are about as 2.6: 1.9: i. The stylocerite (pi.
34, fig. la, as) reaches nearly to the middle of second article.

The carpocerite (figs., lb, cc) is stout, swollen proximally,
width to length about as i : 4.6; its spine {si) is large, very acute,
about as long as carpocerite (pi. 36, fig. 2) ; the scale {s) is wide
with an evenly convex inner edge and obtuse tip; it is nearly as
long as the spine and distinctly wider in middle (pi. 34, figs, ih, s').
The basicerite is nearly half as long as the scaphocerite ; its
secondary spine is small, acute, longer than wide.

The third maxilliped (pi. 36, fig. le, n'") is long and stout,
especially the third article, width to length 1:5; the fourth article
is about one-seventh the third, and about as broad as long ; distal

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 109

article is long, regularly tapered, subacute, proportions i : 6.5 ; it
has about 13 transverse groups of plumose hairs ; exopod is rather
wide, not quite as long as third article ; terminal bush of plumose
hairs large; fourth article also bears both plumose and simple
hairs.

The smaller chela (pi. 36, fig. i) is long-ellipsoidal, the palm
being a little swollen or convex above and below ; fingers are
shorter than palm, ratios about i : 1.2; height of palm to length
about I : 1.73 ; pollex is slightly curved down, and feebly denticu-
late at tip ; it bears three or four small clusters of hairs below,
and a pair near the tip; dactyl has about four small clusters of
hairs on outer edge and a large one close to tip. Carpus is large,
about as wide as long ; outer angle is prominent and has a minute
spine ; merus is stout, breadth to length about i : 2.5, swollen
distally; outer distal angle spiniform.

Legs of second pair (pi. 36, fig. ib) have the chela elongated,
with the fingers slender, longer than the palm, about as 1.5: i ;
dactyl bears many long hairs ; pollex has five or six clusters
besides that near the tip ; carpus is long ; first article is about as
long as the sum of the others and half the palm; fifth article is
longer than palm ; merus is stouter, somewhat enlarged along the
middle, width to length about i :6 ; about as long as the sum of
chela and last four articles of the carpus.

Legs of third pair are long, especially the propodus (fig. id),
which bears about five spines besides one or two at the distal end ;
dactyl is elongated, not much enlarged proximally ; hooks are
nearly parallel, slender, outer one about twice as long as inner;
carpus has one distal spine, its length is one-half the propodus or
merus. which are about equal in length. . Legs of fifth pair (fig.
ic) are more slender, with the hooks of the dactyl more incurved ;
propodus bears eight clusters of stiff setae and small spinules.

Uropods (pi. 34, fig. lu) are broadly rounded; outer lamella
has two nearly equal spines at the suture and a much longer articu-
lated spine between them. The telson (fig. lO is wide; lateral
borders somewhat sinuous; width of distal part to widest part
about I : 1.7; length about twice distal width; distal angles acute,
with two unequal spines, the inner one-third longer than outer;
four dorsal spines large, far apart; tip broadly rounded, with
about 22 plumose hairs.

No. 62. Bermuda, on the coral reefs.

no Addison E. Verrill,

Alpheus tridentulatus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., i, p. 552, 1852;
pi. XXXV, figs. 4a — 4c, 1855.

This is evidently closely allied to vS". minus and may, perhaps,
prove to be the same. It has three small, short, equal, triangular
frontal teeth; the antennular spine reaches the middle of the
second segment; the basal antennal spine is stout and its tip is
about even with that of the antennular spine. The spine of the
scaphocerite is narrow and acute. The larger chela has the palm
about twice as long as the dactyl ; the distal articular margin is
nearly transverse and has several small denticles. The principal
differences noticeable in the figures are in the form of the antennal
spines and the shorter large chela, with a more transverse articular
margin.

Dana did not describe nor figure the uropods and telson. It is
impossible to determine with certainty its relation to the species
now recognized. It was from Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

S. saulcyi Guerin, from Cuba, seems to be the true 6". minus of
Coutiere. See PI. XXV, fig. 3, and PI. XXXI, fig. 4, copied from
Guerin's figures. Some of our Bermuda specimens agree well
with Guerin's figures in all essential respects, but his general figure
is incorrect in certain parts. It does not even show articulations
in the carpus of the second pair of legs.

Four small but perfect specimens (No. 11 74) collected at Key
West by Edw. Palmer, and now in the Yale Museum, were
labelled as minus by Prof. Kingsley. Some are females, with
large eggs. The rostrum is minute and acute; the ocular lobes
have small acute spinules. The telson is very narrow, tapering
rapidly distally. The large chela has a conical, acute, distal, dorsal
spinule turned upward ; small chela is short, attached low down.
It appears to be the S. hrooksii Coutiere.

Synalpheus brevicarpus Coutiere.

Alpheus prcBcox Herrick, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, vii, No. 6z, pp. 34,

35. Z7, 1888 (no description) ; op. cit., 1891, p. 381 (type cited).
Alpheus saulcyi, var. brevicarpus Brooks and Herrick, Mem. Nat. Acad.

Sci., v, pp. 381, pi. iv, figs. 1-3 (colored), pi, xxiii, xxiv (details), 1891.
Alpheus minor (subs, for minus) pars, Rankin, Ann. Lye. N. Hist. New

York, vol. xi, p. 250. Name minor was preoccupied.
Synalpheus brevicarpus Coutiere (restricted), op. cit., 1909, p. 51, figures

29, 30.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. iii

Plate XXXIV, Figure 4 (No. 8). Variety, after B. & H. Plate
XXXVI. Figures 3— 3^ (typical). Plate XXXVI, Figure 4.
( ? Variety, No. 8) ; after B. and H.

This species, as restricted by Coutiere, is closely similar to
5". minus, and yet, unlike the latter, it produces large eggs and
advanced mysis-like larvae. It is best recognized by the obsolete
or small superior spine on the basicerite. Adult females are much
swollen.

The rostrum and orbital spines are small, about as long as wide,
triangular, about equal in size, and much like those of S. minus.

The antennular peduncle is rather stout and long, nearly equal
to the carpocerite. its width to length is about as i : 5.5 ; propor-
tions of its three segments are about 1.8: 1.7: i. Its spine is long,
reaching about to the middle of the second antennular segment,
but not so long as in 5^. minus. The basicerite has a long, sharp
lower spine, reaching about to end of the first antennular segment :
it has no sharp upper or secondary spine, but only an angular
prominence or denticle there, while 5". minus has there a distinct
small sharp spine.

The carpocerite is long, width to length as i : 4 ; it is more
cylindric, or less swollen, than in 6". minus. It is a little longer
than the antennular peduncle. Its spine is about equal to the
latter and distinctly shorter than the carpocerite, yet a trifle longer
than the scale, which is rather wide.

The litrge chela is oblong-elliptical, a little swollen in the middle,
and has a distal dorsal tubercle ending in a small acute spine;
its poUex is large and wide and the dactyl is wide and evenly arched
dorsally; its length is about one-half of that of the palm. The
width of the palm is about one-half its length. It is less swollen
than in S. minus.

The smaller first chela is nearly like that of 5". minus, but rather
more slender. The carpus of the legs of the second pair is rather
slender, width to length about as i: 12; its length compared to
the merus is about as i : 0.85 ; its first article is longer than the
rest of the carpus. It is not so slender as in 5". minus. The chela
is shorter than in the latter. The proportions of the ambulatory
legs are about as in 5". minus, but the merus is a little more slender,
width to length about as i : 4.25, and the carpus is a little longer
and rather more slender, while the dactyl is rather more curved

112 Addison E. Verrill,

and stouter, and the claws are stronger. The third maxilHped
(pi. 36, fig. 3c) has its last article notably shorter than in S. minus.

The telson is shaped much as in 5. minus, but it is relatively
smaller and rather more narrow ; width of its distal end to length
as I : 2.05 to 2.24.

Our largest example (1828) referable to this species is a
female with large eggs, from the Bahamas. The body is very
stout and thick, thorax swollen. Front tridentate, the rostrum and
orbital spines close together at their bases ; triangular and sub-
equal.

Antennular spine strong, reaching to the distal third of the
second segment. Basal antennal spine (basicerite) is not so long,
more slender, reaching to the end of the first segment ; a small
dentiform lateral spine is situated above its base. Antennal scale
or scaphocerite is as long as the peduncle, or carpocerite : its spine
is about equal to the antennular peduncle.

Telson is rather broad, convex on the margins, little tapered,
obtuse, with four small dorsal spines and a pair of small terminal
ones nearly in the same lines, at each distal angle. It is accom-
panied by two males that are slender and not half as large.

These specimens were labelled as minus by Kingsley.

A similar female s^^ecimen from St. Thomas (No. 1832, C. F.
Hartt, coll.) also has a very stout body. Front has three nearly
equal, short, narrow, acute spines not much longer than broad, the
rostrum only a little narrower than the others. The antennular
spine reaches to about the middle of the second segment. Basi-
cerite is not very long, slender and acute ; secondary spine lacking
or rudimentary. Antennal scale is narrow, shorter than its spine,
which reaches about to the end of the antennal stalk. The large
chela is lacking. The smaller one is simple and nearly smooth.
Ambulator)^ legs are rather stout. Third maxillipeds are stout and
very hairy. Telson is regularly tapered.

Brooks and Herrick, 1891, apparently had at least two species
confounded under the name of "var. brevicarpus." On page 381
they gave a special diagnosis of this form and designated its type.
They there gave a detailed description of it and its variations.
Thus there need be no doubt as to the application of the name.
The earlier provisional name, prcecox, without a description, is
there given as synonymous. In the comparative tables, pp. 385-7,
and table of measurements (pp. 386,- 387) they gave additional

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 113

characters of importance. At the same time they claimed that
there are various intermediate forms between this and their var.
longicarpiis. Coutiere stated that they had two or more species
confused under the latter name, as he proved by types.

Their colored figures (pi. IV, figs. 1-3) of the male and female
brevicarpus from a "green sponge" were regarded as the typical
form. The female carried over 300 large eggs, and had a dis-
tended abdomen full of green eggs ; the young hatched in an
advanced larval stage (mysis-form). However, there is one
character in which these figures disagree with the brevicarpus as
restricted by Coutiere, viz. — there is shown a small acute spine
above the base of the basicerite, where in the restricted species
there should be merely an angular lobe ; still this spinule is repre-
sented as much smaller than it is in 5*. minus. However, in their
figures of the details (see their pi. 33, fig. 8, and our pi. 36, fig.
3b) no spinule is shown in this place, though these figures are also
based on specimens from the "green sponge" and are represented
as typical of the variety. These also agree well with Coutiere's
figures.

Their specimen numbered 8, p. 386, pi. 23, figs. 5, 8c, 13 (our
pi. 34, fig. 4) seems to be a distinct species. They referred it to
var. brevicarpus, but as an intermediate form. It has a very
short stylocerite (their pi. 22, fig. 18) not so long as the first
article of the antennule. It is said in the table (p. 386) to have a
rudimentary antennal scale, as in their pi. 22, fig. 13; but some
of their figures show a wide scale.

The antennular peduncle is represented as long, and the carpo-
cerite is four times as long as wide. The smaller chela is described
as cylindric, with simple pointed fingers and no tuft on the dactyl.
I have seen no specimens agreeing with this form, nor does it
agree with any described by Coutiere.

This species is rare at Bermuda, — perhaps not yet positively
identified as found there. Our specimens are from the West
Indies.

Synalpheus longicarpus Coutiere.

Alpheus saulcyi, var. longicarpus (pars) Herrick, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci.,
V, 383-389, plates xxi, figs. 11, 13, 14, 17, 18; xxiv, figs. 2, 8, 1891.

f Synalpheus Iccvimanus, var. longicarpus (pars) Coutiere, Bull. Soc.
Entom. France, 1898, No. 8, p. 189, fig. 20; op. cit, 1899, figs. 116, 123,.
153, 241, 360, 394.

114 Addison E. Verrill,

Synalpheus longicarpus Coutiere, op. cit., 1900, p. 53, fig. 31. Hay and
Shore, op. cit, p. 383, pi. 26, fig. 2; text-cut 6 (after Coutiere), 1918.

Plate XXV, Figures la — ih (after Coutiere). Plate XXXIV, Figures
3, 30 (? Variety). Plate XXXVI, Figures 5, 5a.

Rostrum narrower and a little longer than the triangular, obtuse,
orbital spines ; space between the latter and the rostrum V-shaped,
but not acute distally, broadest in female ; rostrum scarcely reaches
middle of first article of antennular peduncle. Articles of anten-
nular peduncle have ratios of 2 : 1.5 : i ; its entire length to breadth
is 5:1; anterior margin of basal article is less emarginate than
usual; its short stylocerite reaches the distal third of the basal
article. The carpocerite is slender and cylindrical, a little
excurved ; it exceeds the antennular peduncle by the length of the
third article of the latter, and is five or five and one-half times as
long as thick. Its scaphocerite in the male has only a rudimentary
scale, sometimes none ; in the female the scale is small and variable,
rarely longer than the basal article of antennule, and never more
than half as wide as the lateral spine, which is strong and acute;
it exceeds the antennular peduncle by half the distal article.

The large chela is elongated, somewhat ovate, the margins some-
what convex ; the posterior end is swelled and prolonged backward
beyond the articulation, the very small and short carpus being
inserted below the central axis of the palm. The anterior dorsal
margin of the palm has a small acute spine ; total length to height
of chela about as 2.73 : i ; dactyls about one-fourth to one-fifth the
total length ; dactyl a little oblique at end.

The larger chela is from two and one-half to three times the
length of the smaller one, which is elongated, its height to length
being about as i : 3.75. The dactyl has two apical teeth, the lower
stronger. The fixed finger has three teeth, the apical one longer.
The dactyl is elongated, nearly straight on the edge, gently arched
dorsally. It bears on its dorsal surface a dense tuft of erect hairs,
covering most of its length ; the fixed finger has hairs along the
inner edge and two small apical tufts.

The legs of the second pair are slender ; the chelae are elongated
and little swollen and have several tufts of hairs on both fingers,
about ten in all. They are stronger in the male. The first article
of the carpus is shorter than the sum of the other four. The chela
in the male is longer than the four distal articles, but shorter in
the female. The third legs are also stronger in the male; the

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 115

merus is three and one-half times longer than wide ; the propodus
has a row of eight spines ; the dactyl is short and stout, curved
distally, with the two hooks divergent and about equal, the inner
a little wider and more incurved.

Sixth abdominal segment has a strong triangular lateral tooth
on each posterior angle. The uropods are wide, well rounded,
little longer than the telson. The outer one has about seven or
eight denticles, with a movable spine between the first two. The
uropods are smaller in the female.

The telson is shaped much as in S. goodei, but is relatively
narrower and longer, greatest width to length about as i : 1.33;
distal third narrow, tip very narrow, space between apical spines
small, bearing four plumose hairs and some simple ones. The
eggs are small and produce zoeas. Color translucent-whitish;
fingers brown.

It usually inhabits cavernous sponges, especially the logger-head
sponge, often in large colonies. Not obtained at Bermuda so far
as positively known to me. The Bermuda specimens referred to
it by Miss Rathbun are apparently different. It is likely to be
found hereafter, for the same sponge occurs there. It may have
been confused with S. goodei formerly.

Coutiere records it from off Cape Fear, N. C, 15 fathoms;
Gulf of Mexico, 24 to 26 fathoms (4000 to 5000, in one haul) ;
Yucatan; Jamaica, in black sponge; Curacao. Very abundant
at Beaufort, N. C, in large sponges cast upon the shore by the
waves, and dredged on the off shore fishing banks (Hay and
Shore). Our specimens are from the West Indies.

Brooks and Herrick, in their large work, p. 387, in the table,
named especially as the type of their "var. longicarpus," No. 13 of
their list. It is described there as having no antennal scale; the
smaller chela is said to have "prongs and a tuft," i.e., the fingers
have teeth at the tips and a large crest of hairs on the dactyl;
length of male 9.5 mm ; stylocerite or "aural spine" one half as
long as first antennular segment; scaphocerite spine more than
half as long as carpocerite. It was a male.

Their No. 9, also referred to var. longicarpus (see their pi. 23,
fig. 14, antenna) shows a rudimentary antennal scale; its smaller
chela (their pi. 24, fig. 2), our plate XXXIV, figs. 5, 5a, has the
carpus long, a tuft on the dactyl, and three teeth at the tip. This
may be 6". pectiniger of Coutiere.

it6 Addison E. Verrill,

The form defined as found in the "logger-head sponge," with no
special number given, appears to be a different species, judging
from the large chela, our plate 34, fig. 3 (their pi. 24, fig. 8) , for
this chela is remarkably elongated and swollen above proximally,
so that the proximal end projects backward over the carpus, which
is articulated lower down than usual. The fixed finger or "pollex"
is extremely short, much shorter than the dactyl. It is, perhaps,
as near that of S. longicarpus of Coutiere as to any of the forms
described by him, but does not agree well with it.

Synalpheus goodei Coutiere. Goode's Snapping Shrimp.
Synalpheus goodei Coutiere, op. cit., 1909, p. 58, fig. 33, a-u.

Plate XXXVII, Figures i, a-u, 9 , from slides a-a". Plate XXXVIII,
Figures i, a-u $ , from slides g-g", 1898, 2-0 ; $ . Plate XXXIX,
Figures 4-46. (after Coutiere). Plate XL, Figures 2, a-1, slide bb.
All are from Bermuda specimens. All are by A. H. V. except pi. 39,
figs. 4-4d,

Rostrum acute, a little longer and narrower than the ocular
lobes, which are triangular and acute or subacute, about as long
as broad. (PI. 38, fig. i.) Antennules rather stout; articles of
the peduncle have proportions about as 2.3 : 1.2 : i (pi. 37, fig. i, a ;
pi. 38, fig. I a) ; the inner flagellum has about five or six articles
before it branches ; longer branch is about half the length of the
outer flagellum; basal spine (stylocerite) reaches about to end of
first article, sometimes beyond it.

The carpocerite is cylindrical, long, slender, usually nearly or
quite six times as long as thick (pi. 38, fig. i, b) ; antennal scale
or scaphocerite is small, narrow, much shorter than the carpocerite,
but may reach the middle of the distal article of the antennule;
its spine is strong and much longer, very acute; the basal spine
(pi. 37 and 38, fig. I, b) or basicerite is long, acute and reaches to
about the distal third of the larger spine ; it has a small secondary
short spine or angular tooth at its base.

The palm of the large chela (pi. 39, fig. 4; pl- 38. fig- ic')
is oblong-ovate, a little swollen in the middle, and with a small
acute dorsal spine at the distal end, above the base of the dactyl ;
it usually curves down a little. The length of the dactyl is about
half that of the palm ; height of palm about one and two-thirds the
length. This chela is relatively a little shorter in the female than

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Pari II. 117

in the male. The dactyl is nearly straight proximally, with
sinuous edges, but is strongly arched distally to the acute tip ; its
plunger (fig. ic') is compressed, oblique, not very long.

The smaller chela (pi. 37, 2c; pi. 38, fig. ic" ; pi. 40, fig. 2c)
is but little wider than the carpus ; its palm is oblong with borders
only slightly convex ; length is about one and three-fourths times
its height; length to that of dactyl about 1.75: i to 1.6: i. Both
fingers have two small, acute, unequal teeth at the tip.

The fixed finger is a little bent down and the dactyl is arched
its entire length, more so distally. The dactyl bears on each side
a large, dense, longitudinal plume of long curved hairs, turned
forward, and a row of small hairs on the cutting edge; also two
small tufts at the tip. The fixed finger has a small tuft on each
side at about the distal third, and a terminal longer tuft. The
carpus is distally nearly as wide as the chela, but narrow proxi-
mally, about one and two-thirds or one and one-half longer than
wide, and about one-half the total length of the chela. The merus
is stout, about three times as long as wide, and about as wide in
the middle as the distal part of the carpus; its length is about
equal to the sum of the carpus and palm.

The legs of the second pair are slender (pi. 37, fig. i, 1" ; pi. 38,
fig. I, 1"; pi. 40, fig. 2d) ; the chela is but little wider than the
carpus, and the palm is slightly convex above; fixed finger is
nearly straight below ; dactylus is gently arched, acute ; both
fingers are very hairy ; dactyl has about three tufts of long hairs
on each side, and fixed fingers about four larger tufts. Carpus
is about two to two and one-fourth times longer than chela ; first
article is about equal to the sum of all the others ; second, third,
and fourth are short, nearly equal, a little wider than long, distal
end of fifth with an angular tooth ; fifth article is about as long as
the palm of chela. Merus is about as long as the sum of the first
four carpal articles.

Legs of the third pair (pi. 38, fig. i, 1'", Y" x; pi. 40, fig. 2e)
are rather stout; the dactyl is short, thick, incurved, with two
small, unequal, apical claws, inner one about half as long as outer
and a little more curved; the notch between them is rounded at
bottom; proximal breadth is about one-half the length of the
dactyl. Two or three spines of the propodus stand at its base.
Propodus has a row of about eight spines besides the two or three
apical ones ; its length is about five times its width. The carpus

ii8 Addison E. Verrill,

is wider; rather more than half the length of the propodus and
dactyl, and rather less than half the length of the merus. Merus
is fusiform, three and one-half to four times longer than wide, its
length is nearly equal to the sum of the propodus and carpus.

The third maxilliped (pi. 38, fig. id n"'; n"', x) has about nine
spines at its apex and about 13 transverse rows of unequal hairs
and spines on the dactyl, the distal ones long.

The uropods (pi. 37, fig. i, u. ; pi. 38, fig. i, u; pi. 40, fig. 2f)
are large and broad, longer than the telson ; the outer lamella is
the larger, broadly obovate, with a faint distal sutural line and
notch, at which stand three small spines, the middle one articulated ;
proximal to these a row of smaller denticles, about eight in the
female, ten to twelve in the male, extends for nearly half the
length of the outer margin, decreasing in size; both lamellae are
fringed with long hairs ; the inner one has some hairs on the
surface. Inner lamella is more nearly elliptical.

The telson (same figures, t) is longer than wide, greatest
breadth about two-thirds the length; it is rather triangular,
broadest with convex margins near the base; decreasing rapidly
to the very narrow end, with somewhat incurved margins distally ;
narrow part about one-fourth the length; tip has two slender
spines at each angle, occupying about two-thirds of its breadth;
inner one is about one-third longer than outer one. Between the
spines the median part is narrow, a little prominent, truncate, and
bears four to six long plumose hairs, and some simple ones. The
upper surface has a median groove and a slight carina each side
of it.

The four dorsal spines in the male are larger and longer than
the terminal ones, and are separated longitudinally by a distance
not more than their length; in the female (pi. 37, fig. i t) they
are smaller and not so near together ; the posterior pair are much
nearer together than the others.

General color is reddish or pink. Length about 16 to 20 mm.
It inhabits the cavities of living sponges of several species, often
in large colonies. We found it much the most common species of
the genus at Bermuda.

In a lot of 37 specimens taken at Long Bird Island, Apr. 19,
1898, 18 had the large chela on the left side; 19 on the right.
There is some variation in the chela in this lot. Some have it more
swollen than usual ; others have it more oblique, or more elongated.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 119

The telson and uropods show but httle variation. Some of those
in this lot carried eggs.

This species is easily distinguished from S. minus and most of
the other related species, except longicarpus, by the abruptly
narrowed telson, with only five to six terminal plumose hairs, and
by the broadly rounded uropods, sharply denticulated on the outer
edges distally. The spine of the antennal scale is unusually long
and the scale short and narrow. The rostrum and ocular spines
are somewhat like those of S. minus, but the rostrum is more spini-
form.

The only species with which it is likely to be confounded is
S. longicarpus Coutiere, which is closely related. The latter has a
much more reduced or quite obsolescent antennal scale ; a shorter
carpocerite ; more elongated large chela ; the smaller chela longer
and with a longer carpus; outer lamella of uropods has only
seven or eight denticles ; and the tip of the telson only four
plumose hairs.

We took this small species many times in 1898, in the "Reach,"
in 2 to 3 fathoms; Castle Harbor; Long Bird Island; and in
Harrington Sound; also in 1901, in several places, and in Dec,
191 5 abundantly at Grassmere, in sponges. It was previously
taken by Mr. G. Brown Goode, Mr. George Hawes, and by Dr.
C. H. Merriam. (Yale Mus.)

Large numbers were taken from a dark brown, cake-shaped,
keratose, fibrous sponge, found on the flats at low-tide on the
north side of Long Bird Island. It is sometimes associated with
5'. minus.

M. Coutiere recorded it from the Gulf of Mexico, 34 fathoms ;
Tampa Bay ; and Colon ; as well as from Bermuda. He also
described a variety, "occidentalis," from Lower California. The
latter has no antennal scale and has different uropods, and it may
well prove to be a distinct species.

We found large colonies at Grassmere, near Hamilton, in shal-
low water, occupying cavities in a large cavernous sponge, dark
smoky brown or blackish externally, sulphur yellow within,
exterior crust firm. Often a hundred or more were found in one
sponge, not mixed with any other species. Many females had
green eggs, Dec. 25, 191 5, usually not more than 15 to 20.

Most of these had the body pale pink or deep pink, others light
red, the colors due to minute chromatophores on a pale translucent

I20 Addison E. Verrill,

ground-color ; usually a brighter red median dorsal line ; ovaries
of female show through the integument as two greenish patches.
Large chela was pink with light brown tips. Chelae retain a red-
dish color a long time in formaline or weak alcohol. These speci-
mens made a sharp snapping noise, loud for so small a species.
Length of the body of the larger ones, 20 to 23 mm.

Nearly all were adults of about the same sizes. The following
additional notes were taken from these specimens while they were
fresh from the sea. The stylocerite usually does not quite reach
the end of the first antennular article. The narrow antennal scale
is about half as long as the carpocerite and about equal to the
basicerite; its spine is longer and wider, about three-fourths as
long as the carpocerite. Basicerite is long, strong, and acute ; its
secondary spine is short, but acute, longer than wide.

The legs of the fifth pair are much smaller than those of the
third pair ; the propodus has, on the distal half, a brush consisting
of eight oblique compact clusters of short setae ; the dactyl is
small and short ; its hooks are small, short, evenly curved and but
little divergent, the lower one being a little more incurved than
that of the third pair of legs, as well as smaller.

The narrow tip of the telson usually had six long plumose hairs
and four more slender smooth ones.

Probably this is the species referred to by Mr. G. B. Goode
(op. cit., 1878) as follows :

"Some smaller species of the genus are found only in the cavities
of a large aplysine sponge, abundant on the reefs. I have picked out
seventy or eighty from a fragment of sponge not more than three
inches in diameter. When the sponge is taken in the hand, the
quick succession of clickings reminds one of the sound of the
instruments in a large telegraph office" —

"When one of these animals is put in an earthen or glass vessel
it makes a much louder noise, resembling a quick tap with the
finger nail, or the back of a knife, upon the edge of the same
vessel. This noise is produced by a convulsive snapping of the last
joint of the large claw, by a movement resembling that of the
spring beetles (Elateridae), and the sounds are quite similar.
Possibly these movements may have a protective object, enabling
the little decapods to escape from the grasp of enemies, or to work
out from under the stones and loose sand in which they must often
become buried."

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 121

This species is perhaps the Bermuda form called 5'. Icevimanus,
var. longicarpus, by Miss Rathbun. At least, some of our speci-
mens were so labelled by her. But it seems to be quite distinct
from 5. Icevimanus of Europe. She stated that it had the rostrum
and ocular spines slender and acute, and the antennular and
antennal spines much as in minus.

Specimens of this species were also in the lots labelled and
returned as A. minus by Kingsley, and it may be one of the
"varieties" alluded to by him.

Synalpheus neptunus (Dana).

Alpheus neptunus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., i, p. 553, 1852, pi. 35,

fig. 5, 1855.
Synalpheus neptunus Coutiere, Ann. Sci. Nat. (8), Zoo!., ix, p. 15, 1899.

Not of M. J. Rathbun, op. cit., p. no, 1901. .

Plate XXV, Figures 2, a — d. After Dana.

This oriental species somewhat resembles S. minus as shown by
Dana's figures, here reproduced. Dana did not describe the telson.
The frontal spines and the antennular and antennal spines are
similar, though all these spines are unusually large and long. The
ocular spines are longer and more acute. The most notable
differences are the absence of the upper lateral spine of the
basicerite and the form of the larger chela, which is relatively
shorter and thicker, more oblong and more swollen medially
beneath ; its palm is scarcely twice the length of the dactyl, which
is strongly curved.

Smaller chela of the first pair is peculiar. Its movable finger
is flattened and expanded beyond the base, thus becoming spatuli-
form, and has a groove armed with a row of hairs close to the
edge. The antennal scale is rudimentary and its spine reaches to
about the proximal third of the last antennular segment. The
ambulatory legs are biunguiculate, with very small hooks.

Sooloo Sea, 63^ and 9 fathoms, and Fiji Islands (Dana) ; Red
Sea (Heller, Paulson). Miss Rathbun identified with it some
specimens from Bermuda and Porto Rico, though she noted some
important differences. I have myself seen no Bermuda specimens
referable to Dana's species.

According to Coutiere, 6". neptunus Dana belongs to a different
section (biunguicidatus group) of the genus, entirely oriental in

122 Addison E. Verrill,

distribution. Coutiere states that no species of the biunguiculatus-
group occurs in American waters. They are Indo-Pacific species.
The original figures of Dana are copied on my plate 25, figures
2, a — d.

The species from the Arafura Sea, identified by Bate as this
species, seems to be very distinct. He states that the palm of the
large chela is scarcely three times as long as the dactyl. It differs
also, in several other respects ; the large chela is longer and more
ovate, being swollen proximally; its carpal edge is strongly den-
tate ; its carpus is angular, very short and wide ; the smaller chela
is shorter and stouter ; its carpus is longer ; the antennular spine
is short.

Jousseaumea Coutiere.

Bulletin Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. ii, p. 381, 1896, Ann. d. Sci. Nat.
Zool., vol. ix, 1899, pp. 70, 129, 141, 179, 181, 325, figs. 19-23, 134, 215, 216,
217.

The carapace, which is rather depressed, has a dorsal carina;
rostrum triangular, flattened ; orbital spines small ; eyes concealed,
or nearly so, by ocular hoods which blend with the rostrum or
frontal lobe. Chelipeds very unequal, closely folded beneath the
body when at rest ; larger one usually with an angular and grooved
propodus and cup-shaped or angular carpal segment. Larger
chela in typical species has the cutting edges of the fingers ser-
rulate, shutting together closely ; palm usually angular and carinate,
its inferior surface deeply grooved to fit on the merus when folded ;
merus angular, elongated. The following species has the palm
smooth.

Carpus of second pair of legs 5-jointed; first article longest.
Third and fourth legs have simple dactyls; fifth legs have 10 to
12 oblique rows of hairs, as a brush, on the propodus. Mandible
has a 2- jointed palpus ; its cutting process is much reduced.

Uropods not movable. Telson much narrowed distally; tip
narrow, usually with only a single pair of plumose hairs between
the four spines at the angles. No anal tubercles. Branchial
formula as in Alpheus.

Jousseaumea ortmanni (Rankin) Coutiere.

Athanas ortmanni Rankin, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., xi, p. 251, pi. xxx,
fig. 7, 1898. Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Art. Sci., x, pt. 2, p. 579,
1900 (Bermuda).

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 123

Jousseaumea ortmanni Coutiere, C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, vol. cxxxi, p.
356, 1900.

Rostrum slender, acute, extending slightly beyond the second
joint of the antennules. Eyes concealed by a hood ; edge of hood
with a minute acute spine ; below the eyes the margin of the
carapace is very oblique. Spine of antennules reaches the distal
end of the second segment. Antennal scale is about as long as
the peduncle of the antennules. Larger chela is smooth, entire,
short, thick, swollen, length twice the breadth; fingers slender,
hooked, and serrulate on the cutting edges. Carpus of second leg
is 5- jointed ; first segment is equal to the four distal ones. Telson
narrow, compressed; margins smooth. Length about 16 mm.

Bermudas, coll. G. B. Goode, i specimen (M. J. Rathbun) ;
New Providence, Bahamas (Rankin, type-locality). It was not
taken by us nor by later collectors. Its habits are not known.
It may live in sponges.

Amphibetaeus simus (Guerin).
Alpheus simus Guerin, op. cit., 1857, pi.

Plate XXV, Figure 5 (after Guerin).

This species seems not to have been rediscovered since the time
of Guerin. However, I have a similar specimen, apparently of the
same species, taken among branching corals and sponges at
Dominica Island in shallow water several years ago by A. H.
Verrill. It appears to belong to the genus Amphibetccus of
Coutiere (op. cit., p. 325).

The frontal region is convex, produced far over the eyes, with-
out a rostrum or distinct ocular lobes. The antennular stalk is
elongated; the second segment being much longer than the first
or third ; stylocerite is short, foliate ; carpocerite is about equal
to the antennular stalk ; scaphocerite is of about equal length, with
a well formed scale ; basicerite is short, dentiform. Guerin's type
was from Cuba.

Family HIPPOLYTID.ffi Bate, 1888. Shrimps.
Eyes not covered by the carapace. Rostrum well developed,
usually toothed. Chelae of first pair of legs not unusually large,
nor very unequal; second pair slender, with the carpus variously
segmented, and the chelae small.

124 Addison E. Verrill,

Key to the Bermuda genera of Hippolytidce and the Ogyridce.

A. — Rostrum not very short; carpus of second pair of legs with three
articles.

B. — No exopodite on first pair of legs.

C. — Rostrum strong, flat, toothed on both edges ; third, maxilliped acute,
leg-like HippoJyte.

CC. — Rostrum long acute, rounded above, without teeth ; multidentate
below ; a pair of dorsal spines behind the eyes. Antennules very large.
Third maxilliped short, flat, obtuse, without an exopod ; tip with
marginal spines Tozeuma.

BB. — An exopodite on first pair of legs; rostrum cultriform; toothed at
end; a median dorsal spine on carapace; third maxilliped leg-like;
acute Latreutes.

AA. — Rostrum very short; carpus with more than three articles.

D. — Carpus of second pair of legs 5-jointed; ej^e-stalks not very long,
uropods not excurved. Third maxilliped not 5-jointed Tlior.

DD. — Carpus of second pair of legs 3 to 4-jointed, with additional imper-
fect annulations. Eye-stalks long and slender. Uropods excurved ;
third maxilliped long, slender, 5-jointed. PI. 47, fig. 6 Ogyris.

Hippol3rte Leach, 1813. Type, H. varians.

Hippolyte Leach, Edinb. Encyclop., viii, p. 432, 1814 ; Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, ix, p. 346, 1815. M. -Edwards and most later writers, in part,

Virbius Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xii, p. 35, 104, i860 (not

Verbeus, as spelled by Bate). Smith, these Trans., v, p. 63, 1879.

Kingsley, N. Amer. Caridea, Bull. Essex Inst, x, p. 63, 1878; Science,

1899, p. 717.
Hippolyte (restr.) Bate, Voy. Chall., Zool., xxiv, p. 587. Holmes,

Synopsis Calif. Stalk-eyed Crustacea, Occasional Papers Calif. Acad.

Science, vii, 1900, p, 192. ^

Carapace is carinate. Rostrum is compressed; toothed above
and below. Mandibles are destitute of a palpus, Antennulae are
biflagellate; first joint is excavated above. Carpus of second pair
of legs is 3-jointed; legs slender.

Antenna} scale is well developed and has a spine on the outer
margin. Legs of first pair are shorter and stouter than the others :
its carpus is excavated distally to receive the proximal end of the
chela. Legs of second pair slender, longer than preceding. Other
legs are successively shorter; their dactyls are spinulose beneath.
Third segment of the abdomen is prominent and somewhat gibbous
dorsally ; abdomen is not carinated nor spinulose.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 125

Bate and others have legitimately restored the name Hippolyte
to the group that includes the original type of Leach {H. varians).
For the large group of arctic and northern species called Hippolyte
by Stimpson, S. I. Smith (these Trans., v, p. 62) and many others,
the name Spirontocaris was proposed by Bate in 1887.

Many species of Spirontocaris occur on the northern coasts of
New England. Most of them are handsomely colored with
various patterns of bright red, etc.

Hippol3rte acuminata Dana.

Hippolyte acuminata Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., p. 562, 1852;
Atlas, pi. xxxvi, figs. 1 — le, 1855. Stebbing, op. cit., p. 289, 1914.

Virbius acuminatus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 36 (105),
i860. Kingsley, List N. Am. Caridea, Bull. Essex Inst, Salem, x, p.
63, 1878.

Hippolyte bidentatus Bate, Voy, Chall., Zool., vol. xxiv, p. 591, pi. cv,
figs. I, 2, 1887.

Text figure 8, a-f. Plate XLIII, Figures i, a-l, after Dana. Plate
XLVII, Figures 5— 5d (after Bate).

This species, as described by Dana, has a slender, acute rostrum
with a small spine on both the upper and under margins, at about
the distal third. (See our figures copied from Dana.) The first
legs have chelse that are short and only a little larger than the
carpus. Chelae of the second pair are smaller, cylindric, scarcely
larger than the third joint of the carpus and only slightly longer.

It lacks the hepatic spine. The fifth abdominal segment has two
small dorsal spines. It can be easily distinguished by the slender
rostrum, wider distally, and usually with only one spine, above and
below ; rarely two below, and by the odd gibbous form of the
larger chela.

It was not obtained at Bermuda by our parties. Miss M. J.
Rathbun has sent me the following note : "One specimen, a female
bearing eggs, was taken in floating weed on the north shore of
the Bermudas by the late Dr. Geo. Hawes, Jan. 12. (U. S. Nat.
Mus. ) It differs from the type in lacking the spine on the superior
margin of the rostrum. Sometimes the rostrum in this species
has two spines above." (M. J. R.)

It is found among floating Gulf Weed (Sargassum) in the
central Atlantic Ocean and also along the course of the Gulf

126

Addison E. Verrill,

Stream, from Florida to North Carolina. Bate recorded it under
the name bidentatus as taken by the Challenger Exped., off
Bermuda in Sargassum.

'^'*^^****^

Figure 9. Hippolyte acuminata; a, female with eggs, enlarged two times;
b, rostrum enlarged; c, larger chela; d, leg of second pair; e, first
maxilla; f, antennule. After Bate, as bidcntata.

Tozeuma Stimpson.

Toseuma Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Science, Philad., vol. xii, p. 26,
i860. M. J. Rathbun, Brach. and Macr. Porto Rico, p. 114, 1901.

The body is much elongated, tapered both ways, compressed.
The rostrum is continuous with the carapace, long and slender,
acute, unarmed above, multidentate beneath, sometimes about as
long as the body, its dorsal surface is thick and rounded, the
margins bent down, forming a channel beneath, lamellate and wider
near the base. Antennules are short and biflagellate, outer branch
thickened. Antennae have a very long and large scale.

Mandibles are strong, incurved, undivided, and lack a palpus,
crown has numerous dark spinules in many rows. Third maxil-
lipeds are short, and have neither an exognath nor a flagellum ; tip
flat, blunt, with short marginal spinules, alternate in size, last
article longer than preceding one.

The legs are rather short and are without epipods. The first
pair are shortest, incurved, stout, and chelate. Chelae are thick,
unequal, bent, tips dentate; the second pair are very slender with
the carpus long and 3-jointed, the small chelae are hairy, finger

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 127

bidentate; other legs have a row of spines on the propodus and
dactyl and are biunguiculate.

Carapace has a pair of anterior dorsal spines at base of rostrum ;
last abdominal segment is much elongated and compressed. Tel-
son is tapered, narrow, with four dorsal and four small terminal
spines. Uropods have two distal spines at the suture.

Type-species is T. lanceolatum St., from Hong Kong. In that
species the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments are cari-
nated and have a dorsal spine.

Stimpson did not mention the presence of a pair of spines near
the base of the rostrum, nor the peculiar structure of the third
maxillipeds. He merely says they are short. Nor did he mention
the bifid character of the ambulatory feet. Therefore our species
may not be strictly congeneric with his type. The characters of
the rostrum, antennulae, jaws, etc. seem to be the same.

Tozeuma carolinense Kings. Phantom Shrimp.

Tocciwia carolincnsis Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philad., vol. xxx,
for 1878, pp. 90, 328; op. cit., xxxi, for 1879, p. 413, pi. xiv, fig. 8
(rostrum), 1880; American Naturalist, xxxiii, p. 715, fig. 8 (rostrum
only), 1899. Verrill, these Trans., xi, p. 19, 1901 (desc, Bermuda
spec). M. J. Rathbun, Brach. and Macr. Porto Rico, p. 114, 1901
(as carolinense) . Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 391, pi. 27, fig. 2 (photo.),
1918.

Plate XXIX, Figures 3-3m. Plate XLII, Figures i, if. Details. By
A. E. V.

This very slender and transparent shrimp can be recognized
easily by its elongated form and very long and slender, tapered,
dagger-shaped rostrum, longer than the carapace, thick and
rounded and without denticles or spines above, but with many
minute sharp serrulations beneath; about 16 or 17 in our examples,
largest on the proximal part; with 2 to 5 rough hairs between
them. The dorsal margin is nearly straight or a little curved
upward distally.

The margins turn down so as to form a deep channel on the
under side, open for more than half the length, and apparently
adapted to enclose and protect the antennules. In our examples
one margin is narrower than the other and without denticles. The
tip is acute. A small acute spine, curved forward, is situated back

128

Addison E. Verrill,

of the eyes on each side of the base of the rostrum ; also one
below the eye ; another at the antero-lateral angle.

Figure io. Tozeuma carolinense. Frontal parts enlarged, a', antennule;
a", antenna; s, scaphocerite scale; o, ootocyst; e, eye; r, rostrum,
tip is broken off ; d, dorsal spines ; 1', first legs ; 1", second leg ; V", third
leg ; mp'", maxilliped ; from a cotype. By A. H. V.

The body is compressed, most so in the male, especially at the
posterior part of the abdomen ; it is strongly angulated between
the third and fourth abdominal segments; the sixth abdominal
segment is elongated and strongly compressed with the margins
incurved and nearly meeting beneath ; it has a pair of small spines
at the base of the telson and also at the inferior angles ; the fifth
segment has a small lateral epimeral spine on each side.

The eyes are large, cylindric, and their stalks are short. The
antennular peduncle is long and stout, with many hairs, first

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 129

article much the longest, and with a short, sharp, incurved hasal
spine, and a thin, linear, acute acicle, in length about equal to the
first joint. Its outer flagellum is stout, about half as thick as the
peduncle and about eight times longer than wide, and about equal
to the combined length of the last two articles of the stalk, and
about equal to the antennal scale.

The stalk of the antenna is a little longer than the first article
of the antennule ; its scale is relatively very large and long, lanceo-
late and acute, with long marginal hairs ; it is about three and a
fourth times longer than the antennal stalk, and twice as long as
the stalk of the antennule, or about half the length of the rostrum.
The basicerite is short, broad, dentiform. The flagellum of the
antenna is long and slender; it reaches to or beyond the base of
the telson.

The third maxilliped is short and blunt; about as long as the
first legs; its distal article is wide, flat or a little concave and
obtusely terminated ; its distal margin is bordered by a row of
about twelve or thirteew spines, alternating in size; the broad
surface has two larger oblique rows of stiff hairs, with a smaller
cluster near the tip. The carpal article is short, rather longer
than broad, and about half as long as the distal article. It has a
cluster of hairs on each distal angle, one on the suture, and an
oblique row on the surface distally. Part of the hairs are pinnate
or plumate ; part are slender and plain. The basal article is
stout, curved, about three times longer than the distal one ; it has
a cluster of hairs on each distal angle; a long oblique row on the
surface along the distal third, arising from a ridge along a groove ;
also a series of clusters of shorter hairs on the incurved edge, and
an oblique row of stiff hairs near the base, and a few clusters on
the convex margin distally.

Legs of the first pair are shorter and stouter than the others,
strongly incurved and bent down, with a short carpus and smaller
chela. The right and left legs are somewhat unequal as to the
form of the chela and carpus, and slightly in length. The longer
one (fig. 2, c, I), the left one in the example figured, has the merus
longer, about equal to the chela, and the carpus about half as long,
wider, obovate, hardly cup-shaped distally; the chela is strongly
bent inward at the base of the digits ; the palm is ovate, swollen,
rather longer than the dactyl ; the fixed finger is strongly bent
down, with the tip acute; the dactyl is wider and rather longer,

130 Addison E. Verrill,

with about three small teeth at the apex and a lobe on the inner
margin.

The other leg, the right one as figured (fig. 2c, 2c'), has the
merus shorter than the chela ; the carpus is wider than long, con-
stricted proximally, cup-shaped distally; the palm is broad ovate,
swollen proximally, hardly as long as the dactyl ; fixed finger is
strongly incurved with an acute or slightly hidentate tip. The
dactyl is larger and wider, with a large, obtuse, lateral lobe and
with about five apical teeth. Both these chelae have numerous
hairs on both the inner and outer margins of the fingers and at
the tips. The carpus has a cluster of hairs on the inner distal
angle and a row near the distal suture.

Legs of the second pair are slender with a long slender merus
and a longer 3-jointed carpus ; the proximal carpal joint is the
longest, about double the length of the second, which is the short-
est ; first and second together are about equal to the merus ; chela
is slender, elongated, longer than third article of the carpus ;
fingers nearly the same length as the palm, tips with numerous
hairs curved forward. Ambulatory legs are rather slender; fifth
is smallest and shortest, all have incurved bifid tips ; the outer
apical claw is longer ; dactyls are most curved on the fifth pair of
legs ; claws are little divergent.

The dactyl on each leg has three or four minute spinules on the
inner edge, each with a hair at its base. The propodus of all
these legs is nearly twice the length of the carpus ; each has a row
of spines on the inner margin, each spine with a stifif hair; distally
the rows are usually double ; proximally single and spines smaller ;
on all two of these spines stand at the distal end, one on each side
of the base of the dactyl; some of these spines have a rough or
minutely serrulated inner edge, especially on the fifth leg. On the
third and fourth legs there are five or six spines, besides the distal
pair; on the fifth leg usually but four. The merus is about the
combined length of the carpus and propodus.

The jaws are stout, with a smaller incurved body and flattish,
horse-shoe shaped or roundish crown, covered with many close
rows of dark-colored minute spinules, and short stiff hairs;
spinules divergent at the sinus. One jaw has two blunt tubercles
on the crown (pi. 42, fig, lb), lacking from the other (fig. la).
They have no branch nor palpus.

The telson is elongated, narrow, width to length about i : 4.7,

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 131

convex, and regularly tapered to the tip, which is very narrow,
and bears four small spines, the outer ones the shorter ; four dorsal
spines small.

The uropods are long, rather narrow, about as long as the telson ;
elliptical, subacute, width to length about i : 4.20. The outer edge
of the outer lamella has two small spines at the notch ; outer basal
spine obtuse, inner one small, dentiform.

The color in life, according to Hay and Shore, is usually green,
sometimes gray or grayish red. Our Bermuda specimens were
nearly colorless.

Length of the body and rostrum of the larger Beaufort speci-
men, a female, is 48mm; length of rostrum, 12 mm; of carapace,
10 mm; of abdomen, 20mm; of telson, 6mm; antennal scale,
6 mm ; antenna, 40 mm.

Fort Macon and Beaufort, N. C, to Florida, Texas, Porto Rico,
and St. Thomas. Very common in the harbor of Beaufort, N. C,
among Zostcra (Hay and Shore). This species was dredged by
the Yale party in May, 1901, in Castle Harbor, Bermuda, in 3
fathoms, weedy bottom. The above description and the figures
are from cotypes, collected by Prof. A. S. Packard at Beaufort,
N. C, and labelled by Prof. Kingsley,

Latreutes fucorum (Fabr.) Stebbing. Gulf -weed Shrimp.

Palccmon fucorum Fabricius, Supl. Entom. Syst., p. 404, 1798.

Hippolyte ensiferus H. Milne-Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii, p. 374, 1837.
Krauss, Sudafrik. Crust., p. 56, 1843. Goodsir, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
XV, p. 74, pi. 7, fig. 2, 1845. Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., p. 562,
1852.

Latreutes ciisiferus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 27, i860.
Smith and Harger, these Trans., iii, p. 26, 1874. Smith, these Trans.,
vol. iv, p. 266, 1879. Bate, Rep. Zool. Voy. Chall., xxiv, p. 583, pi.
104, figs, i-ig, 1888. Verrill, these Trans., vol. x, p. 579, 1900. Rath-
bun, M. J., Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico, p. 114, 1901. Hay
and Shore, op. cit, p. 390, pi. 26, fig. 13, 1918.

Latreutes fucorutn Stebbing, op. cit, p. 290, 1914.

Plate XVI, Figures 5-5b. Plate XLH, Figures 2-2t. Plate XLIV,
Figures i-im; 2a-2«, 3.

This small oceanic shrimp has a smooth slender body, with a
thin, elongated, smooth-edged rostrum, broaded in the middle,
convex below, slightly concave above, obtuse or subtruncate at

132 Addison E. Verrill,

the end ; there are usually about five small acute spinules at the
apex (varying from i to 9).

The rostrum is nearly as long as the carapace ; breadth to
length is about as i : 3.5. The upper edge curves upward some-
what, distally. There is a small median dorsal spine on the cara-
pace back of the base of the rostrum and orbits, and a spine behind
the eye. The anterior margin of the carapace has four to eight
small denticles below the orbit, on each side. The stalk of the
antennules is stout, crooked, excavate at base, bent outward
distally (pi. 42, fig. 2). The second article has a strong spine on
the outer margin near the distal end ; the third article is short,
not much longer than broad, distal border obscurely denticulate ;
outer flagellum is thickened ; the basal acicle is long, lanceolate,
and acute.

The stalk of the antenna is stout ; third article is a little longer
than the second (plate 42, figs. 2a, 2a"). The antennal scale is
long, wide at base, tapering to an acute tip, it is about three and
a half times longer than the third antennal segment, and nearly
twice longer than the antennular stalk ; the tip has no differentiated
spine nor notch.

The third maxilliped (pi. 44, figs. 211'" ; 3n"') is elongated and
leg-like. Its distal article is long, proportion to that of the pre-
ceding article about 2:1; the inner edge is convex, tapered distally
to a subacute tip, with a row of about eight or nine acute marginal
spines on the distal third of the edge, one of which is apical ; rows
on the outer edge. On the surface there are about eight obliquely
transverse rows of setas. The penultimate article is short, longer
than broad ; its distal end has a transverse row of spines and
longer hairs on both sides.

The legs of the first pair are incurved, rather short, and rela-
tively stout, unequal ; the merus and carpus are excavated beneath ;
in the larger chela the carpus is large, cup-shaped, broader than
long ; merus short, stout, with a dentiform lobe on the outer distal
angle ; the carpus and propodus articulate at the lower angle, so
that the propodus can fold inward obliquely.

The larger chela is proximally thick, broad ovate, and tapers
rapidly distally. The dactyl is wide, rather longer than the fixed
finger, with a broad lateral lobe, and with about five denticles at
the tip; it bears many hairs distally and along the margin; the
fixed finger is bent slightly inward and strongly arched; tip is

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 133

subacute or slightly bidentate, outer convex surface, near tip, has
a slight lobe bearing a group of hairs ; numerous other hairs are
at the tip and along the cutting edge. The carpus has a cluster
of hairs on the outer distal angle, part of them plumose, others are
long and plain. The merus also bears clusters of hairs on the
inner margin and on the outer distal margin.

The smaller chela is more simple and not so much incurved ; its
fingers are narrower, more acute, and cross each other at the tips ;
its carpus is narrower, about as broad as long, not so cup-shaped.
The palm of the chela is ovate, but not so swollen as in the other
chela. Its fixed finger is similar, but more acute and scarcely
bidentate at the tip. The dactyl is narrower with a smaller and
narrower lobe on the cutting edge, and with only about three
apical denticles ; it has similar clusters of hairs.

Legs of the second pair are very slender; carpus has three
unequal joints; middle one is longest, more than twice as long as
the third, and nearly as long as the chela. Third is shortest,
enlarged distally. The chelae are somewhat unequal in size and
form. The palm is longer than the fingers, which are incurved
and have tufts of hairs at the tips, which have two or three small
apical denticles ; their margins do not meet except at the tips and
have rows of hairs ; inner edge of dactyl has a small lobe.

The three posterior pairs of legs are longer, slender, and sub-
equal; propodus and dactyl have a row of spines on the inner
edge ; dactyl is biunguiculate, or terminates in two incurved claws
or spines. The third and fourth legs are nearly alike ; the terminal
claws are moderately incurved and a little divergent; the inner
one is only about half as long as the outer; a few hairs stand
at their bases ; about four or five minute appressed spinules are
on the inner incurved edge of the dactyl. The propodus has a
pair of spines at its distal inner angle, one on each side of the base
of the dactyl, and also a few longer stiff hairs; along its inner
margin there is a row of about seven or eight spines, some of the
distal ones paired ; proximal ones smaller ; each spine is accom-
panied by a small stiff hair, a corresponding number of small
clusters of hairs also occur on the outer margin, sometimes as
many as eight.

The fifth leg is similar to the fourth, but somewhat smaller. Its
dactyl is shorter and more incurved with about four appressed,
minute denticles on its inner edge; the terminal claws are shorter

134 Addison E. Verrill,

and more strongly incurved; inner one is not much shorter than
the outer ; the propodus has about six spines on the inner edge,
besides the pair of distal ones, and a corresponding number of
small clusters of hairs on the outer margin. The carpus has a
spine on the outer distal angle, and about three clusters of hairs
on the outer margin. The merus has about three clusters of hairs
on the inner edge, besides the distal cluster.

The uropods are narrow ovate, in length about equal to the
telson, nearly equal in length ; outer the wider, with two sutural
spines.

The telson is long and narrow, with the edges turned down ; it
tapers regularly to the narrow tip, which has a small, spiniform
median process ; each side of this there are two unequal spines ;
the inner one is longer than the median process ; the outer one
much shorter (pi. 42, figs. 2t, 2tx). The length to the breadth of
the telson is about 1:3. It has four dorsal spines. Details of
structure of various other appendages are illustrated by the figures
(plates 42 and 44). In life it is often nearly colorless and trans-
parent ; sometimes marked with bluish or brownish patches.
Length 15 to 20 mm.

This delicate species is common in floating masses of "gulf-
weed" {Sar gas Slim). It has been found as far north as Vineyard
Sound, Mass. (S. I. Smith.) Very common in the Gulf Stream
farther south.

Bermuda (coll. G. Brown Goode). Near the Azores (Milne-
Edwards) ; African Coast (Krauss) : Porto Rico (Rathbun) ;
Beaufort, N. C. (Hay and Shore). It has been taken at Bermuda
by nearly all collectors. It is nearly always associated with
Leander tenuicornis and the small crab. Planes minntus.

Thor Kingsley.

Thor Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Science. Philad., Vol. xxx, p. 94 (6),
1878. M. J. Rathbun, Brach. and Macrura Porto Rico, p. no, 1901.

The rostrum is short, acute, with the upper margin toothed,
lower smooth. The carapace has an antennal spine. Antennules
have a short thick stalk and are biflagellate ; the outer flagellum
is very thick, terminated by a short slender spine. Antennal scale
is large and wide.

The mandibles are bilobed, but lack a palpus. The third maxil-

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 135

Hpeds are elongated, leg-like, with an exopod; the last article is
long and is spinose at tip and on one side distally; preceding
article is much shorter.

X^egs of first pair are short and incurved ; chela is simple and
not much enlarged ; legs of second pair are long and slender, with
small chelae ; carpus 5-jointed.

Ambulatory legs are biunguiculate, with the dactyl and propodus
spinulose ; those of fifth pair have a large comb of numerous
spines on the distal part of the propodus and inner edge of the
dactyl.

Uropods are large; outer lamella larger than the inner; outer
edge has short hairs proximal to the sutural spines and notch.
Telson is narrow, with the margins turned down and tapered to
a very narrow tip, occupied by six spines ; upper surface has three
to five pairs of spines.

Thor floridanus Kingsley.

Thor floridanus Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Science, Philad., vol. xxx,
1878, p. 95 (7) ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Science Philad., xxxi, 1879, p. 421,
pi. xiv, fig. 6, 1880; Amer. Naturalist, xxxiii, p. 718, fig. 20 (rostrum),
1899. Rathbun, M. J., Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico, p. 116,
1901. Verrill, these Trans., xi, p. 19, 1902 (Bermuda).

Plate XXXV, Figures 2 — 2f, details. Plate XLI, Figure i, photograph.
Plate XLVI, Figures 2 — 2e, details. Plate XLVII, Figures 4, 40.
By A. E. V.

This is a small, rather plump shrimp, with a short rostrum,
shorter than the large black eyes ; its upper margin is sloped to
the tip and has three to five sharp denticles. The carpus of the
legs of the second pair has five unequal segments.

It is easily recognized by its peculiar antennules, the outer
flagellum being very thick, with a short, thin, terminal portion,
while the stalk is short and thick. The basal article is longer than
the other two combined ; it has an acute outer basal spine as long
as or longer than the article, and also a small distal spine on the
inner margin. The second article is short, wider than long, with
a small spine on each distal angle.

The third article has at the distal end a small, rounded, thin,
flat, leaf -like appendage, with the tip acuminate. The stylocerite
is strong, acuminate on the inner edge, acute at tip, and reaches to
the end of the first article. The outer branch of the flagellum is

136 Addison E. Verrill,

stout, nearly as thick as the peduncle and much longer, tapered
but little, and is composed of about 15 articles. It is thickly
covered on the inner side with long, soft, crooked olfactory hairs,
longer than the diameter of the stalk. The outer fiagellum,
beyond the thick part, is very slender and not so long as the thick
part. The other flagellum is slender and longer.

The carpocerite is shorter, cylindric, about half as long as the
antennal scale, somewhat tapered. The antennal scale is large and
wide, subovate; its distal end is sinuous or slightly three-lobed;
its outer angle is dentiform, but scarcely spiniform; inner edge
is rather evenly convex; outer edge nearly straight. The basi-
cerite has a small acute spine ; the scale is elongated, twice longer
than wide, end obtuse, projecting beyond the spine.

The third maxilliped (pi. 46, figs. 2b, 2c; pi. 47, fig. 4) is
elongated and slender with a long terminal article, about three
times longer than the preceding one. The terminal article is very
hairy having about ten transverse rows of hairs, with clusters of
long ones on the margin ; distally the tip is curved to one side and
the convex surface and tip are covered by sharp spines, usually
about eight, mixed with longer stiff hairs. This is an arrangement
of spines that I have not seen in any other genus.

The first leg or cheliped (pi. 35, fig. 2c) is small, rather short,
and usually incurved. Its chela is bent down, not much longer
than the carpus and the palm, carpus and merus are about equal
in length ; ratio of fingers to the palm is about i : 2.5. Palm
tapers distally ; carpus is enlarged distally. Tips of fingers curved,
thickly covered with hairs ; dactyl is more acute and more curved.

The legs of the second pair (pi. 47, fig. 4a) are very slender,
with the simple chela slightly thicker than the carpus and about
half as long; palm is longer than the fingers. First two articles
of the carpus are about as long as the last three combined ; first
and second are similar in length ; fifth is a little shorter ; fourth
is the shortest, about half as long as the first ; the merus is about
as long as the first four carpal articles combined.

The ambulatory legs are biunguiculate. Those of the third and
fourth pairs (pi. 46, 2d) have the two terminal claws curved nearly
in line with the edges of the curved dactyl, and not much divergent,
and the dactyl has four spinules on the inner edge. The propodus
is long, about three and a half times longer than the dactyl; it
has about seven or eight spines along the inner margin, besides

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 137

the distal pair, and about the same number of clusters of hairs on
the outer margin. The carpus is stouter, about half as long, and
has a distal outer spine.

The legs of the fifth pair (pi. 35, figs. 2d, 2d') are quite different
and have a complex comb of hairs and spines on the propodus and
dactyl. The dactyl is slender, elongated, incurved at the base, and
has numerous spinules (12 or more) on the inner edge; the termi-
nal hooks are slender and not much curved. The propodus is
flattened, widest in the middle, convex on the inner edge, and con-
cave on the outer edge. It has on the convex distal half of the
inner edge, a long comb of about 24 rows of small acute spinules.
The carpus is not quite half as long as the propodus. The merus
is about two and a half times longer than the carpus.

The sixth abdominal somite ends in a small dorsal median spine
and dentiform angles at the bases of the uropods. The outer
margin of the outer lamella of the uropods has a row of small
hairs along its entire length, proximal to the suture. A tooth and
an articulated spine occupy the sutural notch. The outer lamella
is the larger and longer.

The telson is long and narrow, regularly tapered to a small tip,
which is entirely occupied by six terminal unequal spines, except
for a minute median papilla (pi. 35, fig. 2e, t). There are four
or five pairs of small spines on its dorsal surface, with rudiments
of one or two more ; near the base there is an incurved ridge, with
a spiniform tooth toward the margins ; the lateral margins are
turned down.

Females dredged by us in "The Reach," in 2 to 3 fathoms. May
5, 1901, carried large eggs, rather few in number. Key West
(type locality) ; Harbor Key and Sarasota Bay, Fla. (Kingsley).
Gulf of Mexico, 25 fathoms. Station 2370; off Cape Catoche,
Yucatan, 24 fathoms. Station 2365 ; St. Thomas and Porto Rico
(Rathbun). I have examined cotypes from Key West, Florida.
It occurs most frequently among algae, sponges, etc, in shallow
water.

Our Bermuda specimens diflfer somewhat from those described
by Prof. Kingsley and M. J. Rathbun from Florida and the West
Indies, especially as to the rostrum, and should perhaps constitute
a distinct species or subspecies. But details of the typical form
have not been figured, except the rostrum by Kingsley (see our
plate 16, fig. 7), which he described as having five teeth on the

138 • Addison E. Verrill,

upper side and the tip less acute. In our Bermuda specimens
(pi. 46, fig. 2, a; pi. 47, figs. 4, 4a) the rostrum is somewhat
elongated with an acute tip, and with only three sharp teeth on the
upper side, except the one at the bifid tip, usually present. That
of a half grown specimen is more slender and the very acute tip is
not at all bifid, there being only three teeth.

Family PROCESSID^.

Lysmatidce of many authors.

The mandibles have no palpus and no incisor lobe. Rostrum
is usually small and horizontal. One or both of the legs of the
first pair of legs chelate. Legs of second pair slender; carpus is
much subdivided ; their, chelae are small and simple.

Processa Leach, 1815.
Nika Risso, Hist. Nat. Crust., p. 85, 1816.

One of the legs of the first pair is chelate, the other usually
simple, but sometimes chelate ; legs of the second pair slender,
unequal ; merus channelled. Rostrum small, dentate.

Processa canaliculata Leach, var. bermudensis (Rankin). Changeable
Shrimp.

Processa canaliculata Leach, Mai. Podoph. Brit., pi. xli and text, July i,
1815. Rathbun, M. J., Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico; Decapod
Crust. N. W. coast N. A. Harriman Exped., p. no, 1904, p. 104, 1901
(descr.). Stebbing, Crust. S. Africa, Part iii, p. 91 (synonomy, etc.).
Schmitt, Dec. Crust. Calif., p. 81, pi. 12, fig. 6, 1921.

Nika edulis Risso, Hist. Nat. Crust, Nice, p. 85, pi. iii, fig. 3, 1816.

Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust, p. 275 and fig., 1863. Bate, op. cit, p.

527, pi. xcv, 1885. Heller, Crust. S. Europe, p. 332, pi. 7, figs. 17-19,

1863. Jourdain, Comptes Rendus, Ixxxvii, p. 302, 1838 (changes in

color). Faxon, op. cit, p. 252 (color changes).
Nika bermudensis Rankin, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., xii, p. 536, pi. xvii, fig.

2, 1900.

Plate XVI, Figures 6-6b. Plate XXXV, Figures i-ig. var. Plate XLI,
Figure 4, photo. Plate XLVII, Figures 8, 8a, 8b (after Bate).

The rostrum is not dentate, small and short, slender, nearly
straight, shorter than the eyes, obscurely bifid at the tip, which
bears a few slender hairs (pi. 35, fig. i, r). The antennal flagel-
lum is about as long as the body. The telson has six unequal

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 139

apical spines (fig. ig). The anterior legs are usually unsym-
metrical. One of the first pair is chelate, the other generally not
so (figs, id, id'), but exceptions often occur; those of the second
pair are very unequal in length, but both are chelate, long and
slender, the longer one about two-thirds the length of the body;
tips of chelae cross. The chela and carpus of the second legs fit
into a channel in the merus and ischium. Ambulatory legs are
very slender (fig. if).

According to Miss Rathbun the American specimens have the
legs more slender than in the European specimens examined by
her. Dr. Rankin considered it distinct. The species is variable
in the length of the rostrum, size of eyes, antennal articles, etc.,
and is said to have unusual ability in changing its colors. It is
sometimes over two inches long.

This species was first taken in Bermuda by Mr. Goode in 1877.
It was also taken by Dr. Rankin, in Harrington Sound, i fathom.

Widely distributed in the Atlantic and Pacific, and from i to 1 1 1
fathoms; Europe; Mediterranean Sea; Madeira (Stimpson) ;
Japan (Ortmann) ; oflf North Carolina, ;^2 and 25 fathoms; West
Coast of Florida, 17 and 45 fathoms; off Cape San Bias, Fla.,
25 and III fathoms; Trinidad, Porto Rico; Old Providence,
W. I. (Rathbun). Bermudas (G. Brown Goode, coll.); also by
Dr. Rankin. S. Africa (Stebbing). West Indies to Trinidad;
San Diego, Cal. to Panama (Schmitt).

My figures (plates 35 and 41) were made from a cotype, sent
by Dr. Rankin, of his species (P. bcrmudensis) , which I have here
treated as a variety, for lack of foreign specimens for comparison.

The following description is from a cotype sent by Dr. Rankin:
Rostrum small, narrow, slender, about equal in length to eyestalks ;
lower margin is slightly concave, but the edges are nearly parallel,
minutely bifid (pi. 35, fig. i, r) ; eyes large, on short stalks.
Antennules stout, incurved and excavate at the base, under the
eyes (fig. la) ; first article longest, second 1.5 longer than the
third; outer flagellum has the thick part slightly fusiform.

Antenna (figs. la, ib) slender; carpocerite about equal to one
third of the first antennular article; its scale (s) is long and
narrow, breadth to length about i: 14; its margins beyond the
base are nearly parallel ; tip sub-acute ; it reaches beyond the
carpocerite and about to the middle of the third antennular article ;
basicerite (b) is oblong ovate and blunt.

I40 Addison E. Verrill,

Third maxilHped is large and long, reaching beyond the anten-
nular peduncle ; basal article is very long, a little curved, and reaches
the end of the carpocerite; carpal article is nearly as long as the
terminal one, which tapers to a spinif orm tip ; an oblique row of
small spinules runs back from close to the tip ; other less oblique
rows cross it (fig. i, mp.) ; the outer side has two or three slender
acute spines, a similar one is on the end of the carpus ; hairs long,
not numerous.

Legs of the first pair or chelipeds are unequal in size and struc-
ture, though about equal in length (pi. 35, figs, id, id'). One is
strongly chelate (id') and is the stouter one. The chela is not
distinctly thicker than the merus and carpus ; it is elongated and
tapered from near its base, and about as long as the carpus ;
margins of the palm are a little convex ; fingers are slender,
incurved, acute, about equal in size ; the tips cross when closed ;
length of dactyl to palm i : 1.7; marginal hairs few; small apical
groups on the fingers. Carpus is longer than wide, about as i : 1.5,
and distally about as thick as the chela and about half as long as
the chela; merus is long and stouter than the carpus; length to
carpus about as i :3.25 ; its breadth to length about i :4.6; slightly
swollen in the middle. The other leg of the first pair (id) is
rather more slender, especially the carpus and propodus, and it is
not chelate. The propodus tapers from the base to the narrow
end at the base of the dactyl, which is somewhat incurved and
acute, about one sixth the length of the propodus.

Legs of the second pair (figs. le, le') are both chelate but very
unequal; one (le) is much more slender than the other (le') and
has the carpus multiarticulate. Both have the chela elongated with
the fingers incurved, acute, and crossed when closed. The ambula-
tory legs (if) are long and slender, with the carpus and propodus
elongated and subequal; dactyl simple, long and slender, little
curved.

The uropods (fig. i, g, u) are elongated; outer one is oblong,
obtusely rounded distally; inner one is rather wider, shorter and
more ovate; distal sutural spine is acute. The telson (t) is
narrow, elongated, regularly tapered to a narrow tip, which bears
three pairs of unequal spines, the intermediate pair much the
longer; others subequal; a minute denticle occupies the middle.
The four dorsal spines are relatively long and acute.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 141

Family PAL^MONID^ (fyars) Leach, 1819.
Palccmonince Dana, op. cit., 1852, p. 569. '

Palcemonidce Bate, op. cit., 1888, p. 778.

The carapace is well rounded above, not much compressed;
rostrum is usually long and compressed, generally with denticles.
Eyes are usually pryiform and rather large, often with an adjacent
ocellus on the outer end of the stalk. Antennules with the basal
joint wide and excavated above, externally with a spine and scale ;
outer flagellum often branched.

Antennae with a large foliaceous scale or scaphocerite, its
thickened outer margin ending in a tooth-like point or spine.
Mandibles deeply cleft ; furnished with a molar and a cutting edge ;
palpus sometimes lacking, usually with two or three joints.

Outer maxillipeds are slender, very hairy, leg-like. First and
second legs are long, chelate ; chelae of the second pair usually the
larger; its carpus is not subdivided. Second pair of legs often
very long and strong. Telson is usually narrow, with the margins
turned down; tapering to a narrow tip, armed with two or three
pairs of spines.

Key to the Bermuda genera of Palainonidce.

A. — Carapace lacks a hepatic spine, mandibles have a palpus. Dactyls
simple Leander.

A'. — Carapace has a hepatic spine.

B. — Mandible has a palpus.

a. — Rostrum strong, with a lateral rib. Legs of second pair are notably
long and large : Palcemon.

a'. — Rostrum slender and thin, toothed above and below. Second legs
not unusually large Palcemonella.

B'. — Mandible is without a palpus.

b. — Abdomen unusually elongated and compressed. Dactyl of ambula-
tory legs bifid Urocaris*

b'. — Abdomen of the usual form, not notably elongated. Dactyl of
ambulatory legs simple Periclimenes.

* Urocaris longicmida, the type, is not yet positively known to occur at
Bermuda. Its range is from Brazil to Beaufort, N. C. Common in the
West Indies and Florida Keys. The type-species has the dactyls of the
ambulatory legs biunguiculate ; others referred to the genus have them
simple.

142 Addison E. V err ill,

Leander Desmarest.

Lcandcr Desmarest, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. vii, pp. 87, 91, 1849.
Stimpson, op. cit., i860, p. 40. Ortmann, op. cit., vol. v, p. 513, 1890.
Stebbing, op. cit., 1893, p. 246; op. cit., 1914, p. 286.

Palcemon Bate, op. cit., 1888, p. 781. M. J. Rathbun, op. cit., 1901, pp.
^^2, 125,

The carapace is usually not much thickened ; it has no hepatic
spine, but has antennal and branchiostegal spines. Mandibular
palpus either 2-jointed or 3-jointed. The legs of the second pair
are not unusually elongated. Telson subacute, with apical spines.

Mostly marine and of rather small sizes, as compared with the
species of Palcemon.

Leander affinis (H. Milne-Edwards). Transparent Shrimp.
Palemon affinis Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 391, 1837,
Palcemon affinis Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 584, 1852; Atlas,

pi. xxxviii, figs. S-5g, 1855. Bate, Challender Reports, Zool., xxiv, p.

782, pi. cxxviii, fig. 5, 1888. Stone in Heilprin, The Bermuda Is., p.

151, 1889 (Bermuda). Rathbun, M. J., Brachyura and Macrura of

Porto Rico, p. 125, 1901.

Leander affinis Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, p. 521, 1890. Stebbing,
Ann. S. African Mus., vol. iv, p. 386, 1910; Trans. Royal Soc. Edin-
burgh, vol. 1, part 2, No. 9, p. 287, 1914.

Plate XLIII, Figures 3, 30^ 3&. Plate XLVII, Figure 7. (Both after
Bate.) Plate XLVIII, Figures 4-4d. By A. E. V.

The rostrum is rather long, acute, usually with 8 to 10 teeth
above (sometimes 7), 2 or 3 of them are on the carapace; and
with 3 or 4 below. From the rostrum a dorsal carina extends
back to the middle of the carapace. Antennal scale is usually
broad ; its spine shorter than the scale.

The following description is from Bermuda examples : The
antennular scale is large, flat, and reaches the second segment of
the peduncle ; it has two sharp spines on its edge. The antenna
has two small basal spines and a large scale, longer than the
antennular peduncle and nearly as long as the rostrum ; its spine
is not quite so long as the lamellar part. The mandibular palpus
is 3-jointed.

The rostrum is elongated, curved upward distally ; acute at tip,
which appears bifid ; its upper edge has ten teeth, of which three
are behind the eye-socket and the last is close to the tip ; about four

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 143

strong teeth are situated below. There are two small, submarginal
teeth below the eye ; the upper one is the larger.

The telson is long and narrow, tapered, subacute, with two pairs
of sharp spines at the narrow end, and a smaller one at each angle ;
two plumose hairs at the center, which is dentiform.

One of the larger specimens has the total length, from tip of
telson. 45 mm; length of carapace from orbit, 8mm; of rostrum,
9 mm; of telson, 7; of the four longer antennular, flagella from
base of stalk, 25 mm ; of antennal flagella, 50 ; outer antennular
flagella from base of stalk, 10; length of stalk, 4; antennal scale,
8.5, length of second leg, 18.5 mm; chela, 5; carpus, 4.5; merus,
4.5 ; ischium and base, 4.5 mm.

This species is nearly colorless and transparent when living, and
not very easy to see when swimming. Common at Bermuda, in
1898. It occurred in schools close to the shore and around
wharves. It was also in the early collections of J. M. Jones. It
is widely distributed in the warmer parts of nearly all the oceans.
New Zealand (Milne-Edwards, Dana). Port Jackson, Australia
(Bate). Bermudas (Heilprin, Ortmann). Porto Rico (Rath-
bun).

Leander tenuicomis (Say). Common Gulf-weed Shrimp.

Palccvion temdcornis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., i, p. 249, 1818.
Hay and Shore, op. cit., p. 392, pi. 27, fig. 6, 1918.

Palcmon tenuirostre M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust, ii, p. 395, 1837. Bate,
Voy. Chall., vol. xxiv, p. 784. (tenuirostris.)

Palcrwon natator M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., ii, p. 393, 1837 (Palevion).
Goodsir, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv, p. 74, pi. vii, fig. 3, 1845. White,
List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 77, 1847. Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust,
p. 588, 1852; Atlas, pi. xxxviii, figs, ii-iia, 1855. Heller, Crust sud.
Europ., p. 268, pi. IX, figs. II, 12, 1863. Bate, op. cit, 1888, vol. xxiv,
p. 784, pi. 128, figs. 6, 7, 1888.

Leander erraticus Desmarest, Ann. Soc. Entom. de France, Ser. H, vol.
vii, p. 92, cut, 1849.

Leander natator Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Philad., p. 40, i860.

Leander tenuicomis Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst, x, p. 66, 1878. S. I.

Smith, these Trans., vol. v, p. 122, 1879. Rankin, Ann. N. Y. Acad.

Sci., xii, p. 538, 1900. Stebbing, op. cit,, p. 288 (descr.), 1914.
Pandalus tenuicomis Rankin, Ann. N. Y. Lye, xii, p. 544, 1900. (Error

for Palaemon.)

Plate XLHI, Figure 4, female; 4a, male (after Bate).

144 Addison E. Verrill,

The rostrum of the female is broad and thin, not acute ; it has
about lo to 12 teeth above and 6 or 7 below, often obscured by-
hairs. The carapace has no hepatic spines. Mandibular palpus,,
slender, 2-jointed, the second joint longer.

Chelae of the first pair of legs have fingers distinctly longer than
the palm ; those of the second legs about equal to the palm. It
is nearly transparent when living. Length 30 to 45 mm. The
rostrum of the male is longer and more acute.

It is very common among Gulf -weed {Sargassum) and is very
widely distributed in the tropical Atlantic Ocean. Bermuda (coll.
Goode, 1876). Many specimens were taken at Bermuda by my
parties, both in 1898 and 1901. Harbor of Beaufort, N. C. (Hay
and Shore).

Palaemon Fabr. (restricted). Long- clawed Shrimps; River Crawfishes.

Palemon (pars) M.-Exlw., op. cit., p. 387, 1837.

Palcemon {pars) Fabricius, op. cit. ; M. Edw. ; Dana, etc.

Palcemon E. Desmarest, op. cit, 1850, restriction. Stimpson, op. cit,
i860. :

Bithynis Phillippi, Weig. Arch. Naturg., vol. xxvi, p. 161, i860.* Faxon, I
189s, etc.

Macrobrachium Bate, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 363, 1868.

This genus, as restricted by Desmarest and Stimpson, dififers
from Leander in having hepatic spines, but no branchiostegial
spines, and in having the second pair of legs very large and much
elongated, usually becoming longer than the body, in the adult ;
their elongation is due mainly to the unusual length of the carpus
and propodus, which are nearly terete. The carpus is sometimes
short. Antennules have three flagella.

* Stimpson, in the same year (i860), made the same divisions as did
PhiUippi, adopting Palcemon (restricted) as the name oi this group, and
Leander Desm. for the other division, including such species as L. tenui-
cornis and allies, which have no hepatic spine. In doing this he followed
E. Desmarest, who had proposed these names for the same two divisions
made by him, though on other characters. He evidently intended to
diflferentiate these two genera, which were later better established by
Stimpson. Many subsequent writers follow Desmarest and Stimpson in
the use of the generic names ; others follow Phillippi. Strict rules of
priority should compel us to use the names proposed by Desmarest unless
some better reason can be discovered than has yet been given for doing
otherwise.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 145

Mandibles have a 3-jointed palpus. The rostrum is toothed.
Most of the species are essentially inhabitants of fresh or brackish
water, though they may occur in small streams on remote islands,
or off the mouths of rivers in brackish or sea v^^ater. Some, like
B. savignyi, are true marine species. Perhaps some others live in
the sea only while young.

The genus is circumtropical, and many of the species are very
widely distributed on the oceanic islands, as well as on the conti-
nents. There being no fresh-water streams in Bermuda, the
several large fresh-water species found in the West Indies are
naturally lacking. Many species become large and are used as
food in various countries.

Palaemon savignyi (Bate). Long-clawed Shrimp.

Brachycarpus savignyi Bate, Voy. Challenger, Macrura xxiv, pp. 795,
800, pi. cxxix, fig. 4, 1888 (Bermuda).

Palcemon savignyi Rankin, Crust. Bahamas, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., xi,
p. 224, 1898. Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 579, 1900 (Bermuda).

Bithynis savignyi M. J. Rathbun, Brach. and Macr., Porto Rico, p. 124,
1901.

Figure ii, Palcemon savignyi. After Bate.

This species is readily distinguished from its allies by the smooth
body and very large legs of the second pair, which have a long
cylindrical chela and a short carpal segment. Those of the first
pair are slender with small hairy chelae.

The rostrum, which is straight, extends back in the form of a
dorsal carina to the middle of the carapace and has seven teeth
above, of which three are over the carapace ; there are three on the
lower edge of the rostrum.

146 Addison E. Verrill,

It belongs to that section of the genus that Bate named Brachy-
carpus, on account of the short carpus of the second pair of legs.

Reported from Bermuda by Bate. It was not taken there by
the Yale parties, nor by later collectors, so far as reported. Porto
Rico ; off Havana, 78 fathoms ; off Jamaica, 23 fathoms ; Curacao
(Rathbun) ; Bahamas (Rankin).

Periclimenes Costa.

Periclinienes Costa, Ann. Acad. Aspir. Nat. Nap., ii, i, 1846.
Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 380, 1898.
Rathbun, Brach. and Macrura, Porto Rico, p. 121, 1901.

The carapace has antennal and hepatic spines. The rostrum is
elongated and compressed, nearly straight, usually more or less
dentate above and below ; tip slender, acute. Antennulse are
biflagellate, the larger flagellum rather long, thick, and bifid ; stalk
is wide, excavate, with a large basal scale on the outer side.
Antennal scale long and rather large.

Legs of first and second pairs slender with simple chelae ; second
pair the longer and larger, about as long as the body. Other legs
have acute dactyls. Telson narrow, tapered, subacute or acute,
with four dorsal and four or six terminal spines. The statocyst
contains a round concretion made up of concentric layers, without
any sand grains.

This genus has been referred to the family Pontonidce by several
writers, but it seems to me more closely related to Palcumonidce. It
agrees pretty closely, in most of its characters, with Leander,
Palxemonella, Palcemonetes, etc. while it is quite unlike Pontonia
and allied genera, which have a small and mostly edentulous
rostrum. It has the rostrum, telson, an excavate antennal stalk
with a lamellate antennular scale, and a large antennal scale formed
much as in Leander, etc. It closely resembles Palcemonella.

Periclimenes americanus (Kingsley) Borr.

Anchistia avtericana Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., xxx, 1878,
p. 96, 8 (Key West) ; Bull. Essex Inst., vol. x, p. 65; vol. xiv, p.
109, pi. ii, figs. lo-ioa, 1882; American Nat., xxxiii, p. 718, figs. lO-ioa.

Periclimenes americanus Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. (7), vol.
ii. P- 383, 1898. Verrill, these Trans., x, p. 580, 1900, Bermuda. Rath-
bun, M. J., Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico, p. 121, 1901.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 147

Plate XLI, Figure 2. Plate XLV, Figures i — ic; 2 — 2t. By A. H. V.
Plate XLVIII, Figures i— ic. By A. E. V.

This can be easily distinguished from the other aUied small
shrimps of this region by the rostrum, which is rather slender,
acute, nearly straight, with about eight to ten teeth above and
two to four below, at its wider distal portion.

The telson is also characteristic. It is long-ovate, tapered to
the narrow tip, which is armed with six unequal spines and has an
acute median apex. The legs of the second pair are about as long
as the body. The following description was made from females
carrying eggs, taken April 19, 1898, at Long Bird Island,
Bermuda.

Body gibbous, about 22 mm long, rather stout. Rostrum
lanceolate, laterally carinate, as long as the antennular peduncle.
It begins well back of the eyes at a dorsal tooth, well separated
from the next; three teeth are behind the eyes; altogether there
are 8 to 10 dorsal teeth ; inferior teeth are smaller, usually three,
often two, on the widest part. The end of the rostrum is thin,
flat, moderately wide; tip very acute, a little turned up.

The antennal scale is large, wide, obtuse, more than twice as
long as the stalk and longer than the antennular stalk ; its distal
spine is a little longer than the scale ; it reaches about to the end
of the antennular stalk (figs. 2b, 2b'), which is wide and excavated
at the basal segment. Basal segment is about equal in length to
the second and third combined ; it has a small, wide, inner spine,
and a large outer scale, reaching to the second segment and having
a sharp spine on its outer distal angle, with a row of stiff plumose
hairs on its end. The second segment lias a narrow thin border
fringed with hairs (pi. 45, figs, i, la, 2a). The outer flagellum is
thickened and at the ninth or tenth joint gives off a slender branch ;
the part beyond the branching tapers to a slender tip. The stato-
cyst contains a roundish concretion made up of concentric layers.

The third maxilliped is very hairy and obscurely 5-jointed. Its
third article is strongly incurved, enlarged distally, and bordered
by small spinules and longer hairs (figs. 2n"', nn'"). The fourth
joint is about equal in length to the third, straight, and covered
with long hairs, with a large distal cluster on the inner angle.
The last article is somewhat shorter than the preceding and tapers
to a narrow tip ; it has about seven transverse rows of hairs and
a longer terminal cluster, without spines.

148 Addison E. Verrill,

The eye is large, cylindric, with a separate ocellus (figs. 2a, 2e).
The margin of the carapace has a single marginal spine below and
close to the eye-socket, and a minute hepatic spine a little distance
back of and below the eye.

Larger second chela is elongated, slightly swollen in the middle ;
the thumb is a little bent down ; the palm is about one and one-
third times longer than the dactyl; the fingers are slender, bent
inward at the acute tips, which cross when closed ; inner edges
have three small obtuse denticles proximally. The left chela is
usually rather smaller. The carpus is about as long as the palm,
terete, gradually enlarged distally ; merus is about seven-eighths
the length of the carpus.

The legs of the first pair are more slender ; the chela is not much
wider than the carpus ; its fingers are equal to or slightly longer
than the palm; the chela is four-fifths the length of the carpus;
the carpus is considerably longer than the merus, which is about
equal to the chela. The merus is cylindric, slender, and has a
small distal spine.

The legs of the third pair are slender ; the propodus is nearly
twice as long as the carpus and has a row of five slender spines
besides a longer and two smaller distal ones, all accompanied by
one or two hairs; carpus much shorter; distal angle spiniform.
hairy. Dactyl is slender, a little curved, acute ; sometimes with a
double tip (fig. ic).

The telson is rather narrow, elongated, subtriangular, width to
length about as i : 2.7, tapered regularly distally, with an acumi-
nate tip, ending in a small, sharp, narrow apex ; each side of the
tip are three slender spines, the intermediate one about twice as
long as the inner and four times as long as the outer one. The
dorsal surface has two pairs of spines ; sometimes two couples,
side by side, anterior to the middle, one of each couple smaller;
and a pair of more slender ones near the distal end. Uropods are
long ; outer lamella wide, ovate, with a spine and an acute denticle
at the notch.

Other specimens of similar size (probably males) have the first
and second pair of legs much longer (longer than the body), with
more elongated chelae. Otherwise they are similar to those
described above.

The following note was made from living specimens : "Color,
in life, translucent grayish white, with numerous small, round

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 149

darker spots, which form a row on the posterior margin of each
abdominal segment; two larger median spots and two larger
lateral spots on the caudal fin, which is tipped with orange-brown.
Each segment is also crossed by a narrow brown band. On the
carapace are three oblique orange-brown lateral lines, and a pair
of dorsal lines running back from the base of the rostrum. The
color so nicely matched that of the whitish shell-sand bottom of
the tidal pools in which they were found, that it was difficult to see
this shrimp when still." Long Bird Island flats, at low tide,
April 29th, 1901. It swims in large schools, often near the
surface.

Numerous Bermuda specimens of this species, from several
different collections, are in the Yale Museum. It was common in
shallow water, in April and May, 1898, and 1901. Some of the
females carried eggs at that time (Yale Exp,). It is common
in the West Indies and Florida. Key West (Kingsley). Gulf of
Mexico, 26 and 33^ fathoms ; off Yucatan, 24 fathoms ; Old
Providence; St. Thomas, W. I.; Jamaica; and Porto Rico, 6 to
23 fathoms (Rathbun).

This species has been referred to the Pontonidae by several
authors, but I can see no reason for separating it from the
Palaemonidse.

Palaemonella Dana.

PalcEinonella Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 582, 1852; Bate, Voy.
of the Challenger, xxiv, p. 786, 1888.

This genus is very near Palcemon. It has a tooth on the front
edge of the carapace and another behind it, at nearly the same
level, on the hepatic region, as in Palcrmon. The rostrum is thin
and slender, serrate above and below, and the carpal joint of the
second pair of legs is much shorter than in the latter, and has a
distal spine. The mandible has a two- jointed palpus.

Palaemonella tenuipes Dana (?).

? Palamonella tenuipes Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 582, 1852; Atlas, pi.
xxxviii, fig. 3-3d, 1855. ? Stone, in Heilprin, The Bermuda Is., p. 151,
1889. ? Rankin, Ann. N. Y. Acad., xii, p. 538, 1900. (Bermuda, no
description.)

Plate XLIII, Figxjres 2, a-e, after Dana.

15° Addison E. Verrill,

This species was not taken by the Yale parties, nor by any of
the later ones. Bermuda specimens may not be the true tenuipes
of Dana. It ma)^ have been Peridimenes, which is very similar.
Dr. Rankin stated that his Bermuda specimens differ somewhat
from Dana's description of the type, from the Sooloo Sea, but no
description of Bermuda examples has been given. Bermuda
(Heilprin*; Rankin). Its occurrence at Bermuda needs con-
firmation. I have reproduced Dana's figures of the type.

Mr. Ives has more recently described another species of the
genus from Yucatan. (See Bibliography.)

Family GNATHOPHYLLID^ Kingsley.
Drimoidce Ortmann, op, cit., p. 425, 1896.

Body is rather stout ; carapace is carinate anteriorly. The first
and second pairs of legs are long, chelate, and plain ; chelae similar ;
the second pair are longer and larger. The rostrum is toothed,
short and compressed or lacking. The third maxillipeds have
the antepenultimate segment remarkably large and broad and
operculum-like ; two distal ones small and flat; last one ovate.
The mandibles have no palpus and no cutting lobe; ambulatory
legs are biunguiculate. In our species the third maxilliped is
5-jointed. The family contains only the following genus.

Gnathophyllum Latreille.

Gnathophyllum Latreille, Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat, ed. 2, vol. xxx, p. 72,
1819. Cuvier, ed. 2, xxx, p. 72, 1829. M.-Edw., op. cit., 1837, p. 369.
M. J. Rathbun, op. cit., p. 126, 1901.

Drimo Risso, Hist. Nat. Europe, Merid., vol. v, p. 70, 1826-29. Sharp,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 124, 1893.

Characters of the genus are the same as for the family.

Gnathophyllum americanum Guerin. Zebra Shrimp; Banded Shrimp.

Gnathophyllum americanum Guerin, in LaSagra's Hist. Cuba, vii, p. xx,
1857; Atlas, viii, pi. ii, f. 14 (front only). M. J. Rathbun, Brachyura
and Macrura of Porto Rico, p. 126, 1901. Verrill, Amer. Journ.
Science, xi, p. 328, 1901 ; these Trans., vol. xi, p. 20, 1901 (Bermuda,
descr.).

* It is not enumerated by Mr, Sharp as now in the Museum of the
Philadelphia Academy, with the other Crustacea from Heilprin's collection,
(See Bibliography.)

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 151

Gnathophylluni fasciolatum Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., xii,
p. 28, 97, i860; Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., 181, 1882. (t. M. J. R.)

Gnathophylluni sehra Richters, Meersfauna Mauritius u. d. Seychellen,
p. 161, pi. xvii, figs. 18 to 20 and 22, 1880.

? Gnathophylluni pallidum Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., v, p. 537, 1890.
(t. M. J. R.)

Plate XVI, Figure 7 (rostrum). Plate XLI, Figure 3 (from photograph).
Plate XLVI, Figures i-ik. Plate XLVIII. Figures 5, 5a. By
A. E. V.

The carapace is slightly carinate near the front; the carina
extends to the rostrum; there is a small acute spine back of the
orbit and a dentiform angle at the lower anterior angle.

The rostrum is short with a downward sloping upper margin,
bearing five or six teeth ; tip acute ; sides have a lateral carina
near the lower edge, which sometimes has a very small tooth near
the tip. The eyes are large and prominent, cylindric, facetted part
very convex, oblique ; there is a small prominent facetted papilla
at the apex.

The antennules are very small ; the stalk is short ; basal article
with a wide stylocerite, having two subequal spiniform cusps ; the
outer branch of the fiagellum is thick, with about six simple joints
bearing many long soft hairs ; at the sixth joint it branches, giving
ofif a slender outer flagellum composed of about seven elongated
articles ; beyond the branching the terminal part is small, composed
of about five or six obscure articles, which bear on the inner side
many soft crooked hairs. The inner flagellum is slender, a little
longer than the other, composed of about sixteen articles.

The antennae are small, but larger than the antennules ; the stalk
is longer; the third article is cylindric; they are unequal; the
larger one has an obtuse outer distal tooth, bearing a cluster of
hairs (pi. 46, fig. ib) ; its flagellum is long and slender; its scale
is shorter and not so ovate ; it is equally wide at the widest part,
but tapers more rapidly, its widest part being at about the proximal
third (fig. ic') ; its breadth to length is about i : 2.

The third maxilliped is very large, broad, foliaceous, convex,
and 5-jointed ; the principal part consists of the second and third
articles united by a distinct oblique suture, with a small sutural
notch on the inner edge. At this notch the marginal hairs or setae
change in form and size. The combined second and third articles
are broad, obovate, convex, and operculum-like ; when in place

152 Addison E. Verrill,

they entirely cover the oral region. The inner edge, distal to the
suture, bears a close comb-like row of short pinnate hairs or setae
(fig. id, h, and fig. id') ; proximal to the sutural notch there is a
row of longer and less close simple stifif hairs or setae. The outer
margin is stiffened by a marginal rib and bears only a few hairs.
The exopod is long, flattened, and widest proximally, slender dis-
tally and tipped with hairs. The basal article has a thin foliaceous
lobe over the base of the exopod. The fourth or penultimate
article is relatively small, flat, thin, about as wide as long; inner
edge is curved and bears a row of hairs ; outer edge has an obtuse
angle with a cluster of hairs. The last article is small, elliptical,
flat, longer than the preceding, with a marginal row of hairs on
the inner and distal edges. No spines are present on either article.

The two large foliaceous, convex articles are held, in life, with
the inner edges in contact, thus forming a prominent convex roof
or operculum over the oral region; in profile it looks somewhat
like a large obtuse nose.

Legs of the first pair are long and slender, with a small, plain,
elongated chela, not much thicker than the carpus ; fingers with
many short hairs distally; fingers two-thirds the length of the
palm ; the chela is about four-fifths the length of the carpus, which
is about two-thirds the length of the merus.

The legs of the second pair are much larger. The right and
left chelae differ somewhat in size but are of the same length. The
right one (fig. if), in the example figured, is stouter than the left
one ; both are flattened. The fingers are about two-thirds the
length of the palm; the chela is about twice the length of the
carpus, which is about equal to the merus. The ambulatory legs
are all flattened and biunguiculate, not particularly elongated.
Those of the third and fourth pairs have the dactyl rather moder-
ately curved ; terminal claws are short, strongly divergent, inner
one is shorter and at base thicker ; inner edge of the dactyl has
two or three spinules. The propodus is elongated ; the inner edge
has a row of about four spines, besides the distal pair ; the carpus
is about half as long and has a distal blunt spine (fig. ig).

The small detached leg, believed to be of the fifth pair (figs.
ih, ih'), differs from the preceding in having five spinules on the
inner edge of the dactyl, and a distal oblique dense brush of
numerous hairs of different lengths, the longest pinnate, and a row
of about 10 spines along the inner margin, with a corresponding

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 153

number of small clusters of hairs on the outer margin. There is
also a larger and longer cluster of hairs on the outer distal angle.

The sixth abdominal segment has a pair of lateral denticles and
another pair beneath and a pair of angular teeth at the base of the
telson. The uropods have broad ovate lamellae, nearly equal in
length and breadth; the outer one has a prominent sutural tooth
and an acute articulated spine (pi. 46, fig. ij).

The telson (fig. ik) is narrow, regularly tapered to a narrow
tip, which ends in a minute papilla; otherwise the whole tip is
occupied by six slender spines. The median pair are very slender
and about half as long as the next pair, which are much stouter ;
outer pair short. There are two pairs of dorsal spines, but both
are close to the margins ; the distal pair are not far from the end
and appear like marginal spines. When partly dry a slender
median carina is visible. Length of the largest specimen from
Bermuda, 22 mm ; breadth, 6 mm.

The unsymmetrical development of the antennal scales, chelae,
etc., is a notable feature. In life the color is white, crossed by
ten or more conspicuous, narrow, orange bands, some of which
are incomplete. The bands are formed of small, close specks of
orange; on the sides of the carapace are six to eight oblique
divergent lines of the same color, one of which begins on each side
of the base of the rostrum ; three radiate from the orbits of the
eyes ; one is nearly transverse ; there is also a spot on the cardiac
region. Antennae and antennules orange; legs are banded with
orange.

The colors are distinct in some specimens nineteen years after
preservation in alcohol.

This rare and curious species was taken April 5, 1901, at Hungry
Bay, by A. H. Verrill, who made a colored sketch of it from life.
One carried eggs. It was also in the earlier collections of Mr.
Goode and J. M. Jones. Cuba (Guerin). St. Thomas, Porto
Rico (Rathbun). Gulf of Mexico, 26 to 27 fathoms (Rathbun) ;
Bermudas (G. B. Goode, coll.) ; Port Jackson, Australia (Stimp-
son) ; Mauritius (Richters) ; Tahiti (Ortmann).

Hay and Shore (6p. cit., p. 395, pi. 28, fig. i, 1918) have
described another species as G. modestum (Hay, 1917), from ofT
Beaufort, N. C. It differs from the above, among other ways, in
lacking the color bands. Its body was brownish red; frontal
organs, uropods and telson, white.

ADDENDA TO PART I.

During a short visit to Bermuda (Dec, 1915), subsequent to the
pubhcation of Part I, some additional observations were made,
some of which it seems desirable to record.

Eupanopeus Jwrbstii. var. ohesus V. (Op. cit., p. 347.)

This large and very active species was found in considerable
numbers under stones at low tide in places where the current was
strong, in channels, near Grassmere.

Figure 12. Parthenope crenulata; a, ventral side with the legs removed;
b, one of the chelipeds. Both much enlarged. By J. H. Emerton.

Dromia erythropus. (Op. cit., p. 431, fig. 50.)

A full grown specimen of this interesting species, previously
known there only from a single young specimen, was obtained.
It was dredged in shallow water and had been kept alive in the

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 155

aquarium at Agars Island a short time. It was not accompanied
by its protective sponge.

Parthenope cremdata. (Op. cit., p. 417.)
Text Figure 12.

I am now able to give a good figure of this interesting species
from a Bermuda example.

ERRATA.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part I.

Page 429, line 10, for dorsal view read ventral view.
Page 117, line 11, for Plate XXVII read Plate XXVIII.

ERRATA FOR ARTICLE ON BERMUDA ALCYONARIA IN THESE
TRANSACTIONS, VOL. XII.

By an unfortunate error of the printer in making up the plates
of the work cited, four cuts, representing the spicules of four
species, were transposed. Therefore the explanation of the plates
should be changed: Plate XXXVa, fig. 4, should be Plate
XXXVIa, fig. '4; Plate XXXVIa, fig. 3, should be XXXVIb,
fig. 3 ; XXXVIa, fig. 4, should be XXXVa, fig. 4; XXXVIb, fig.
3, should be XXXVIa, fig. 3. Corresponding references to these
figures should be changed in the text, under Plexaura flavida, p.
305 ; Pseudoplexaura crassa, p. 307 ; and Euniceopsis grandis, p.
373 ; and P. esperi, p. 305.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The following- titles, which are additional to those given in Part
I of this Memoir, relate to the more important works containing
descriptions of Bermuda species of Macrura quoted in this part.
Others are quoted in the synonymy.

Andrews, E. A. — Sperm Transfer in certain Decapods ; Proc.
U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 39, pp. 419-434, with 15 text-cuts,
1911.

Contains descriptions and figures of the thelecum of Bermuda species of
PencBus and Parapenceus.

Bate, C. Spence. — On a new Genus with four new Species of
Freshwater Prawns, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 363, pi.
XXX, xxxi, 1868.

The genus Macrohrachium here proposed i^^PalcEmon^=Bithynis Phil.)
and part of the species are not tenable. M. africanus Bate was from Peru,
and already had several names.

Bate, C. Spence. — Crustacea Macrura ; Reports of the Scien-
tific Results of the Voyage of the Challenger, Zoology, vol.
xxiv, and a volume of Plates, 1888.

Contains descriptions and figures of several Bermuda species.

Borradaile, L. A. — Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. ii,
1898. Op. cit., Ser. 8, vol. 16, 1915.

Borradaile, L. A, — On the Stomatopoda and Macrura
brought by Dr. Willey from the South Seas, Zoological
Results, Part iv, pp. 395-428, pi. xxxvi-xxxix, 1900.

Bouvier, E. S. — Sur les Macroures nageures recueilles par
les Exped. Amer. du Blake et du Hassler; Comptes rendus
Acad. Sci., t. cxli, 1905.

Bouvier, E. S. — Observations nouvelles sur les Crevettes de
la Famille des Stenopides, op. cit., t. cxlvi, 1908.

Bouvier, E. S. and M.-Edwards, A. — See Milne-Edwards, A.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 157

Brooks, W. K.— The Metamorphoses of Alpheus, Johns
Hopkins Univ. Circulars, No. 17, 1882.

Brooks, W. K. — Life History of Stenopus, op. cit., vol. viii,
No. 70.

Brooks, W. K. and Herrick, F. H.— The Embryology and
Metamorphosis of the Macriira, Memoirs Nat. Acad. Science,
4th memoir, vol. V, pp. 325-574, plates I-LVI, 1891.

Relates mainly to Alpheidae and Stenopus. Includes also Gonodactylus
chiragra by Brooks.

Coker, Robert E. — Notes on a species of barnacle (Dichel-
apsis) parasitic on the gills of Edible Crabs, Bull. U. S. Fish
Comm., vol. xxi, p. 401, cuts, 1901.

Also mentions a barnacle parasitic on the gills of Panulirus vulgaris.

Coutiere Henri. — Bulletin Soc. Entomol. France, No. 8,
1898.

Coutiere, Henri. — Les Alpheidae, Morphologie Externe et
Interne, Formes Larvaires, Bionomie. Annales des Sciences
Naturelles, Ser. 8, vol. ix, pp. 1-559, plates I- VI, 403 cuts in
text, 1899.

This is a general work of very great importance for the study of this
family. It includes a detailed critical history of the works relating to
the family, and a very full bibliography. All the genera are characterized
and the morphology is very detailed.

Coutiere, Henri. — Comptes rendus, Acad. Nat. Sci. Paris,
vol. cxxxi, p. 356, 1900.

Coutiere Henri. — The American Species of Snapping
Shrimps of the Genus Synalpheus. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.
xxxvi, pp. 1-93, with numerous text cuts, 1909. Translated
from the French by Miss M. J. Rathbun.

This is a detailed monographic treatment of the group. It contains
descriptions and figures of about forty American forms and many from
other regions, with tables of distribution.

Coutiere, Henri. — The Snapping Shrimp (Alpheidce) of the
Dry Tortugas, Florida. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii,
pp. 485-487, 1910-

Contains descriptions of two new forms of Synalpheus.

158 Addison E. Verrill,

Faxon, Walter — The Stalk- Eyed Crustacea. Reports on an
Exploration off the West Coasts of Mexico, Central and South
America, and off the Galapagos Islands, in charge of Alex-
ander Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish Comm. Steamer Albatross
during 1891 Lieut.-Commander Z. L. Tanner, commanding.
Memoirs of the Mus. of Comp. Zoology, vol. xviii, 1895.

Goode, G. Browne — The Voices of the Crustacea, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., vol. i, pp. 7, 8, 1878; also in Smithsonian Miscell.
Coll., vol. xix, part i.

Describes the explosive sounds produced by species of Alpheus and
Gonodactylus, and the stridulation of the Bermuda lobster {Panulirns).

Guerin-Meneville, F. E. — In La Sagra, Hist. I'lle de Cuba,
part 2, Zoology, vol. vii, 1857.

Herrick, F. H. — Notes on the Embryology of Alpheus and
other Crustacea, and on the Development of the Compound
Eye. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circulars, vol. vi. No. 54, pp. 42-
44, figs. I -5, 1886.

Herrick, F. H. — The Abbreviated Metamorphosis of Alpheus
and its Relation to the Conditions of Life, etc., op. cit., vol. vii.
No. 63, pp. 34-35, 1888, a.

Herrick, F. H. — The Habits and Color Variations of
Alpheus, op. cit., pp. 35-36, 1888, h.

Herrick, F. H. — The Development of Alpheus, op. cit., pp.
36, 37, 1888, c.

Herrick, F. H. — The Development of the Compound Eye of
Alpheus, Zool. Anz., No. 303, figs. 1-5, 1889.

Holmes, Samuel J. — Synopsis of California Stalk-eyed
Crustacea. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of
Sciences, vii, pp. 1-256, plate I, 1900.

An important paper. It includes descriptions of all the species, genera,
and larger groups. Referred to above in connection with the discussions
of identity of certain species of Alpheus, Pencetts, etc. on the Atlantic and
Pacific coasts.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 159

Kent, W. Saville. — Sound producing Arthropods, Nature,
vol. xvii, p. II, 1877.

Kingsley, J. S. — A Synopsis of North American Species of
the Genus Alpheus. Bulletin U. S. Geological and Geograph-
ical Survey under F V. Hayden, vol. iv, No. i, pp. 189-199.
1878.

Records three species from Bermudas.

Kingsley, J. S. — Carcinological Notes, No. 5. Bull. Essex
Inst., vol. xiv, pp. 105-132, pi. i, ii, 1883.

Includes a list of the previously known species of Alpheus, with their
distribution.

Kingsley, J. S. — List of the North American Crustacea be-
longing to the Suborder Caridea, Bull. Essex Institute, Salem,
Mass., vol. X, Nos. 4, 5, 6.

Kingsley, J. S. — The Caridea of North America (Synopses
N. Amer. Invert., iii), Amer. Naturalist, vol. xxxiii, pp. 709-
720, 2 plates, 1899.

Kingsley, J. S. — Synopses, No. iv. Astacaid and Thalas-
simoid Crustacea, op. cit., vol. xxxiii, Oct., 1899, pp. 819-824.

A useful key to the genera. Only one or two Bermuda species are
included.

Martens, E. Von. — Lieber Cubanische Crustaceen, nach den
Sammlungen Dr. J. Gundlachs, Archiv fur Naturgeschichte,
Ser. 2, vol. xxxviii, I, pp. 77-147, plates iv, v, 1872. The
Macrura occupy pp. 122-144.

This work treats of 84 species, many of which are described more or
less fully, with valuable notes on their distribution and synonymy. Several
species are described as new.

Mason, J. Wood. — Nature, vol. xvii, p. 11. On the explosive

noises of Alpheus, etc.

Milne-Edwards, A. and Bouvier, E. S. — Descrip. des Crus-
taces de la Famille des Paguriens recueillis pendant I'Expedi-
tion. Reports of the Results of Dredging by the U. S. Coast

i6o Addison E. Verrill,

Survey Steamer Blake. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xiv, No.
3, pp. 1-172, pi. i-xii, 1893.

Milne-Edwards, A. and Bouvier, E. S. — Les Peneides et
Stenopides. Reports on the Results under the supervision of
Alexander Agassiz in the Gulf of Mexico, in the Caribbean Sea,
etc. (1877-1880) by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake,
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xxvii, No. 3, pp. 181-274, cuts in
text, pi. i-ix, 1909.

An important work. Includes a revision of the families and genera,
analytical tables, many morphological and anatomical details, and full
descriptions of several Bermuda species. Also a full bibliography. The
plates are excellent.

Newport, A. — Annals and Mag. Nat. History, vol. xix, p.
158, 1847.
Discusses the cause of the explosive sounds made by Alpheus.

Ortmann, A. E. — Bronn's Thierreich, vol. V, 1898.

Packard, Alpheus S. — Notes on the early Larval Stages of
the Fiddler Crab and Alpheus. American Naturalist, vol. xv,
1881, pp. 784-789. Metamorphoses of Alpheus.

Parker, G. H. — The Histology and Development of the Eye
in the Lobster. Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XX, No. i,
pp. 1-60, 4 plates, 1890.

Contains also brief notes on the eye of Alpheus, Gonodactylus, etc.

Parker, G. H. — The Compound Eyes in Crustaceans, op. cit..
Vol. XXI, pp. 45-140, 1891.

Contains descriptions of the eyes of Palinurus, Alpheus, Gonodactylus,
with plate viii, etc.

Sars, G. O. — Phyllocarida and Phyllopoda, Fauna Norvegise,
Bd. i, pp. 1-117, pi. i-xx, Christiania, 1896.

A very important work, handsomely illustrated, contains abundant details
of anatomy and development. Includes Nebalia (two species).

Sars, G. O. — An Account of the Crustacea of Norway, with
short descriptions and figures of all the Species, Bergen
Museum. Five volumes, quarto.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. i6i

This extensive and very valuable work has been published in numbers
and is not yet completed. It is abundantly illustrated with autographic
plates. The Cumacea, many of which are identical with New England
Species, occupy volume iii, 1900. Volumes iv and v are devoted to the
Entomostraca.

Schmitt, Waldo L.— The Marine Decapod Crustacea of Cali-
fornia; Univ. of California publications in Zoology, vol. 23.
470 pages, 50 plates, including 10 charts of distribution.

Contains descriptions of all the species and good figures of most of
them, with details of distribution. An important work.

Sharp, Benj. — Catalogue of the Crustaceans in the Museum
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Pro-
ceedings of the Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., for 1893, pp. 104-127
(no descriptions).

This contains the Stomatopoda and Caridea (sens ext), 128 species.
Several species are given as from Bermuda (coll. Heilprin). But the two
doubtful species {PalccmoncUa tcnuipes Dana and Pcnccus velutinus Dana),
credited to Heilprin's coll. by Mr. W. Stone, are not included in this list.

Smith, Sidney Irving. — On some Genera and Species of
Penaeidae, mostly from recent Dredgings of the U. S. Fish
Commission, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. viii, pp. 170-190, 1885.

Contains two Bermuda species, one of which (Parapencrus goodei) is
described as new, from the Bermuda type. The genus Parapetueus is here
first established (p. 170). P. constrictus is also recorded from Bermuda.

Stebbing, Thomas R. R. — Stalk-eyed Crustacea Malacos-
traca of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans.
Royal Soc. Edinburgh, Vol. L, part 2, No. 9, pp. 253-307, pi.
xxiii-xxxii, 1914.

Contains some oceanic species common at Bermuda.

Streets, T. Hale. — Catalogue of the Crustacea from the
Isthmus of Panama collected by J. A. McNeil. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, for 1871, pp. 238-243.

A brief list of species, partly Atlantic, mostly without definite localities.
Several are described as new.

Verrill, A. E. — Geographical Distribution; Origin of the
Bermudian Decapod Fauna. Amer. Naturalist, vol. xlii, pp.
289-296, cuts, 1908.

1 62 Addison E. Verrill,

Verrill, A. E. — Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part I,
Brachyura and Anomura. Trans. Conn. Acad. Science, vol.
xiii, pp. 299-474, pi. ix-xxviii, and text cuts, 1908.

Describes and figures all the known species. Includes also several New
England species with illustrations.

Wilson, E. B. — Notes on the Reversal of Asymmetry in the
restoration of the Chelae of Alpheus heterochcelis. Biological
Bulletin, vol. iv, p. 197, 1903.

Additions to Bibliography.

Crawford, D. R. and DeSmidt, W. J. J.— The Spiny Lobster,
Panulirus argus, of Southern Florida; its natural History and
Utilization, Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 38, No.
925, pp. 282-310, cuts 260-273, Aug., 1922.

An interesting and important article, received after this paper was in
type; therefore it could not be utilized. Illustrations are good. Newly
hatched larva (phyllosoma) is figured, fig. 273, p. 309. Sexual differences
are well shown.

DeMan, J. G. — Siboga Expedition, Decapoda, Part III,
Macrura, April, 1916.

Gruvel, A. — In Joubin, Ann. L'Inst. Oceanographique, Tome
iii, Paris, 191 2. Fine plates of Palinuridae.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate I.

Figure i. — Panulirus argus; Bermuda lobster. Ventral side of cephal-
othorax and limbs of male, 2/3 natural size. Photograph by A. H.
Verrill.

Plate II.

Figure i. — Panulirus argus; Bermuda lobster. Dorsal view of cephal-
othorax of male; same specimen as shown on pi. I. About ^
natural size.

Figure 2. — The same; distal part of legs; a, of second pair; b, of first
pair. Enlarged; A. H. V.

Plate III.

Figure i. — Phyllosoma form of larva supposed to be that of Patiulirus
argus. Same as pi. Ill A, fig. 2b. "From the Gulf Stream. Tips of
all the legs are broken off.

Figure 2. — The same in a later stage in which the uropods have become
free and rudimentary pleopods have appeared. Same specimen as
pi. Ill A, figs. 3, 3a; a' antennule with a small branch to the flagellum;
a" antenna ; mp, third maxilliped ; ab, abdomen ; p"" leg of fourth
pair; pv, rudiment of fifth leg. Original. A. H. V.

Plate III A.

Figure i. — Phyllosoma form of larva supposed to be of Palinurus argus.

Youngest stage observed by me ; a, antennule ; a', branch of flagellum ;

a", antenna ; o, eye ; oc, median ocellus ; g, green gland.
Figure 2. — The same specimen ; ab, abdomen ; pv, rudiment of leg of

fifth pair; u, t, rudiments of uropods and telson seen within the

integument. A. H. V.
Figure 2b. — The same, another example a little more advanced ; same as

pi. Ill, fig. I. Letters as in fig. la. Original. A. H. V.
Figure 3. The same, a somewhat older larva, the same as pi. Ill, fig. 2.

Letters as in fig. i.
Figure 3a. — The same specimen ; abdomen, ab, and fifth pair of legs, pv,

which have become longer and two-jointed, while the uropods and

telson have become free. Original. By A. H. V.
Figure 4. — A very different Phyllosoma larva referred by Bate to Panu-
lirus, but perhaps a different genus. Although its fifth pair (pv) of

legs are well developed the abdomen and its appendages are less

164 Addison E. V err ill,

developed than in fig. i; m, mouth; mp" and mp"', second and third
maxillipeds ; p' — p"^, five pairs of legs ; other letters as in fig. i.
After Bate.

Plate IV.
Figure i. — Scyllarides cequinoctialis, male; ventral view, natural size.

Plate V.

Figure i. — Scyllarides americanus. Dorsal view, about natural size. No.
21607, U. S. National Museum. Photograph furnished by Miss M. J.
Rathbun. From Bermuda.

Plate VI.

Scyllarides americanus Ver. Type ; from Bermuda ; oblique
view, about natural size. A. H. V.

Plate VII.

Scyllarides sculptus bermudensis Ver. from Bermuda. No.
21608, U. S. Nat. Museum; coll. Dr. T. H. Bean. Photo-
graph sent by Miss M. J. Rathbun.

Plate VIII.

Figure la. — Glypturus branneri; la, larger chela: ib, smaller chela: ic,
leg of second pair: id, leg of third pair: le, uropods and telson,
much enlarged.

Figure 2. — Panulirus argus; rostrum (r) and base of antenna; c, eye;
o, eye-stalk; s' — s"", four spines; p, tubercle; q, hard ridge.

Figure 2a. — The same ; stridulating organs ; see also pi. ix, fig. i ; m,
hard tubercle ; n, 1, two smaller tubercles ; s, t, transversely grooved
and ridged area; s, spine. All original. By A. H. V.

Plate IX.

Figure i. — Panulirus argus. Stridulating organs, same as pi. 8, fig. 2a,
enlarged ; st., hardened, grooved and ribbed area ; a, marginal
tubercle; a', stout margin; b, rib on grooved area; c, inferior
tubercle ; d, wrinkled flexible area. Original. By A. H. V.

Figure 2. — P. guttatus. Stridulating organs, after Bate. Lettering as in
fig. I.

Figure 3. Nephropsis rosea; type, after Bate; side view, about natural

size.
Figure 4. — The same ; frontal parts, seen from above ; about natural size.
Figure 4a. — The same, antennule ; 4b, base of antenna ; 4c, mandible ; p,

its palpus; 4d, uropods and telson; X2j4.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 165

Figure 5. — Stenopus hispidus; carapace, after Brooks and Herrick; x
about 3 ; 5a, antenna and scale ; 5b, a-e, branchial plumes ; enlarged ;
after Bate.

Plate X.

Figure i. — Sicyonia dorsalis. Female, side view; after Bate; f, tip of

second maxilla; g, uropods and telson; h, end of first maxilliped;

i, tip of the same ; la, anterior part of another specimen, side view ;

lb, sternum, genital orifices and thelecum of the female.
Figure 2. — S. brcvirostris; leg of fifth pair; 2a, second maxilliped; 2b,

tip of third maxilliped; 2c, 6th segment, uropods and telson.
Figures 3, 4, 5. — S. dorsalis; carapace and rostrum of three individuals to

show variations in the denticles.
Figure 6 — 6d. — S. brcvirostris ; 6a, first maxilliped ; 6c, endopod of 6a ;

6d, third maxilliped; 6b, tip of dactyl of first leg; k, distal part of

second pleopod. Figures i-ib, 2, 6-6d are after M.-Edwards and

Bouvier.

Plate XI,

Figure i. — Stenopus hispidus; from Bermuda; dorsal side, about natural
size.

Plate XII.

Figure i. — Stenopus hispidus; showing tricolor pattern; the dark bands
are bright red in life, ground-color white. After Brooks and Herrick
(pi. V), about natural size; antennae are foreshortened.

Figure 2. — The same in an advanced larval stage, from the same ; much
enlarged.

Plate XIII.

Figures 1-3. — Pen<eus brasiliensis; young and adult, about ^ natural size.

Plate XIV.
Figure i. — Trachypetueus constrictus. Female; x about 3.
Figure 2. — The same ; dorsal view of carapace and frontal organs ; x 3.
Figure 3. — The same; a, tip of palpus of 2d maxilla; b, palpus of first

maxilla; c, part of first maxilliped; d, palpus of mandible; all much

enlarged.
Figure 4. — The same; third maxilliped of male; figs. 1-2 are by J. H.

Emerton; 3, 4, after M.-Edw. and Bouvier.

Plate XV.

Figure i. — Penceopsis goodei Edw. & B. Side view of female; ia', first
leg; ia", tip of dactyl, X250; ia'", hair from branchial area, X250;
lAiv, sternum of female; p" — p^ bases of 2d to Sth legs; t, thele-
cum ; la, telson of female ; after M.-Edw. and Bouvier.

1 66 Addison E. Verrill,

Figure 2. — Trachypenmis constrictus. Female, from Virginia; side view,
X about 2; 2a, rostrum and edge of carapace.

Figure 3. — The same; leg of first pair; x about 13. Original.

Figure 4. — The same ; thelecum.

Figure 5. — The same; petasma of male; much enlarged.

Figures i-ia, 2, 2a, 4, 5, are after M.-Edw. and Bouvier.

Plate XVI.

Figures i, 2. — PeruBus brasiliensis ; anterior parts and rostrum of two
specimens; 2a, telson, enlarged. By J. H. E.

Figure 3. — Penceopsis goodei; type, from Bermuda ; side view of the
carapace and frontal organs, enlarged.

Figure 4. — Parapenceus velutinus; male ; after Dana.

Figure 5, — Latreufes fucorum; from Bermuda; scaphocerite x 20; 5a,

telson and uropods, x 20; 5b, leg of third pair, x 20. By A. H. V.
Figure 6. — Processa canaliculata; variety bermudensis, from Bermuda ;

base of antenna and the scaphocerite ; 6a, leg of second pair, with

canaliculate ischium; 6b, mandible; after Bate.
Figure 7. — Gnathophylluni ainericanu:n ; frontal parts, after Guerin.
Figures i, 2 and 3 are originals by J. H. Emerton ; s-sb, by A. H. V,

Plate XVII.

Figure i. — Leucifer faxoni. Male. General view of anterior portion of
body and head; legs are mostly omitted; mp", second maxillipeds ;
mp"', third maxillipeds; i', leg of first pair; p', first pleopod, with
the petasma, pt ; p", second pleopod, with the male organ, v ; p'",
third pleopod; x20..

Figure 2. — The same ; side view of the head of another example, a',
antennule; a", antenna; s, scaphocerite; x 25.

Figure 3. — The same. Male ; distal part of 6th abdominal segment, with
uropods, u; and telson, t ,x 20.

Figure 4. — The same ; uropod of another example ; x 20.

Figure 4a. — The same specimen ; telson, more enlarged.

Figure 6. — The same; outline of petasma, x 2^. Figures 1-6 original, by
the author.

Figure 7. — Petasma of a specimen from off Chesapeake Bay, after Faxon.

Figure 8. — Leucifer affinis Borr. (L. typus, after Bate) ; c, carapace ; g",
g"', second and third maxillipeds; i', i"', legs of first and third pair;
p', p", first and second pleopods ; m, petasma or clasping organ on
p' ; u, uropods ; t, telson ; 8a, side view of frontal parts of the same,
more enlarged; a', antennule; a", antenna; s, its scale; ot, ootocyst;
8b, petasma ; 8c, tip of third leg ; 8d, second pleopod of male.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part 11. 167

Figure 9. — Lcucifcr, sp., earlj' nauplius stage of larva; i, ii, first and
second antennae; iii, mandible, modified as swimming organs; oc,
ocellus ; lb, labium ; mt, mouth ; iv-vi, rudiments of mouth organs.

Figure 9a. — The same in a later or protozoea stage; letters the same,
adding v, vi, vii, two pairs of maxillae and first maxilliped; a, anus;
n, green gland.

Figure 9b. — The same, in a later zoea stage ; letters the same, adding viii-
xii, rudiments of outer maxillipeds and thoracic legs ; xix, uropods.
Figures 9-9b after G. O. Sars.

Figure 10. — Petiaus braziliensis ; A, carapace and rostrum : d, third maxil-
liped: E, second maxilla: f, tip of palpus of second maxilla. After
M.-Edw. and Bouvier.

Plate XVIII.

Figure i. — Leucifer faxoni, male. Side view of head; a', antennules ;

a", antennae; s, antennal scale; e, eye, x20. Original. By the author.
Figure 2. — The same, another specimen. Male ; general side view of body

and dorsal view of head, x 10.
Figure 3. — The same, another example. Head more enlarged ; mp"', tip

of third maxilliped, x 24.
Figure 4. — The same; tips of second maxillipeds, more enlarged.
Figures, 5a. — The same. Male; second pleopod of male; v, male

appendage ; 5a, another view of male appendage ; x 30.
Figures 6-9. — The same. Side views of the petasma of different males to

show variations in form with mounted specimens ; s, tubercle in front

of petasma ; x 32.
Figure 10. — The same; front margin of carapace, to show a pair of

denticles ; x 30.
Figure 11. — The same. Male; distal part of sixth abdominal segment,

with uropods, u ; and telson, t ; x 20.
Figure 12. — The same. Male; telson; x, tubercle of under side supposed

to be a phosphorescent organ ; x 30.
Figure 13. — The same. Female; distal part of sixth abdominal segment,

with uropod, u; and telson, t; X24.

All the figures are original by the author, from examples
mounted in glycerine jelly.

Plate XIX.

Figure i. — Alpheus (or Crangon) formosns; dorsal view of a specimen
lacking the chelipeds. Enlarged.

Figure 2. — The same. Another Bermuda specimen, with the chelae sepa-
rated.

Figure 3. — Alpheus (or Crangon) candei; four views of the larger chela,
carpus, and merus. From Bermuda specimens ; a, b, d, views of
inner side; c, outer surface. Enlarged. By A. H. V.

1 68 Addison E. Verrill,

Plate XX.

Figure i. — Alpheus (or Crangon) candei; side view of a Bermuda speci-
men with the chelae.

Figure 2. — Alpheus (or Crangon) packardii; side view of an entire
Bermuda specimen.

Figure 3. — Alpheus (or Crangon) formosus; dorsal view of an entire

Bermuda specimen.
Figure 4a. — Alpheus (or Crangon) formosus; side view.
Figure 4b. — A. artnillatus=lancirostris ; dorsal view.
Figure 5. — A. packardii; larger chela.
Figure 6. — A. (or Crangon) bahamensis ; side view of a cotype lacking the

large chela, but showing the stout ambulatory legs ; 6a, the same ;

chela separated. By A. H. V,

Plate XXI.

Figure i. — Synalpheus minus; dorsal view of a Key West specimen, No.

1827. (See also pi. XXIII, fig. 3, and pi. XXXIV, figs. 2-271).
Figure 2. — Alpheus armillatus=lancirostris ; dorsal view of an entire

specimen.
Figure 3. — A. (or Crangon) bahamensis ; larger chela.
Figure 4. — A. armillatus:=lancirostris; large chela; 4a, the smaller chela.
Figure 5. — A. packardii; large chela.
Figure 6, 6a. — A. candei; larger chela; outer and inner surfaces. By

A. H. V.

Plate XXII.

Figure l. — Alpheus (or Crangon) heterochoelis ; side view of a large

specimen from Sarasota Bay, Florida.
Figure 2. — The same, var. ?, large chela.
Figure 3. — Alpheus, sp. ? ; large chela.
Figures 4, a, b, c. — Three large chelae, side views of A. heterochcelis to

show variations ; x about 2.
Figure 4&. — A. (or Crangon) heterochcelis; from Key West, No. 1760.
Figure 5. — A. (or Crangon) beanii. Type, dorsal view.
Figure 6. — Synalpheus fritsmulleri car olinensis Vtr.; X4; No. 1831, dorsal

view ; 6a, smaller chela.
Figure 7. — Alpheus (or Crangon) packardii; small chela, enlarged. By

A. H. V.

Plate XXIII.
Figure i, b. — Glypturus branneri; larger chela, enlarged.
Figure 2, a. — The same; side view of the specimen described from
Bermuda.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 169

Figure 3. — Synalpheus minus; dorsal view of the front part of a large
Key West specimen, No. 1827. (See also pi. XXI, fig. i.)

Figure 4. — Alpheus armiUatus=^lancirostris ; frontal parts of a large speci-
men ; dorsal view, much enlarged.

Figure 5. — A. (or Crangon) formosus; a, larger; b, smaller chela, much
enlarged.

Figure 6. — A. (or C.) packardii; c, larger; d, smaller chela.

Plate XXIV.
Figure i. — Synalpheus hradleyi Ver. Type ; No. 742, larger chela.
Figure 2. — Alpheus (Dienesia) candei, from Bermuda. Larger chela dorsal

view, enlarged. By. A. H. V.
Figures 3, 4, 5. — A. (or Crangon) clamator; inner and outer surfaces

of a large chela of a San Diego, California, specimen.
Figure 6. — The same; view of the distal part of a chela with the dactyl

raised.
Figure 7. — A. heterochcelis; male ; dorsal view of the smaller chela of a

Florida specimen (No. 1125) with the dactyl removed.
Figure 7a. — The same ; entire chela ; side view. All by A. H. Verrill.

Plate XXV.

Figure i. — Synalpheus longicarpus. Female; after Coutiere; a, frontal
parts; a', carpocerite; b, larger chela; c, smaller chela; c', distal end,
more enlarged; d, leg of second pair; e, leg of third pair; f, dactyl
of same, more enlarged; g, dactyl of fourth leg; h, telson.

Figure 2. — 5". neptunus, after Dana ; a, the frontal parts ; b, larger chela ;
b', the same open; c, smaller chela; d, leg of second pair; e, ambu-
latory leg.

Figure 3. — 5". minus (saulcyi, type) from Cuba; after Guerin; frontal
parts, much enlarged.

Figure 4.— Alpheus (or Crangon) packardii; after Bate. A Bermuda
specimen, the type of A. bennudensis Bate; side view; and 4a, sep-
arated larger chela, enlarged.

Figure 5. — Amphibetaus simus. Type; after Guerin; frontal parts.

Figure 6. — A. formosus (?) after Guerin. Type of his A. poeyi, frontal
parts ; 6a, larger chela, much enlarged.

Figure 7.— A. candei; after Guerin. Type ; frontal parts, much enlarged.

Figure %.—A. candei; distal part of larger chela, much enlarged. After
Guerin.

Plate XXVI.

Figure i. — Alpheus armillatus—lancirostris; male. No. 65, from Bermuda;
I, a', antennule: i", a leg of the second pair: ib, antennal stalk and
base of flagellum; c, carpocerite; s, its scale; s', its spine; ic, telson

1 70 Addison E. V err ill,

and uropods ; u, basal spines ; u', u", lamellae ; i p, second pleopod
of male.

Figure 2. — The same (?); female, less enlarged; a', flagellum of anten-
nule : 1", leg of second pair: 2a, telson (t) and uropods (u) : 2d, p,
p'. P", pleopods. By A. H. V.

Plate XXVII.

Figure i. — Alphens armiUatus^=lancirostri^ ; la, antennule; i, 2, 3, three
joints of stalk: ib, antenna; s, scaphocerite or antennal scale; s',
its spine: ig'", outer maxilliped : il', smaller cheliped of first pair:
il", cheliped of second pair : il'", leg of third pair : 10, three of the
eggs: ip, ip', two of the pleopods: is, spinules, setae, and hairs of the
telson or the posterior lamella of the uropods (u") ; very much
enlarged. Original by A. H. V.

Plate XXVIII.

Figure i. — Alphens (or C rang on) bahamcnsis ; male, from Bermuda; slides
h', h" ; la, one of the antennules with its basal spine (s) and ootocyst
(o) ; I, 2, 3, joints of peduncle; ib, , one of the antennae ; b', flagellum ;
c, scaphocerite, with its long plumose hairs only indicated; s, scale;
s', its spine; 1", a leg of the second pair; in', n", n'", maxillipeds of
three pairs; im', m", first and second maxillae, xii; ij, mandible,
r, right, and 1, left, xii; ij', right, x 10; j", ]'", jaws x 28; it,
telson; lu, uropods, plumose hairs omitted ; p, pleopod.

Figure 2. — Alpheus, sp. ?, from Bermuda; telson.

Figure 3. — Alpheus (or Crangon) bahamensis; cotype; 31', smaller chela
of first pair, with carpus and merus ; 3!", leg of second pair; c, tips
of its fingers ; 3I'", leg of third pair. All are much enlarged.

All on plate are original; in", j-j'", 2, by A. E. Verrill ; the rest
by A. H. Verrill.

Plate XXIX.

Figure i. — Alpheus candei, from Bermuda, 1901. Frontal organs; a,
antennule; b, antenna; o, ootocyst; s, scale of scaphocerite; sp, its
spine; s', basicerite, x6j^; la, basicerite and adjacent parts more
enlarged.

Figure il"^. — Leg of second pair, x 6j^ ; il"*, the same less enlarged,
from another specimen. Figure il'", legs of third pair; in"', third
maxilliped; ip, pleopod; it, telson, and u, u", uropods. By A. H. V.,
from slides c-c'".

Figure 2. — Alpheus clamator, from San Diego, California; 2a, 1'", leg of
third pair; 1", leg of second pair; 1'"". legs of fifth pair. Figure 2b,
the same; c, carpocerite; s', antennal scale; sp. its spine; all x 6^.
By A. H. V.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 171

Figure s.—Tosewna carolinensis; 3V, leg of first pair, X15; 3!'^, tip of
chaela of the same, x 30; 3!"', third leg, X15; 31"'^ dactyl of the
same, X30; 31"'", part of fifth leg, X15; 3m^ first maxilla; x2o;
3n"', tip of third maxilliped, x 24. By A. E. V,

Figure 4. — Alpheus formosus, from Bermuda. Female; 4a, antennule.
Figure 4b, base of antenna; c, carpocerite ; s, scaphocerite ; s', its
spine. Figure 4, 4I", leg of second pair. Figure 4n"', third maxilliped;
4t, telson; 4U, uropods. By A. H. V. All from one specimen.

Plate XXX.

Figure i. — Alpheus (or Crangon) hctcrochcelis, female from Key West,
Florida ; la', antennule ; s, stylocerite or aural spine ; o, ootocyst ;
la", antenna; c, carpocerite; s, scaphocerite; il", leg of second pair;
ip, p', pleopods; o, eggs; it, telson and u', u", uropods; x 6J/2.

Figure 2. — The same. An example from Indian River, Florida, No. 1825 ;
female ; 2a, smaller chela of first pair of legs, x 6^, from slide H'.

Figure 2b, third maxilliped ; 2c, leg of third pair ; c', another view of the
dactyl and end of propodus, dactyl is nearly detached and out of posi-
tion; 2d, leg of fifth pair; 2e, distal part of propodus of fifth leg to
show details of the comb; 2d', dactyl of the same, detached. All on
this plate are x about 6J^ ; originals by A. H. V., except 2b, 2c', 2d,
26, by A. E. V.

Plate XXXI.

Figure i. — Alpheus (or Crangon) packardii. From Long Bird I., Ber-
muda, 1901 ; il', smaller cheliped of first pair; ib, antenna with its
scale and spines; 1", legs of second pair; 1'", leg of third pair, xy.
By A. H. V.

Figure 2. The same species ; a different specimen, No. 3062, from
Bermuda; 2b, antennule with its basal spine and ootocyst; 2I", leg
of second pair ; 2!'", leg of third pair ; 2n"', outer maxilliped ; x 7.
Original. By A. H. V.

Figure 3. — Alpheus packardii, u, uropods; t, telson; x 7.

Figure 4. — Synalpheus saulcyi (=5". minus) ; from Cuba; general figure;
after Guerin.

Plate XXXII.

Figure i. — Alpheus (or Crangon) beanii Ver. sp. nov. Type; la, anten-
nule with its basal spine and ootocyst; ib, antennal scale; ic, third
maxilliped, hairs partly omitted; m, third article; c, carpus; ex,
exopod; id, smaller chela of leg of first pair with carpus and merus ;
le, le', legs of second pair; le", chela more enlarged; if, leg of
third pair; if, tip of the same, more enlarged; ig, uropods; ih,
telson; li, leg of fourth pair. All much enlarged. Original. By
A. H. V.

172 Addison E. Verrill,

Plate XXXIII.
Figure i. — Alphens near heterochcslis (?) No. 743, large cheliped.
Figure 2. — The same; large cheliped; opposite side, enlarged. Panama?
Figures 3, 3a. — Synalpheus hemphilli; large chela, from slide ddd.
Figures 4, 4a. — S. minus. Large chela. Key West, No. 1827; female.
(See also plates xxi, xxiii, fig. 3; xxxiv, fig. 2.)

Figures 5, Sa. — The same ; male ; large chela. Original by A. H. V. and
A. E. V.

Plate XXXIV.

Figure i. — Synalpheus minus, somersi Ver. new var. Type, female from
Bermuda, No. 62, notes. la, antennule; be, first article; as, stylo-
cerite ; ot, ootocyst ; ib, antenna ; cc, carpocerite ; s, its scale ; s',
its spine; s", broken spine or basicerite; ib', the same from the
opposite side; il", a leg of second pair; ip, a pleopod; it, telson;
lu, uropod. By A. H. V.

Figure 2. — 5*. minus (typical). No. 1827, Key West; 2a, antennule, outer
flagellum is broken, letters as in fig. i, adding c, the eye; 2b, antenna,
letters as in fig. ib : 2n"', third maxilliped : 2n"'^, tip of same, more
enlarged; 2I', smaller chela; 2I", second leg; 21'", 21'"^, third leg
and more enlarged tip; 2I"", leg of fourth pair; 2l""^ dactyl more
enlarged. By A. H. V. See also pi. xxxiii.

Figure 3. — A. saulcyi var. longicarpus, variation, of Brooks & H. {non
Guerin), "from logger-head sponge," their pi. 24, fig. 8; peculiar
large chela : 3c, first maxilla, x 16.

Figure 4. — A. saulcyi, var. brevicarpus of B. & H., male, variation. No. 8,

their plate 24, fig. 3, smaller chela, x 16.
Figure 5. — S. pectiniger C. (?)=A. saulcyi, var. longicarpus, variation, No.

9, of B. and H. ; their plate 24, fig. 2 ; smaller chela, x 16 : Sa, the

same; base of antenna, rudimentary scale, and small basicerite, x 16.

Figures all original by A. H. V. except 3, 4, 5.

Plate XXXV.

Figure i. — Processa canaliculata bermudensis. Cotype from Dr. Rankin.

Frontal parts; r, rostrum; a', antennule; a", antenna; s, its scale;

mp'", third maxilliped; e, eye; x 15. la, the same; rostrum; x 33.
Figure ic. — The same; antenna (a") and scale, s; b, basicerite; x 30.
Figure ib. — The same parts ; x 16.
Figure id'. — The same; chelate leg of first pair; x 12.
Figure id. — The same; non chelate leg of first pair; x 12.
Figure le. — The same; chela and part of carpus of leg of second pair;

X 12; le; the same; x 30.

Figure if. — The same ; ambulatory leg ; x 12.

Figure ig. — The same ; uropods, u ; and telson, t ; x 15.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 173

Figure 2.—Thor floridanus. Antcnnule, x 15; a', thick outer flagellum;
aa', stalk.

Figure 2a. — The same; stalk of antenna or carpocerite, a", and its scale or
scaphocerite, s, x 15; 2a', bases of carpocerite, a", and scale, s, x 30.
Figure 2c. — The same; cheliped, 1', x 15.

Figure 2(/.— The same; fifth ambulatory leg, x 15; 2d', the same, its
propodus and dactyl, x 30.

Figure 2<?.— The same; uropod, u, and telson, t, x 15; t', the tip of the
telson more enlarged.

Figure 2/. — The same ; rostrum, as seen from above ; x 15 ; a variety
with only three denticles above. By A. E. V.

Plate XXXVI.

Figure i, — Synalpheus minus, somersi Ver. T3T)e, female, No. 62; i,
smaller chela of first pair; ib, a leg of second pair; ic, leg of fifth
pair; id, d', leg of third pair; le, third maxilliped; 3, 4, 5, third to
fifth articles of the same, spines and hairs mostly omitted. By
A. H. V.

Figure 2. — The same (?), antenna of another specimen with abnormal tip
to the scale (s).

Figure 3. — S. brevicarpus C.^=A. saulcyi, var. brevicarpus (typical, from
green sponge) of Brooks and Herrick (their pi. xxiii, fig. 3, male) ;
mandible, x 32; j, cutting lobe; k, crushing lobe; p, palpus.

Figure 3a. — The same; antennule, dorsal view, x 16; (their pi. xxxiii,
fig- 4) ; 3b, the same; antenna; x 16 (their fig. 8) ; 3c, third maxil-
liped, X 16; seen from outside, x 16 (their fig. 5) ; 3d, leg of second
pair, X 16 (their fig. i).

Figure 4. — 5". longicarpusf=zA. saulcyi B. & H. Their No. 8 (their pi. 22,
fig. 18), base of antennule; e, median ocellus, x 13.

Figure 5. — 5". pectiniger ? Cout. (=^. saulcyi B. & H., "from logger-head
sponge," pleopod (their pi. xxiv, fig. 5) ; 5a, first pleopod (their fig.
4) ; see also our pi. z^i, fig. 3.

Plate XXXVII.

Figure i. — Synalpheus goodei, female, from Bermuda, coll. G. B. Goode,
X 14; a, antennule; b, antenna; 1", leg of second pair; m', m", first
and second maxillae; n", second maxilliped; pp, pleopods; telson, t,
and uropods, u; x 11. By A. H. V.

Plate XXXVIII.

Figure i. — Synalpheus goodei; Bermuda, coll. 1898; x 16. i, front of
male; la, antennule; ib, antenna stalk; ic, c', large chela; ic",
smaller chela; il", leg of second pair; il'", third leg; 1'"^ its dactyl,

174 Addison E. Verrill,

more enlarged; in", second maxilliped ; t, telson; u, uropods ; id,
n'", third maxilliped; id'^, its tip, more enlarged; ip, pleopod.
Figure 2. — The same; female; 2p, pleopod; o, o', eggs containing larvse ;
X 16. By A. H. V.

Plate XXXIX.

Figure i. — Synalpheus fritsmulleri, carolinensis Ver. From Fort Macon,
N. C, No. 1831 ; la, smaller chela; la', the same; fingers more
enlarged ; ib, leg of second pair ; ib', chela of the same, more
enlarged; ic, leg of third pair; ic', tip and dactyl of the same, more
enlarged; id, leg of fifth pair; id', dactyl of same, more enlarged.
See also pi. xxiii, fig. 6. By A. H. V.

Figure 2. — Synalpheus hemphilli longicornis. From Bermuda. After
Coutiere; 2a, frontal parts; 2b, dactyl of a leg of third pair.

Figure 3. — S. fritsmulleri, caribea Ver. Dominica I. 3a, third maxilliped ;
3a', tip more enlarged ; b, leg of second pair ; 3b', its chela more
enlarged ; 3c, leg of third pair ; 3c', dactyl more enlarged. By A. H. V.

Figure 4. — S. goodei. Type. After Coutiere; 4, frontal parts of female;
4a, large chela of male; 4b, smaller chela; 4c, telson; 4d, outer
lamella of uropods.

Plate XL.

Figure i. — Synalpheus hemphilli. From Bermuda (ddd) ; i, frontal parts ;
la, la', third maxilliped; ic, ic', leg of second pair and chela more
enlarged; id, id', leg of third pair and dactyl more enlarged.

Figure 2. — Synalpheus goodei. From Bermuda ; 2a, antennule ; 2b, base
of antenna; 2C, smaller chela and leg of first pair; 2d, leg of second
pair ; 2e, 2e', leg of third pair and its dactyl more enlarged ; 2f, telson
and uropods ; x about 16. From slide bb. All by A. H. Verrill.

Plate XLI.
Figure i. — Thor floridanus. General, side view.
Figure 2. — Periclemenes americanus. General, side view.
Figure 3. — Gnathophyllum americanum. General, side view.
Figure 4. — Processa canaliculata bermudensis. General, side view.
Figures. — Alphccus bahamensis ; dactyl of large chela. All enlarged from
Bermuda specimens by A. H. V.

Plate XLII.

Figure i. — Tozeuma carolinensis. Female from Bermuda, 1901 ; a' stalk
of antennule; a", antenna; s, scaphocerite ; be, basicerite, c, acicle of
antennule; e, eye; o, ocellus, x 6.

Figure la. — Leg of first pair, left side, x 12.

Figure \b. — Leg of second pair, x 14.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 175

Figure ic, \c'. — Parts of first maxilla, x 20.

Figure id. — Mandible, x about 20 (?).

Figure le. — Uropod, x 6.

Figure if. — Telson, x 6; if; the same, x 12. By A. E. V.

Figure 2. — Latreutes fucorum. Frontal parts, x 14, rostrum is omitted ;

a', antennule ; c, its acicle ; e, eye ; s, scaphocerite ; x 14.
Figure 2a. — Antenna and its scale, x 14; 2a", antenna and scale of another

specimen, x 14.
Figure 2h. — First maxilliped, x 20; 2i, second maxilliped.
Figure 2b, d. — Right cheliped ; 2c, s, s', s", left cheliped ; three views ;

2d, second leg, x 20; 2e, third leg, carpus and dactyl, x 12; 2f, fourth

leg; 2g, fifth leg, x 7; 2r, rostrum; 2t, telson and uropod, x 14;

2tx, tip of telson, x 70. Original. By A. E. V.

Plate XLIII.

Figure i. — Hippolyte acuminata. After Dana ; a, carapace and limbs ;

a', antennule; 1', 1", V", first, second and third legs.
Figure 2. — Palccmonella tenuipes. After Dana ; enlarged ; a, anterior

parts ; a', antennule ; b, third maxilliped ; c, second maxilliped ; d,

mandible ; d', outer branch of same with palpus.
Figure 3a. — Leander affinis. Female; after Bate, enlarged; 3a, third

maxilliped ; 3b, eye, more enlarged.
Figures 4, 4a. — Leander tenuicornis. After Bate. Female and male,

enlarged.
Figures 5a, 56. — Barnacle, Octolasmis argus Ver., new sp., parasitic on

Panulirtis argus; h, part of oral appendage to which it was attached ;

much enlarged.
Figure 6. — PcricJimcnes ainericanus. Tip of telson. By A. H. V.

Plato XLIV.

Figure i. — Latreutes fucorum. Female with eggs; after Dana; la, 1',
cheliped or leg of first pair; 1", leg of second pair; ij, mandible;
im', im", first and second maxillae; in", second maxilliped. After
Bate.

Figure 2. — The same. From Bermuda ; a", antenna, x 20 ; n', first maxil-
liped, X 20; n", second maxilliped; n'", third maxilliped, x 20; 2V,
cheliped, x 20; 2I", leg of second pair, x 20; 2!', chela of same, x 20;
2I"", fourth leg; 2l^ fifth leg, x 20. Original. By A. E. V.

Figure 3. The same; distal article of the third maxilliped, x 50. Orig-
inal. By A. E. V.

Plate XLV.

Figure i-ic. — PericUmenes ainericanus. From Bermuda; i, antennule and
scales, s', s", o, statocyst, x 12; ^a, base of antennule, and scales,

176 Addison E. Verrill,

s, s', and statocyst, o ; ib, smaller leg of first pair ; ic, third or fourth
leg, X 12. By A. E. V.

Figure 2,-2t. — Periclimenes americanus. From Bermuda ; 2a, antennule
and eye (c) ; s, s', scales; o, ootocyst, x lo; 2b, 2b', scaphocerite (s)
and part of antenna ; p, carpocerite ; 2c, eye and ocellus ; 2r, rostrum ;
21', right leg of first pair, x 10; 2I", right leg of second pair, x 10;
21'"", leg of fifth pair; 2m", second maxilla; 2n', 2n", 2n"', first,
second and third maxillipeds ; nn'", third, more enlarged ; p, pleopod ;
2t, telson and u, uropod, x 10; 20, one of the eggs. Original. By
A. H. V. and A. E. V.

Plate XLVI.

Figure i. — Gnathophylluin americanum ; rostrum, eye, etc. x 6; la, anten-
nule, X 30; la', the same, x 12; ib, antenna, x 12; ib', the same, X30;
lb", the opposite antenna; ic, right scaphocerite; ic', the same, left
side; id, right third maxilliped, xi2; id', part of the same x 30;
h, a plumose hair, more enlarged; id", hairs of the inner edge, each
side of the suture; le, leg of first pair, x 12; if, right leg of second
pair, x 12; if, same, left side; c, carpus, x 12; ig, third ambulatory
leg, x 12; ih, fifth leg; ih', tip of the same, x 30; ij, uropod, x 12;
ik, distal part of telson, more enlarged. Original. By A. E. V.

Figure 2. — Thor floridanus ; eye, x 12 ; 2a, rostrum, seen from above,
X 12; 2b, third maxilliped and 2c, its tip, x 30; 2d, third ambulatory
leg, X 30; 2e, rostrum. Original by A. E. V.

Plate XLVII.

Figure I. — Synalpheus minus. Frontal parts; ib, carpocerite; la, larger
chela; ic, smaller chela of first pair; id, dactyls of third leg; le,
dactyls of third leg of variety; if, telson. After Coutiere, his typical
form.

Figure 2. — The same; frontal parts of a Bermuda specimen, not typical.
After Coutiere.

Figure 3. — S. townsendii; 3a, frontal parts ; 3b, part of the larger chela ;
3c, leg of second pair; 3d, part of telson. After Coutiere.

Figure 4. — Thor floridanus; third maxilliped, x 20; 4a, leg of second
pair, x 20. Original by A. E. V.

Figure 5. — Hippolyte acuminata; antennule ; 5b, third maxilliped ; sc,
end of ambulatory leg, third pair; 5d, larger chela. After Bate, as
bidentatus.

Figure 6. — Ogyris alphcsrostris ; mandible; after Coutiere.

Figure 7. — Palcemon affinis; mandible. After Bate.

Figure 8. — Processa canaliculata; antennule; 8a, second maxilliped; 8b,
first maxilliped. After Bate.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II. 177

Plate XLVIII.

Figure i. — Periclimenes carolincnsis. Antennule and eye (c) ; o, larval
median ocellus ; x 12.

Figure la. — The same; rostrum, x 12; ib, leg of second pair; ic, double
dactyl of third pair ; x 30.

Figure 2. — Alpheus armillatusf variety, from Colon, No. 735; third max-
illiped ; x about 7; 2', exopod of the same, x 12; 2", the same
exopod, x 30.

Figure 20. — The same; leg of second pair, x 7; 2b, part of third leg, x 7;

2c, fifth leg, X 7.
Figure 3. — Synalpheus minus; second maxilla; 3a, first maxilliped; b,

part of second maxilliped ; 3c, dactyl of large chela. After Coutiere.
Figure 4. — Leander affinis; antennule and its outer scale, x 12; 4a, part

of third maxilliped; 4b, end of ambulatory leg; 4c, another view of

the same ; 4d, tip of antennal scale ; x 12.
Figure 5. — Gnathophyllum americanum; third maxilliped, x 12; 5a,

dactyl of fifth leg, x 30. All original by A. E. V., except fig. 3.

178

Addison E. Vcrrill,

Index to the Genera, Families, and Higher Groups.

Alpheidse, 35, 60.
Alpheidea, 60.
Alpheinae, 60.
Alpheoides, 68.
Alpheus, 62-86.
Amphibeteus, 62, 6s, 123.
Anchistia, 146.
Archipenaeopsis, 43, 44.
Astacidae, 5, 31.
Astacidea, 5, 31.
Astacina, 4, 5.
Athanas, 122.
Automate, 61.
Brachycarpus, 145, 146.
Bithynis, 144.
Callianassidse, 33.
Caridea, 5, 35, 60.
Crago, 67.
Crangon, 62, 67.
Crangonidse, 60, 67.
Craungon, 68.
Cryptophtalmus, 68.
Dendrobranchiata, 34, 38.
Dienesia, 62, 68.
Drimo, 150.
Drimoidse, 150.
Dromia erythropus, 154.
Eucyphidea, 60.
Eupanopeus, 154.
Glypturus, 33.
Gnathophyllidse, 36, 150.
Gnathophyllum, 150.
Gonodactylus, 63.
Hippolyte, 124.
Hippolytidse, 35, 123, 124.
Homaridae, 5, 31.
Homaridea, 31.
Jousseaumea, 122.
Latreutes, 124, 131.
Leander, 141, 142.
Leucifer, 52.
Leuciferidae, 35, 51.
Leuciferinae, 51.
Loricata, 5.
Lucifer, 52.
Lysmatidae, 138.

Macrobrachium, 144.
Macrura, 4.
Metapenaeus, 43, 44.
Natantia, 5, 34.
Neopenaeopsis, 46.
Nephropsidae, 31.
Nephropsidea, 31.
Nephopsis, 32.
Nika, 138.
Normalia, 60.
Octolasmis, 16.
Ogyridae, 35, 124.
Ogyris, 124.
Palarmon, 141, 144.
Palaemonella, 141, 149.
Palaemonidae, 36, 141.
Palinuridae, 5, 7.
Palinurini, 7.
Palinurus, 7, 13.
Pandalidae, 36, 60.
Panulirus, 7.
Parapcnacopsis, 44.
Parapcnaeus, 43, 44, 46.
Parthenope, 154.
Penaeidae, 34, 39.
Penaeidea, 34, 38.
Penaeinas, 34, 39.
Penaeopsis, 40, 43, 44.
Penaeus, 39, 40.
Periclimenes, 141, 146.
Phyllobranchiata, 35, 60.
Phyllosoma, 6, 17.
Polycarpidea, 35.
Ponton idae, 36.
Processa, 138.
Processidae, 35, 138.
Reptantia, 4, 5.
Scyllaridae, 5, 18.
Scyllaridea, 5.
Scyllarides, 9, 18.
Scyllarus, 18.
Sergestes, 50.
Sergestidae, 35, 50.
Sicyoninae, 34.
Sicyonia, 40, 48.
Spirontocaris, 125.

Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, Part II.

179

Squillidse, 63.
Stenopidae, 36.
Stenopidea, 34, 36.
Stenopus, 36.
Synalpheidse, 35, 60.
Synalpheus, 67, 86-121.
Thallassinidea, 5, 2i-

Thor, 124, 134.
Tozeuma, 124, 126.
Trachypenseus, 40, 45.
Tricliobranchiata, 4, 5.
j Urocaris, 141.
Virbius, 124.

Addenda.

Through the courtesy of Dr. W. G. VanName, assistant Curator, I have
been able to examine, in the American Museum of Natural History of New
York, an additional species of Macrura from Bermuda, and also two other
interesting species, as follows :

PalinureUus gundlachi Von Martens, Naturf . Berlin, 1878 ; Sitz. Berlin
Ges., 1878. DeMan, Siboga Exp., Decapoda, Part iii, p. 31, igi6.=S ymaxcs
liybridica Bate, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, Ser. S, vol. 7, p. 20, with figs.,
1881.

One specimen, about 132 mm. long. Bermuda, from the stomach of a
grouper, Louis Mowbray, coll.

Paniilinis Icevicauda (Latr.) M.-Edw., 1837. DeMan, op. cit., p. 34.=
P. ornatiis Pocock (t. DeMan), No. 3298, S. E. coast of Florida; No. 3691,
Key West, Louis Mowbray. Previously from Cuba and Barbados.

Diflfers from P. argus in having no transverse suture on the abdominal
somites and single acute lateral lobes, also much shorter antennular peduncle.
Sides of abdominal segments are dark greenish brown with numerous small
roundish spots of light yellow; frontal horns and eye-stalks barred trans-
versely with dark brown and yellow ; legs conspicuously striped with dark
greenish brown and light yellow, paler beneath.

P. guttatus. See above, p. 17. A fine example from Turks Island. The
back of carapace, abdomen, antennal stalks, and legs above, are covered
with conspicuous round spots of pale yellow on a dark green ground-color.

TRANS CONN. ACAD.— VOL. XXVI

PLATE

TRANS. CONN. ACAD. — VOL XXVI

•i

TRANS. CONN ACAD— VOL. XXVI

PLATE III

r^

' >

y

TRANS. CONN ACAD.— VOL. XXVI

PLATE III A

TRANS CONN. ACAD. — VOL. XXVI

PLATE IV

ANS. CONN. ACAD. — VOL XXVI

icirilbK!^

^ V. -Y

rRANS. CONN. ACAD.— VOL XXVI

PLATE VI

■'ti*i--''y

RANS. CONN. ACAD. — VOL. XXVI

PLATE VU

TRANS. CONN. ACAD VOL XXVI

PLATE VIII

TRANS CONN ACAD.— VOL XXVI

PLATE IX

TRANS CONN ACAD.— VOL. XXVI

PLATE X

TRANS CONN. ACAD VOL XXVI

PUATE XI

tANS. CONN ACAD — VOL XXVI

PLATE XII

ANS. CONN. ACAD VOL. XXVI

PLATE XIII

TRANS. CONN. ACAD. — VOL XXVI

PLATE XIV

TRANS. CONN. ACAO VOL XXVI

PLATE XV

TRANS. CONN. ACAD.— VOL. XXVI

PLATE XVI

TRANS CONN. ACAD. — VOL. XXVI

PLATE XVII

TRANS. CONN. ACAD VOL. XXVI

PLATE XVIII

TRANS. CONN ACAD VOL XXVI

PLATE XIX

RANS CONN. ACAD. — VOL XXVI

PLATE XX

NS CONN ACAD. - VOi. XXVI

PLATE XXI

RANS CONN ACAD.— VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXII

ANS f;ONN ACAD. -VOL XXVI

PLATE XXIII

TRANS CONN. ACAD.— VOL XXVI

PLATE XXIV

?H?;!-'.'J'.j,'.'S'.

"«'i'r'M'Vir ftt'l V Ji'i

TRANS. CONN ACAD— VOL XXVI

PLATE XXV

TRANS. CONN. ACAD VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXVI

TRANS. CONN. ACAO. VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXVII

TRANS. CONN. ACAO VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXVIII

TRANS. CONN ACAD. — VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXIX

TRANS. CONN ACAD VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXX

TRANS. CONN. ACAD.— VOL XXVI

PLATE XXXI

TRANS. CONN. ACAD.— VOL XXVI

PLATE XXXII

TRANS CONN. ACAD VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXXIII

TRANS CONN ACAD VOL XXVI

PLATE XXXIV

TRANS CONN ACAO VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXXV

TRANS. CONN ACAD. — VOL XXVI

PLATE XXXVI

TRANS. CONN. ACAD VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXXVII

TRANS. CONN. ACAD— VOL. XXVI

PLATE XXXVil

TRANS. CONN. ACAD.— VOL XXVI

PLATE XXXIX

TRANS CONN ACAD—VOL. XXVI

PLATE XL

TRANS CONN. ACAD.— VOL XXVI

PLATE XLI

TRANS CONN. ACAD VOL XXVI

TRANS. CONN. ACAD VOL XXVI

PUATE XLIII

TRANS. CONN. ACAD VOL XXVI

PLATE XLIV

TRANS CONN. ACAO VOL. XXVI

PLATE XUV

TRANS. CONN. ACAD.— VOL. XXVI

PLATE XLVI

TRANS COMN ACAD VOU. XXVI

PLATE XUVII

TRANS. CONN. ACAD.— VOL. XXVI

PLATE XLVIII

H

THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW

RENEWED BOOKS ARE SUBJECT TO IMMEDIATE
RECALL

LIBRARY, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, DAVIS

Book Slip-50w-8,'66(G5530s4)458

N9 460445

Verrtll, A.E.

Decapod Crustacea of
Bermuda.

QL444

D3

V4

LIBRARY

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

DAVIS